1264 langues concernées

10431 titres trouvés

[507]   [Anonymous] (1993) : Manuel de fulfulde
[21952]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Etapes dans la découverte du système verbal en ntcham
[21955]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Chokwe grammar notes
[21957]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Tshivenda grammar notes
[21963]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Grammaire kirega (dialecte kisile), non-publié
[21965]   [Anonymous] (1---) : A grammatical sketch of the Kational dialect of the Tagbana language
[21967]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Short grammar of the Zigula language
[21968]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Kinyamwezi grammar and vocabulary
[21969]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Basa-French beginner’s book
[21970]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai sur la grammaire npongue
[21972]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Suggestions for a Lontomba grammar
[21975]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Essai de grammaire en dialecte djimini
[21976]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Birifor grammar
[21978]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Notes on the Zigua language
[21979]   [Anonymous] (1---) : Prefatory grammar notes
[21981]   [Anonymous] (19--) : A Maasai grammar for beginners
[21990]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Kiswahili phrase book and glossary
[21992]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Buli grammar
[21994]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Abriss der kiHehe Grammatik
[21996]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Maasai grammar and vocabulary
[21997]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar English-Kigwe (Sukuma)
[22003]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Suggestions for a LoNtomba grammar
[22004]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Bulu-French beginner’s book
[22005]   [Anonymous] (19--) : KiSimbita grammar
[22006]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Note on Kigwe grammar
[22012]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammaire ki-sukuma
[22013]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Grammar of the Kisukuma language
[22014]   [Anonymous] (19--) : Outline of Sukuma grammar
[22021]   [Anonymous] (1920) : Miners’ companion in Zulu (and Kitchen Kaffir)
[22024]   [Anonymous] (1921) : Elementary Zulu
[22027]   [Anonymous] (1923) : English-Yoruba phrase book
[22028]   [Anonymous] (1924) : English-Ibo phrase book
[22031]   [Anonymous] (1926) : Grammar sy’oluganda
[22034]   [Anonymous] (1927) : A grammar of the Kipsigis and Nandi languages
[22038]   [Anonymous] (1927) : Éléments de la grammaire mangala de l’Uelé, suivis d’un vocabulaire
[22039]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Dholuo primer (Nilotic Kavirondo)
[22042]   [Anonymous] (1928) : A dictionary with notes on the grammar of the Mashona language
[22045]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Swahili phrases and large vocabulary
[22046]   [Anonymous] (1928) : Vocabulario de Chimanhica
[22047]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[22048]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku ya vahlayi: livre de lecture pour les Thonga du nord du Transvaal et de la province Mozambique
[22049]   [Anonymous] (1929) : Buku da bahlayi: ledi da ku dama shipele
[22052]   [Anonymous] (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[22053]   [Anonymous] (1930) : Grammar la cinyanja
[22057]   [Anonymous] (1931) : Petite grammaire de la langue du bas-Congo (kikongo)
[22066]   [Anonymous] (1935) : Dholuo grammar, with some useful phrases and vocabulary of common words
[22072]   [Anonymous] (1938) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans, Sesuto and Mine Kaffir
[22074]   [Anonymous] (1939) : Dictionnaire français-kiHa
[22079]   [Anonymous] (1940) : Kxasha-peu I: thutô ya Sesotho ê lekanyeditswe sekolo sa borutisi
[22081]   [Anonymous] (1941) : An easy Zulu vocabulary and phrase book, with grammatical notes
[22092]   [Anonymous] (1948) : Fanagalo postal course
[22095]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Fanagalo postal course
[22096]   [Anonymous] (1949) : Setswana and Xhosa grammatical terms
[22100]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Kikongo unifié: grammaire et exercises
[22103]   [Anonymous] (1951) : Gurune primer
[22106]   [Anonymous] (1952) : Derivations of some Teso place-names
[22110]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Buli primer
[22111]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22112]   [Anonymous] (1953) : Gurune primer
[22123]   [Anonymous] (1957) : Elementos rudimentares de gramática portuguesa para uso dos vimbundos
[22126]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Government Hausa examinations 1949-1959: selected
[22127]   [Anonymous] (1958) : Runyoro-Rutooro orthography rules
[22129]   [Anonymous] (1959) : A textbook of Nandi grammar and idiom, with exercises and vocabularies
[22139]   [Anonymous] (1961) : Feesbundel vir Prof. Dr Jan Antonie Engelbrecht
[22141]   [Anonymous] (1962) : Cimambwe grammar
[22147]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Chichewa intensive course
[22149]   [Anonymous] (1963) : Taalkundige opstelle van oud-studente aan Prof. Dr T. H. le Roux
[22151]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Introductory Krio language training manual
[22152]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Report of the Ateso orthography committee
[22153]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Shona language lessons
[22156]   [Anonymous] (1964) : Tjipeletana tjabana: a Tjikalanga reader
[22159]   [Anonymous] (1965) : Chinyanja basic course
[22176]   [Anonymous] (1968) : Shona companion
[22179]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Chichewa intensive course
[22180]   [Anonymous] (1969) : Miners’ companion in English, Afrikaans and Fanakalo
[22183]   [Anonymous] (1969) : KiSukuma language course
[22187]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Maasai basic course
[22189]   [Anonymous] (197-) : Tumbuka
[22190]   [Anonymous] (1970) : Tumbuka grammar
[22206]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Shona companion: a practical guide to Zimbabwe’s most widely spoken language
[22207]   [Anonymous] (1972) : Fonologiya i morfonologiya afrikanskikh yazykov
[22216]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Cimambwe grammar
[22217]   [Anonymous] (1973) : Essays on literature and language presented to prof. T. M. H. Endemann by his colleagues
[22225]   [Anonymous] (1974) : First steps in spoken Setswana
[22228]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Suaheli für die Reise/Swahili for German-speaking travellers
[22229]   [Anonymous] (1975) : Cours d’arabe égyptien parlé
[22238]   [Anonymous] (1976) : Manuel pour lire et écrire la langue ngyemboon
[22243]   [Anonymous] (1976) : 1875-1975: studies oor die afrikaanse taal
[22250]   [Anonymous] (1978) : Manuel pour apprendre à lire et écrire la langue tikar
[22260]   [Anonymous] (1979) : Tlhofofatso ketapele ya puo ya Setswana / Simplified introduction to Setswana grammar
[22265]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Temne language manual
[22276]   [Anonymous] (1981) : Opstelle oor taal- en letterkunde opgedra aan prof. J. A. Ferreira by sy aftrede
[22279]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Nahawu pular: grammaire pular 2eme et 3e cycles
[22281]   [Anonymous] (1982) : Éléments du grammaire lingala
[22286]   [Anonymous] (1983) : Éléments de recherche sur la langue fon
[22313]   [Anonymous] (1985) : A handbook of language study for Corps members (Izon)
[22316]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Xhosa language: phrase dictionary and study guide
[22324]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Bua Setswana
[22329]   [Anonymous] (1987) : Langues tchadiques et non tchadiques en contact en Afrique centrale: actes de la table ronde franco-allemagne, Ivry (France), 8-12 décembre 1978
[22333]   [Anonymous] (1988?) : Proceedings of the 17th annual conference on African linguistics
[22382]   [Anonymous] (2000) : The structure of Setswana sentences: an introduction
[22385]   [Anonymous] (2003) : Maninka sentence repetition test survey report: an investigation into the degree of bilingualism proficiency between Maninka of Kankan and Malinké, Kuranko, Sankaran, Konyanka, as well as other dialects of Maninka
[23607]   [Anonymous] (1995) : Bemba (PST 1995 special lessons)
[23609]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Language manual II - Sesotho
[23633]   [Anonymous] (1985) : Krio language manual
[23923]   [Anonymous] (1----) : Esquisse grammaticale lingombe
[24180]   [Anonymous] (2001) : Cours d’alphabétisation en bainouke
[24181]   [Anonymous] (1996) : Lexique bainouke / français
[2]   Aaron, Uche E. (1999) : Tense and aspect in Obolo grammar and discourse
[22763]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : Grammaticalization of the verb ‘say’ to future tense in Obolo
[22764]   Aaron, Uche E. (1996/97) : The category number in Obolo verbal morphology
[22765]   Aaron, Uche E. (1992) : Reported speech in Obolo narrative discourse
[4]   Abad, Isidoro (1928) : Elementos de la gramática bubi
[5]   Abadir Abrahim (2003) : Dialectal comparison among Harar and Mecha Oromo: a case study through some selected issues in their phonology, morphology via social context
[26709]   Abakah, Emmanuel N. (2010) : Tone and the Associative Construction in Akan
[10]   Abalo, Malou , Alou Ewayi & Wiyao Blanzoua Kao (1980) : Travail de recherche en linguistique africaine
[11]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1981) : The use of modes in Denya discourse: a study in discourse analysis
[12]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (1987) : Modes in Dényá discourse
[24106]   Abangma, Samson Negbo (2002) : The Forms and Functions of Questions in Denya
[13]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1976) : Reflexivization in Chimwi:ni
[14]   Abasheikh, Mohammad Imam (1978) : The grammar of Chimwi:ni causatives
[16]   Abayo, Adonijah (2003) : Swahili noun class system: a critical survey of the loanwords
[18]   Abbakar, J. , A. Abbakar , Y. Addeep , A. Neetyo , M. Banaat , A. Yuunus & Jacques Fédry (1975) : Sironte dangla/Manuel de dangaléat (est) pour scolarisés
[19]   Abbey, E. T. A. , Vincent Okunor & Emmanuel N. A. Mensah (1992) : Buli primer
[20]   Abbi, Anvita (Ed) (1972) : Reduplication in South African languages: an areal, typological and historical study
[27]   Abbott, Mary & Mary Steele (1973) : An introduction to learning Likpakpaln (Konkomba)
[33]   Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed Sokarno (1988) : A reference grammar of Kunuz Nubian
[26645]   Abdel-Hafiz, Ahmed-Sokarno (2015) : Focus Constructions in Kunuz Nubian
[34]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : Tamazight verb structure: a generative approach
[35]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A reference grammar of Tamazight: a comparative study of the Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen (Middle Atlas), Morocco
[23362]   Abdel-Massih, Ernest T. (1971) : A course in spoken Tamazight: Berber dialects of Ayt Ayache and Ayt Seghrouchen
[26018]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane L. (2011) : Relative clauses in Hausa: A grammaticalization perspective
[38]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1985) : Morphotonologie des formes aspectuelles, temporelles et modales affirmatives et non-dérivés du verbe en tubu
[39]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1990) : Advancement and ascension to object in Hausa
[40]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1991) : Derived direct objects in Hausa
[42]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2000) : Passive and grammaticalization in Hausa
[43]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2001) : The grammaticalization of Hausa zâa ‘be going’ to future
[22693]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (2004) : Comitative, coordinating, and indusory constructions in Hausa
[23445]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1999) : The development of the passive construction in Hausa
[23460]   Abdoulaye, Mahamane Laoualy (1993) : Aspects of Hausa morphosyntax in role and reference grammar
[48]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1976) : Transitivity patterns in the Swahili clause
[56]   Abdulaziz, Mohamed H. Mkilifi (1996) : Transitivity in Swahili
[60]   Abdullahi, Mohamed Diriye (1997) : Parlons somali
[63]   Abdurahman Worku (2000) : The Geto verb morphology
[65]   Abeba Sirak (1986) : The structure of simple declarative sentences in Awngi
[66]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1982) : Derived nominals in Sidamo
[67]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1985) : An overview of the morphological structure of Sidamo verbs
[69]   Abebe Gebre-Tsadik (1986) : Sidamo verbal phonology (generative approach)
[70]   Abebe Lemessa (2001) : The structure of clauses in Burji
[72]   Abega, Prosper (1968) : Le préfixe nominal ewondo
[73]   Abega, Prosper (1969) : La grammaire de l’ewondo
[74]   Abega, Prosper (1971) : Grammaire ewondo
[76]   Abega, Prosper (1976) : L’organisation du verbe ewondo, suivie de quelques textes
[78]   Abega, Prosper (1978) : Le notion de voix dans l’organisation du verbe éwondo (bati)
[24026]   Abega, Prosper (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercise
[79]   Abel, Herbert (1921) : Die Verbalformen des abhängigen Satzes (Subjunktiv und Infinitive) im Nubischen
[25306]   Abels, Klaus & Peter Kinyua Muriungi (2006) : The focus particle in Kitharaka
[80]   Abera Nefa (1982) : Oromo verb inflection
[82]   Aberash Tibebu (1985) : The verb phrase in Kefa
[83]   Aberra Daniel (1987) : Verb morphology of Aari: some inflections and derivations
[84]   Aberra Daniel (1993) : Verb complements in Aari
[85]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Verb-affixes in Ari
[86]   Aberra Daniel (1994) : Word formation in Ari
[89]   Abessolo Nnomo, Thierry & Luc Etogo Mbezele (Ed) (1982) : Éléments de grammaire éwondo
[24124]   Abiodun, Michael A. (2005) : The derivation of genitive nouns in four Benue-Congo languages: Yoruba, Ukaan, Igede and Ebira
[23744]   Abíso, Oríkì & Lawrence Olufemi Adéwolé (1991) : Some Yorùbá verb subclasses in GPSG
[94]   Abney, S. (1987) : Extraction and pseudo-objects in Berber
[96]   Abobuluyi, O. (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the standard Yoruba verb
[97]   Abobuluyi, O. (1974) : Some traditional Yoruba ‘adverbs’ in true perspective
[99]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1995) : Notes on focalization in Gungbe
[100]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : A propos de la syntaxe du gungbe
[101]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1996) : On argumental topicalization in Gungbe
[102]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1998) : Focus constructions and the focus criterion in Gungbe
[103]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : From the syntax of Gungbe to the grammar of Gbe
[104]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (1999) : A split IP and CP approach: evidence from Gungbe
[105]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : The morphosyntax of complement-head sequences: clause structure and word order patterns in Kwa
[22404]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2003) : Object shift and verb movement in Gbe
[25232]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : The Morphosyntax of the Noun Phrase
[25236]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé (2010) : C-Type Negation Markers on the Right Edge
[25230]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : Topics in Kwa syntax
[25231]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : The Phonology Syntax Interface
[25233]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & James A. B. K. Essegbey (2010) : General Properties of the Clause
[26317]   Aboh, Enoch Oladé & Norval Smith (2012) : The morphosyntax of non-iconic reduplications: A case study in Eastern Gbe and the Surinam creoles
[23215]   Abouba, Kamal (1993) : Morphologie nominale du chaoui
[106]   Aboul-Fetouh, Hilmi M. (1969) : A morphological study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[109]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1933) : The grammar of Tiv
[110]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1934) : The principles of Hausa
[111]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1935) : The principles of Idoma
[112]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : The principles of Tiv
[114]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : A Tiv reader for European students
[115]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1940) : An introduction to spoken Hausa, and Hausa reader for European students
[116]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1941) : A modern grammar of spoken Hausa
[119]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The Idoma language / Idoma wordlists / Idoma chrestomathy / Idoma proverbs
[120]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1951) : The principles of Somali
[124]   Abraham, Roy Clive (1959) : The language of the Hausa people
[136]   Abu-Absi, Samir (1995) : Chadian Arabic
[135]   Abu-Absi, Samir & A. Sinaud (1968) : Basic Chad Arabic: the pre-speech phase/Basic Chad Arabic: comprehension texts/Basic Chad Arabic: the active phase/Spoken Chad Arabic: intermediate
[144]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin (1995) : Behaviour of the Sudanese Arabic verbal stems in Sudanese Hausa
[141]   Abu-Manga, Al-Amin & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1988) : On the middle voice in African languages (Fulfulde and Somali)
[153]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1993) : Reduplicated nouns in Hausa
[154]   Abubakar, Abdulhamid (1995) : A further look on Hausa plurals
[150]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : An introductory Hausa morphology
[151]   Abubakar, Ayuba Tanko (1990) : The morphosyntax of thematically transformed Hausa verbs
[157]   Achab, Karim (2001) : Changement de fonction morpho-syntaxique: le cas du morphème de l’état construit en berbère
[158]   Achab, Karim (2003) : Alternation of state in Berber
[26542]   Ackerman, Farrell & John Moore (2013) : Objects in Moro
[20396]   Adafre, Sisay Fissaha (2004) : Adding Amharic to a unification-based machine translation system: an experiment
[167]   Adam, Hassan (1987) : Kiswahili: elementary course with key
[161]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1954) : Grammaire composée mbede, ndumu, duma
[163]   Adam, Jean Jerome (1969) : Grammaire ndumu-mbede
[23818]   Adam, Yacoudima (1981) : Ebauche de grammaire kanuri
[182]   Adams, Bruce (1984) : A tagmemic analysis of the Wolaitta language
[171]   Adams, R. F. G. (1932) : A modern Ibo grammar
[173]   Adams, R. F. G. (1939) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[175]   Adams, R. F. G. (1943) : English-Efik, Efik-English dictionary
[178]   Adams, R. F. G. (1952/53) : English-Efik/Efik-English dictionary
[185]   Adana Siyom (1971) : Verbal morphology in Sidamo
[186]   Adane Feleke (2001) : The verb phrase in Dorze
[218]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[219]   Ademeyi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to Yoruba language simplified
[224]   Adeniran, Wale (1971) : An introduction to the phonology and grammar of the Owé dialect of Yoruba
[251]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1988) : Aspects of the phonology and morphology of Èkìtì
[252]   Adéníyì, Harrison (1997) : Phrasal morphology: the case of Yorùbá names
[25234]   Adesola, Oluseye (2010) : The Non-agreeing Subject Resumptive Pronoun in Yoruba
[254]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Sequence and co-occurence of Yorùbá auxiliary verbs
[255]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Compounding in Yoruba
[256]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1989) : Some Yoruba quantifier words and semantic interpretation: a critique
[257]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1990) : Yoruba verbs as reinforcers: a critique
[258]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Some aspects of negation in Yoruba
[259]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : The Yoruba imperative
[260]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1992) : A semantic analysis of the Yoruba modal verb: lè “can”
[262]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1993) : Negating the Yoruba universal quantifier: a semantic analysis
[263]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1999) : Negation in Ifè: a Yoruba dialect
[264]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : Head in Yoruba derived nouns
[23781]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (2000) : A dictionary of Yoruba phonology and grammar
[23782]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1988) : The categorial status and functions of the Yoruba auxiliary verbs, with some structural analysis in GPSG
[23820]   Adéwolé, Lawrence Olufemi (1991) : Aspect and phase systems in Yoruba
[241]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1986) : A syntactic basis for noun classification in Swahili
[242]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1995) : Yoruba word formation processes
[243]   Adewole, Stephen Monday (1997) : Reduplication en Yoruba
[246]   Adeyanju, Thomas K. (1979) : English grammatical structure and the Hausa student: problem areas
[247]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba composition
[248]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (19--) : Yoruba conversation
[249]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : Yoruba language simplified
[250]   Adeyemi, M. C. & S. V. Latunde (1932) : A companion to ‘Yoruba language simplified’
[269]   Adive, John R. (1984) : A descriptive study of the verbal piece in Ebira
[22743]   Adive, John R. (1989) : The verbal piece in Ebira
[270]   Adive, John R. & Katharine Grace Lowry Barnwell (1984) : Writing primers for Nigerian languages
[26173]   Adjei, Francisca Adzo (2012) : Temperature System of Siyasɛ and Ewe
[274]   Adjola, Nzonou Raphaël (1978) : Kabiye mavu [Kabiye grammar]
[26759]   Adopo, Assi Francois (2009) : Une Approche énonciative de la phrase en akye
[24403]   Adoua, Jean-Marie (1984) : La Syntaxe du lingala
[24924]   Adouna, Gbandi (2009) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du konkomba - Langue GUR du Togo et du Ghana - Parler de Nawaré
[24032]   Adwiraah, Eleonore (1989) : Grammatik des Gworok (Kagoro) : Phonologie, Tonologie, Morphologie und Textanalyse
[285]   Affuso, E. (1977) : I pronomi di I e II persona in semitico, egiziano e berbero
[286]   Afido, Pedro J. & Manuel Trinta (1988) : Classes nominais e o systema de concordância na língua Makhuwa
[26699]   Afola-Amey, Ufualè Christine (2009) : Temps, Aspect, Mode en ikposso
[306]   Aftat, Mokhtar (1982) : The acquisition of negation and wh-questions in a Moroccan Arabic speaking four-year-old child
[307]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1993) : Verb serialization in Ewe
[308]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1995) : Negation in Ewe
[311]   Agbedor, Paul Kofi (1996) : The syntax of Ewe personal pronouns
[26431]   Agbetsoamedo, Yvonne (2014) : Aspects of the Grammar and Lexicon of Sεlεε
[25955]   Agbo, Maduabuchi (2011) : The Syntax and Semantics of Igbo Verbs of Emotion
[26719]   Agbo, Maduabuchi Sennen & Lendzemo Constantine Yuka (2011) : Transitivity and double object construction in Igbò
[26615]   Agegnehu, Getahun Amare (2014) : Definiteness in Argobba NPs
[315]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1971) : West African Pidgin English: simplification and simplicity
[320]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1986) : Lecture notes on Edo syntax
[322]   Agheyisi, Rebecca Nogieru (1991) : The tense system of Edo
[323]   Aginsky, Ethel Gertrude (1935) : A grammar of the Mende language
[327]   Aguadé, J. & M. Elyaacoubi (1995) : El dialecto arabe de Skûra (Marruecos)
[26687]   Agyekum, Kofi (2008) : The language of Akan ideophones
[26015]   Ahland, Colleen (2010) : Noun incorporation and predicate classifiers in Gumuz
[336]   Ahmad, Mustapha (1994) : Aspects of Hausa compounding
[340]   Ahmed Mohamed (1988) : The verb morphology of Dirs Somali of the Ogaden Region
[26529]   Ahmed, Abdu (2014) : Complex Predicates in Amharic Counterfactual Antecedent Clauses
[339]   Ahmed, Mokhtar (1992) : Lehrbuch des Ägyptisch-Arabischen
[342]   Ahrenberg, Lars (1982) : An account of verbal derivation in Swahili
[345]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1986) : On the reconstruction of syntactic system in Berber-Lybic
[346]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : On verb stem markers in Cushitic languages in the light of Afro/Asiatic
[347]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1988) : A structural and typological classification of Berber languages
[348]   Aikhenvald, Aleksandra (1995) : Split ergativity in Berber languages
[23221]   Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. (2000) : Classifiers: a typology of noun categorization devices
[349]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1981) : Aspects of the syntax of Nigerian Pidgin English: relativization, focusing and negation
[351]   Aikhionbare, M. O. (1989) : Aspects of the verb phrase in Edo
[350]   Aikhionbare, M. O. & Beban Sammy Chumbow (1982) : Focus in Nigerian Pidgin English
[352]   Ainsley, A. D. (1972) : The Bantu sentence
[355]   Ajani, Timothy Temilela (2001) : Aspect in Yoruba and Nigerian English
[360]   Ajello, Roberto (1984) : Substantives as predicates in Somali
[362]   Ajello, Roberto (1995) : La focalizzizione in somali
[24850]   Ajello, Roberto (2007) : The linguistic expression of spatial relation in the Gizey language
[361]   Ajello, Roberto & Annarita Puglielli (1988) : More on “hybrid verbs” and other grammatical categories in Somali
[24120]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2004) : The syntax of reflexive Yoruba epithets
[24123]   Ajiboye, F. O. (2006) : A morpho-syntactic account of ni in Mọ̀bà Yorùbá
[364]   Ajíbóyè, Oládiípo (2001) : A comparative study of Èdó and Yorùbá gerunds
[26066]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo (2010) : Plural strategies in Yorùbá
[24568]   Ajiboye, Oladiipo Jacob (2006) : Topics On Yoruba Nominal Expressions
[366]   Ajólóre, Olusola (1974) : Learning to use Yoruba focus sentences in a multilingual setting
[23646]   Akamba, Bawah & A. Crakye Denteh (1974) : Spoken Hausa for non-Hausa beginners
[369]   Akande, Akinmade Timothy (2003) : Acquisition of the inflectional morphemes by Nigeria learners of English language
[374]   Akanlig-Pare, George (1999) : Nominal derivation in Buli
[22610]   Akanlig-Pare, George & Michael J. Kenstowicz (Ed) (2003) : Studies in Buli grammar
[377]   Akere, Funso (1978) : Grammatical competence and communicative competence in relation to the users of English as a second language
[385]   Akhavan-Zandjani, Firouzeh (1990) : Untersuchungen zur Grammatik des Irangi anhand des Materials aus dem Nachlass Dr. Paul Berger
[387]   Akindele, Femi Dele (1991) : The organisation of repair in Yoruba conversation
[394]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. (Ed) (1995) : Theoretical approaches to African linguistics
[399]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2000) : Tone in Ibibio verbal reduplication
[401]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Eno-Abasi E. Urua (2003) : Foot structure in the Ibibio verb
[398]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & M. Liberman (2000) : The tonal phonology of Yoruba clitics
[400]   Akinlabí, Akinbiyi M. & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (2001) : Tone in the infinitive in Kinande: an OT analysis
[406]   Akinnaso, Festus Niyi (1983) : The structure of divinatory speech: a sociolinguistic analysis of Yoruba “sixteen-cowry” divination
[409]   Akintan, E. A. (1932) : Lecture on Yoruba language with special reference to its grammar
[410]   Akintan, E. A. (1941) : First steps in Yoruba composition
[412]   Akintan, E. A. (1943) : Second steps in Yoruba composition
[413]   Akintan, E. A. (1945) : Modern grammar of Yoruba language
[414]   Akintan, E. A. (1947) : Lecture on the fundamental principles of Yoruba language, and common errors in the writing of Yoruba words and sentences
[429]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : A sketch of the Nayi grammar
[430]   Aklilu Yilma (1994) : [On Kefa Zone: Nayi (Nao)]
[435]   Aklilu Yilma (1995) : Some notes on the Chara language: sound system and noun morphology
[436]   Aklilu Yilma (1999) : Some notes on the phonology and morphology of Chara
[446]   Akoha, A. B. (1980) : Quelques éléments d’une grammaire du fongbe: nominal et syntagme nominal
[448]   Akouaou, A. (1976) : L’expression de la qualite en berbere: le verbe (parler de base, le Taselhit de Tiznit)
[450]   Akpanyung, O. A. (1977) : An Efik language handbook for teachers
[26098]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2010) : Focused Constituent Interrogatives in Lɛtɛ (Larteh)
[26619]   Akrofi Ansah, Mercy (2014) : Information Packaging – Focus Marking and Focus Constructions in Leteh (Larteh)
[451]   Akrofi, C. A. (1931) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[455]   Akrofi, C. A. (1937) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[457]   Akrofi, C. A. (1943) : Twi kasa mmara [A Twi grammar book]
[453]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1933) : Some peculiarities of Twi grammar
[454]   Akrofi, C. A. & John A. R. Watt (1935) : Some points in Twi spelling
[459]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1966) : Distributsia i grammaticheskoe znachenie predkornevykh affiksov v suahili [Distribution ad grammatical meaning of sub-root affixes of infinitive in Swahili]
[460]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1973) : K voprosy o sisteme immenych klassov v yazyke kipare (dialekt asu) [On the question of the system of noun classes in Kipare (Asu dialect)]
[461]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1974) : Morphonematicheskii analiz suffixov proizvodhnykh form glagola v yazyke suahili
[462]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1977) : Imennye klassy yazyka kuria [Noun classes of Kuria]
[466]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna (1997) : Kategorii vida, vremeni i nakloneniia v iazykakh bantu [The categories of aspect, tense and mood in Bantu languages]
[465]   Aksʼonova, Irina Stepanovna & Irina Nikolaevna Toporova (1994) : Jazyk kuriia [Kuria grammar]
[467]   Akuetey, Caesar (1989) : Etude des énoncés équatifs, locatifs et possessifs en ewe : problèmes du verbe «être»
[24143]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (2003) : Le verbe zu en éwé ne marque pas par lui-même un changement dʼétat
[24144]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (1995) : Should le and li be considered as dialectal variants in the Ewe language?
[26675]   Akuetey, Caesar A. (2007) : Etude du marqueur ɖu en éwé
[23830]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu (1999) : Nominal phonological processes in Babanki
[25503]   Akumbu, Pius Wuchu & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : A Pedagogic Grammar of Babanki – a Grassfields Language of Northwest Cameroon
[474]   Alalou, Ali (2003) : The pragmatics and syntax of deixis in Tamazight (Berber): the case of the morphemes ‘d’ and ‘nn’
[473]   Alalou, Ali & Patrick Farrel (1993) : Argument structure and causativization in Tamazigt Berber
[24955]   Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2006) : An Initial Description of Laggori Noun Morphology and Noun Phrase
[25504]   Alamin Mubarak, Suzan (2012) : The Nominal and Verbal Morphology of Tima. A Niger-Congo Language Spoken in the Nuba Mountains
[26552]   Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Tima adjectives
[26565]   Alamin, Suzan (2013) : Verbs in Laggori
[26639]   Alamin, Suzan (2014) : Noun Phrase Constructions in Nubian Languages: A Comparative Study
[25520]   Alamin, Suzan , Gertrud Schneider-Blum & Gerrit J. Dimmendaal (2012) : Finding your way in Tima
[476]   Alapini, Julien (1950) : Le petit dahoméen: grammaire, vocabulaire, lexique en langue du Dahomey
[477]   Albarran, M. J. (1991) : Aspectos sintáctico-semânticos dos verbos locativos no português oral de Maputo
[23674]   Albro, Daniel M. (1998) : Verb classes and verbal sufixation in Nawdem
[484]   Alcock, J. L. (1994) : The genitive construction in Zulu
[485]   Alcock, J. L. (2000) : Indefiniteness in the Zulu noun phrase (NP)
[487]   Alcock, Katherine J. & Dumaris Ngorosho (2004) : Interaction between phonological and gramatical processing in single word production in Kiswahili
[489]   Alemayehu Abebe (1990) : Relative clauses in Chaha: a GB approach
[493]   Alemayehu Amanuel (2001) : Noun phrases in Anfillo
[494]   Alemayehu Daniel (2003) : The noun phrase in Hadiyya
[495]   Alemayehu Gurmu (1985) : The structure of simple sentences in Kistance
[496]   Alemayehu H. Giorgis (1982) : The morphological analysis of the pronouns in Gogat
[497]   Alemayehu Haile (1981) : Omotic and Kushitic verbal markers: a possible isogloss
[500]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : A sketch of the Mesketo grammar
[501]   Alemayehu Haile (1993) : [Survey of the Ometo area]
[505]   Alemgena Belete (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Oromo
[506]   Alemtsehay Reta (1988) : Kebena verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[521]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1935) : Grammaire möré
[523]   Alexandre, [Révérend] [Père] Gustave (1953) : La langue möré
[524]   Alexandre, Pierre (1955) : Manuel élémentaire de la langue bulu, sud-Cameroun
[531]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Système verbal et prédicatif du bulu (Cameroun)
[532]   Alexandre, Pierre (1966) : Préliminaire à une présentation des idéophones bulu
[533]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Langues et langage en afrique noire
[534]   Alexandre, Pierre (1967) : Note sur la réduction du système des classes dans les langues véhiculaires a fonds bantu
[537]   Alexandre, Pierre (1969) : Sur certain aspects contradictoires de l’expansion nominale en bulu (Cameroun)
[538]   Alexandre, Pierre (1970) : Pre-initial elements in Bulu (A.74) nominals
[541]   Alexandre, Pierre (1971) : L’imperialisme du genre I en bulu (groupe bantu A70 - Cameroun)
[542]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : Languages and language in Black Africa
[543]   Alexandre, Pierre (1972) : An introduction to languages and language in Africa
[544]   Alexandre, Pierre (1981) : Les langues bantu: tableau d’ensemble; description sommaire de deux langues (swahili et bulu)
[550]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (1994) : Le gaawoore, un parler peul de l’ouest du Niger
[23154]   Alhassoumi-Sow, Salamatou (2003) : Le gaawoore, parler des Peuls Gaawoobe (Niger occidentale)
[559]   Ali Amante (2003) : Some problems and achievements in the codification (patterns) of Afaan Oromo
[552]   Ali, Saeed & Yèro Sylla (1977) : Perceptual transparency and relativization: a case study in Fula
[24863]   Alidou, Ousseina (1988) : Tasawaq dʼIn-Gall. Esquisse linguistique dʼune langue dite ‘mixteʼ
[567]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Essai de description de la langue bidya du Guéra (Tchad): phonologie, grammaire
[568]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Les classes verbales en bidiya
[569]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1987) : Extensions figées et productives en bidiya
[570]   Alio-Daouchane, Khalil (1988) : Transitivité et conjugaison à suffixes en bidiya
[577]   Allan, Edward Jay (1975/76) : Inalienable possession in four Ethiopian languages
[23634]   Allan, Edward Jay (1973) : A grammar of Buem, the Lelemi language
[584]   Allan, Keith (1983) : Anaphora, cataphora and topic focusing: functions of the object prefix in Swahili
[585]   Allan, Keith (1990) : Discourse stratagems in a Maasai story
[586]   Allaoua, Abdelmadjid (1993) : Les verbes de qualité et quelques remarques sur ler pronoms personnels en berbère
[25665]   Allaoua, Madjid (2011) : La construction passive en berbère
[587]   Allard, Gilbert (1978) : Cours de chougoulé 1
[25402]   Allati, Abdelaziz (2008) : Proto-berbère et proto-afro-asiatique: l'aspect
[605]   Allen, Andrew S. (1993) : Ewe verbs in derivation and periphrastic constructions
[603]   Allen, James P. (1981) : The inflection of the verb in the Pyramid Texts
[604]   Allen, James P. (1986) : Essays on Egyptian grammar
[590]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1936) : Swahili examinations
[596]   Allen, John Willoughby Tarleton (1961) : The elision of the subjective prefix and the use of negative questions in Swahili
[25819]   Allison, Sean (2009) : Derivation of the PAM System of Makary Kotoko
[607]   Allwood, Jens , Leif Grönkvist & A. P. Hendrikse (2003) : Developing a tagset and tagger for the African languages of South Africa, with special reference to Xhosa
[614]   Alo, E. (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologie de la langue kaliko
[619]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1946) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[620]   Alone, [Major] John Philip Herbert Mackenzie & David E. Stokes (1959) : The Alone-Stokes short manual of the Amharic language (with vocabularies)
[627]   Alsina, Alex (1997) : A theory of complex predicates: evidence from causatives in Bantu and Romance
[623]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1990) : The syntax of applicatives in Chichewa: problems for a theta theoretic asymmetry
[624]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1991) : Object extraction and accessability of thematic information
[625]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1993) : Object asymmetries in the Chichewa applicative construction
[626]   Alsina, Alex & Sam A. Mchombo (1994) : Bantu multiple objects: analyse and fallacies
[629]   Alton, Paula dʼ (1987) : Le Palor: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale d’une langue cangin du Sénégal suivi d’un lexique et de textes transcrits et traduits
[637]   Amare, Getahun (1995) : Issues of time and place adverbs in Amharic
[24956]   Amargira, Adelino (2006) : Derivational Forms and the Nature of Modifiers in Tennet
[638]   Amatigue, Guirou (1987) : Aspects of Dogon sentence structure
[639]   Amayo, Airen (1975) : The structure of verbal constructions in Edo (Bini)
[645]   Amborn, Hermann (1983) : Referenz und Abwehr: der sprachliche Niederschlag der gesellschaftlichen Sonderstellung von Lineage-Ältesten in der Burji-Konso Gruppe
[648]   Amboulou, C. (1998) : Le mbochi: langue bantu du Congo-Brazzaville (zone C, groupe C20)
[24915]   Ambouroue, Odette (2006) : De la tonalité des nominaux en orungu (B11b)
[25080]   Ambouroue, Odette (2007) : Eléments de description de lʼorungu ; Langue bantu du Gabon (B11b)
[652]   Ameka, Felix K. (1990) : The grammatical packaging of experiencers in Ewe: a study in the semantics of syntax
[653]   Ameka, Felix K. (1991) : Ewe: its grammatical construction and illocutionary devices
[656]   Ameka, Felix K. (1996) : Body parts in Ewe grammar
[657]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The typology and semantics of complex nominal duplication in Ewe
[660]   Ameka, Felix K. (1999) : The progressive aspect in Likpe (Sekpele): implications for aspect and word order in Kwa
[661]   Ameka, Felix K. (2002) : Constituent order and grammatical relations in Ewe
[22647]   Ameka, Felix K. (2001) : Ideophones and the nature of the adjective word class in Ewe
[23524]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Forms of secondary predication in serializating languages: on depictives in Ewe
[23809]   Ameka, Felix K. (2005) : Ewe serial verb constructions and their grammatical context
[24987]   Ameka, Felix K. (1998) : Particules énonciatives en Ewe
[25224]   Ameka, Felix K. (2008) : Aspect and modality in Ewe: a survey
[25237]   Ameka, Felix K. (2010) : Information Packaging Constructions in Kwa: Micro-variation and Typology
[25960]   Ameka, Felix K. (2012) : Ewe : its grammatical constructions and illocutionary devices
[26289]   Ameka, Felix K. (2013) : Three-place predicates in West African serializing languages
[26698]   Ameka, Felix K. (2009) : Verb extensions in Likpe (Sɛkpɛlé)
[659]   Ameka, Felix K. & Emmanuel Kweku Osam (Ed) (1999) : New directions in Ghanaian linguistics: essays in honour of M.E. Kropp Dakubu, Florence A. Dolphyne and Alan S. Duthie
[25220]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Aspect and Modality in Kwa Languages
[25226]   Ameka, Felix K. & Mary Esther Kropp Dakubu (2008) : Imperfective Constructions: Progressive and Prospective in Ewe and Dangme
[24168]   Ameka, Felix. K. (2003) : Grammar and cultural practices: The grammaticalization of triadic communication in West African languages
[664]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : Double-determiner NP constructions in Hausa
[665]   Amfani, A. H. (1995) : The ‘grade’ as a functional element and re-interpretation of relations in the Hausa verbal component
[667]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2005) : Modal marking in Akan: the case of anka
[24733]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Akan Demonstratives
[26049]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2007) : Noun phrase and clausal connectives in Akan
[26722]   Amfo, Nana Aba Appiah (2011) : The Dangme clausal connective n
[1213]   Amha, Azeb (1989) : Verb morphology in Bodi
[1214]   Amha, Azeb (1996) : Aspects of the verb in Ometo
[1215]   Amha, Azeb (1993) : The case system in Basketto
[1216]   Amha, Azeb (1994) : Ometo verb derivation: the case of Basketo, Male, Ko:rete and Kullo
[1217]   Amha, Azeb (1995) : Case in Basketto
[1219]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : The Maale language
[22675]   Amha, Azeb (2001) : Ideophones and compound verbs in Wolaitta
[25755]   Amha, Azeb (2010) : The converb in Wolaitta: form and functions
[26530]   Amha, Azeb (2014) : Complex Predicates in Zargulla
[26586]   Amha, Azeb (2013) : Directives to humans and to domestic animals – the imperative and some interjections in Zargulla
[26708]   Amha, Azeb (2010) : From gender identification to assertion: on the use of -tte and -tta in Zargulla, an endangered Omotic language
[23810]   Amha, Azeb & Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal (2005) : Verbal compunding in Wolaitta
[24760]   Amidu, Assibi (2007) : Semantic Assignment Rules in Bantu Classes; A Reanalysis Based on Kiswahili
[668]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1980) : Locative marking and locative choice in Swahili and their semantic and grammatical implications
[669]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The myth of the infinitive class in Kiswahili
[670]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1982) : The elimination of number from an intra-linguistic analysis of Kiswahili gender and noun classes and its implications for class classification in Bantu
[671]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1983) : The great morpho-syntactic split and lexical shifts in Kiswahili
[673]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : The case for a ‘progressive’ derivational affix in Kiswahili predicative items
[674]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1993) : Observations on some derivational affixes in Kiswahili
[675]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : What is a class? A study of Kiswahili
[676]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1994) : A ‘progressive’ derivational verbid in Kiswahili predicative items?
[680]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : Classes in Kiswahili: a study of their forms and implications
[681]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1997) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 1
[682]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : The problem of lexical cohesion and lexical structure in Bantu classes ; part 2
[683]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (1998) : Exploring new horizons in Kiswahili class descriptions and linguistic theory
[684]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2001) : Argument and predicate relations in Kiswahili: a new analysis of transitiveness in Bantu
[685]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Kiswahili language description and translational grammars
[23147]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2004) : Reflexives and reflexivization in Kiswahili grammar
[25768]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2009) : Matrix Nominal Phrases in Kiswahili Bantu. A Study of their Effects on Argument Syntax
[26504]   Amidu, Assibi Apatewon (2013) : Objects and Complements in Kiswahili Clauses: A Study of their Mechanisms and Patterns
[686]   Amman, Joachim (1---) : Chibeleketo cha bandu Bamwera/Die Sprache der Mwera
[692]   Amoran, Omoniyi (1982) : Auxiliaries and time reference in Yoruba
[698]   Amuzu, Evershed Kwasi (1993) : Three-place predicates in Ewe
[702]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1987) : A grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[703]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1990) : The grammar of Igbo nominalizations
[704]   Anagbogu, Philip N. (1995) : The strong boundary condition for compounds: the Igbo perspective
[705]   Anaklet, G. P. (1980) : Description of derivational forms in Tumbuka
[709]   Anbessa Teferra (1984) : Sidamo verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[711]   Anbessa Teferra (1987) : Complement clauses in Sidamo: a transformational generative approach
[713]   Anbessa Teferra (1991) : A skecth of Shabo grammar
[716]   Anbessa Teferra (2000) : A grammar of Sidaama
[24823]   Anbessa Teferra (2007) : The structure of Sidaama nouns
[26670]   Anbessa Teferra (2014) : Sidaama (Sidaamu Afoo)
[24761]   Anbessa Teferra, & Grover Hudson (2007) : Essentials of Amharic
[718]   Andeme Allogo, M.-F. (1991) : Morpho-syntaxe du ntumu, dialecte fang
[725]   Andersen, Torben (1981) : A grammar of Modo: a preliminary sketch
[726]   Andersen, Torben (1984) : Aspect and word order in Moru
[728]   Andersen, Torben (1986) : Verbal inflexion in Moru
[733]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Ergativity in Päri, a Nilotic OVS language
[734]   Andersen, Torben (1988) : Consonant alternation in the verbal morphology of Päri
[738]   Andersen, Torben (1991) : Subject and topic in Dinka
[740]   Andersen, Torben (1992/94) : Morphological stratification in Dinka: on the alternations of voice quality, vowel length and tone in the morphology of transitive verbal roots in a monosyllabic language
[741]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Vowel quality alternation in Dinka verb inflection
[743]   Andersen, Torben (1993) : Verbal roots and verbal inflection in Berta
[744]   Andersen, Torben (1994) : From aspect to tense in Lulubo: morphosyntactic and semantic restructuring in a Central Sudanic language
[746]   Andersen, Torben (1995) : Absolutive and nominative in Berta
[747]   Andersen, Torben (1998) : Verb-coding in Madi relative clauses
[749]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Anti-logophoricity and indirect mode in Mabaan
[750]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Consonant alternation and verbal morphology in Mayak (northern Burun)
[751]   Andersen, Torben (1999) : Vowel harmony and vowel alternation in Mayak (western Nilotic)
[753]   Andersen, Torben (200-) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (western Nilotic)
[754]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Anywa and Päri, II: a morphosyntactic comparison
[755]   Andersen, Torben (2000) : Number inflection in Mayak (northern Burun)
[756]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Studies in western Nilotic languages
[757]   Andersen, Torben (2002) : Case inflection and nominal head marking in Dinka
[24643]   Andersen, Torben (2006) : Layers of number inflection in Mabaan (Western Nilotic)
[25521]   Andersen, Torben (2012) : Verbal directionality and argument alternation in Dinka
[26322]   Andersen, Torben (2012) : Spatial roles and verbal directionality in Dinka
[26795]   Andersen, Torben (2014) : Number in Dinka
[730]   Andersen, Torben & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Reflexivity and logophoricity in Moru-Madi
[761]   Anderson, Earl J. (1948) : A Kipsigis grammar
[760]   Anderson, George N. (1942) : Tentative studies in Ilamba grammar and phonetics
[762]   Anderson, George N. (1956) : Iramba exercises
[25989]   Anderson, Gregory D. S. (2011) : Auxiliary verb constructions in the languages of Africa
[763]   Anderson, Joan (1973) : A Turkana grammar for beginners
[768]   Anderson, John (1979) : Serialisation, dependency and the syntax of possessives in Moru
[758]   Anderson, L. K. (1935) : The Bafia language: a preliminary statement
[767]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1979) : Verb structure
[769]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun class system of Amo
[770]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1980) : The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[775]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1983) : Tone and morpheme rules in Bamileke-Ngyemboon
[776]   Anderson, Stephen Craig (1985) : Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke
[778]   Anderson, Stephen Craig & Bernard Comrie (Ed) (1991) : Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon
[786]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1992) : Khoisanspråkens typologiska profil(er)
[788]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar (1993) : Khoisanspråk
[790]   Andersson, Lars-Gunnar & Tore Janson (1997) : Languages in Botswana: language ecology in southern Africa
[792]   Andersson, Mikael , Annika Brännström & David Hjelm (1999) : Uppsats i språktypologi: iká
[26283]   Andrason, Alexander (2012) : The Basse Mandinka “future”
[25820]   Andreas, Heike , Rudolf Leger & Ulrike Zoch (2009) : The Nyam language: first steps toward a grammatical description
[23792]   Andreassen, Helene Norgaard (2002) : Pronouns
[794]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (19--) : Unpublished grammatical and lexical materials on Oromo and Somali
[801]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : Pronominal and prepositional particles in northern Somali
[802]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1960) : The categories of number in noun forms in the Borana dialect of Galla
[803]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1961) : Notes on the substantive pronouns in Somali
[804]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1964) : The declensions of Somali nouns
[809]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1968) : Inflectional characteristics of the so-called ‘weak verbs’ in Somali
[812]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1969) : Some observations on hybrid verbs in Somali
[821]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1974) : Indicator particles in Somali
[822]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : The role of indicator particles in Somali
[823]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1975) : Verbs with vocalic mutation in Somali and their significance for Hamito-Semitic comparative studies
[827]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1978) : The dichotomy between extensive and restricted verbal paradigms in Somali and its parallels in Oromo
[829]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1979) : The case system in Somali
[837]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1984) : The role of accentual patterns in subject/object differentiation in Somali and its parallels in Paranilotic languages
[840]   Andrzejewski, Bogumil W. (1988) : Infills: nouns and verbs without lexical meaning in Somali poetry
[845]   Anene, Mallam B. I. (19--) : Hausa made easy in Ibo and English languages
[846]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1970) : La dérivation verbale dénominative dans les langues bantoues
[847]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre (1971) : Aspects de la phonétique et de la morphologie de l’ewondo
[849]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre & Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi (1973) : Aspects de la grammaire générative et transformationelle de la langue akoose du Cameroun
[848]   Angenot, Jean-Pierre , Wamushiya Ilunga Mukubi & Jacques L. Vincke (1973) : Introduction to a theory of marking and transposition in language: a transformational anti-grammar of the Koose language of Cameroon
[852]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (1980) : The nominal phrase in Dagaari
[23555]   Angkaaraba Saanchi, James Nubabong (2003) : Aspect and the Dagaare verb
[861]   Angot, A. M. (1946) : Grammaire anjouanaise
[862]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre (1980?) : Contribution à l’étude phonologique et morphologique de l’arabe tunisien
[864]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Michel Denais (1989) : Le pluriel brisé en tigrigna
[865]   Angoujard, Jean-Pierre & Mohamed Moallin Hassan (1991) : Qualité vocalique, rythme et genre grammatical en somali
[870]   Angulu, Elizabeth Mama (1985) : Componential analysis of Hausa verbs of motion: markedness and deixis
[875]   Aning, Simon Kwasi (1998) : Nominal constructions in Akan
[884]   Annett, Mary (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en langue mundani
[24921]   Anonby, Erik John (2008) : Phonology and Morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa)
[25600]   Anonby, Erik John (2011) : A Grammar of Mambay. An Adamawa Language of Chad and Cameroon
[25319]   Anonymous (2010) : Yasa-French wordlist
[25958]   Ansah, Gladys Nyarko (2011) : Emotion Language in Akan: the Case of Anger
[891]   Ansre, Gilbert (1962) : Conversational Ewe
[892]   Ansre, Gilbert (1963) : Reduplication in Ewe
[895]   Ansre, Gilbert (1966) : The grammatical units of Ewe: a study of their structure, classes and systems
[904]   Antinucci, Francesco (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali. Part 2: the constructions of interrogative, negative and negative-interrogative clauses
[905]   Antinucci, Francesco (1981) : Tipi di frasa
[903]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1980) : The syntax of indicator particles in Somali: relative clause construction
[906]   Antinucci, Francesco & Annarita Puglielli (1984) : Relative clause constructions in Somali: a comparison between the northern and the coastal dialects
[907]   Antonissen, R. (1942) : Handleiding in het Afrikaans: een practisch overzicht
[25566]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2012) : The Ibibio locative copular constructions
[26859]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna (2013) : Ibibio Causative and Anti-Causative Verb Alternations
[26824]   Anyanwu, Ogbonna & Christie Omego (2015) : Aspects of Deverbal Nominalization in Tee
[911]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1996) : Aspects of Igbo grammar
[912]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (1998) : Aspects of Igbo grammar: phonetics, phonology, morphology and the tonology of nouns
[25676]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2010) : Tense, Aspect, and Mood in Benue-Congo Languages
[25778]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2009) : Focus and topic in Southern Jukunoid: Yukuben and Akum
[26506]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet (2013) : Reference Grammar of Yukuben (Jukunoid, Nigeria)
[913]   Anyanwu, Rose-Juliet & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (2003) : Gemination in the morphology of some African languages
[25667]   Aoumer, Fatsiha (2011) : Une opposition perdue – la particule dite ‘d’approche’ ou la deixis verbale dans un parler kabyle de Bejaïa
[917]   Appiah, A. W. E. (1931) : A new script Fante primer
[919]   Appleby, L. L. (1947) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[920]   Appleby, L. L. (1961) : A first Luyia grammar, with exercises
[922]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1958) : An outline of the structure of Shilha
[924]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Kabyle
[925]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1963) : The structure of Shilha
[926]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1966) : Spoken Kabyle: a basic course
[24569]   Applegate, Joseph R. (1955) : Shilha: A Descriptive Grammar With Vocabulary and Texts
[928]   Appleyard, David L. (1972) : /a-/ and /as-/ verb forms in Amharic
[929]   Appleyard, David L. (1975) : A descriptive outline of Kemant
[931]   Appleyard, David L. (1977) : A comparative approach to the Amharic lexicon
[933]   Appleyard, David L. (1982) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[935]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : The morphology of the negative verb in Agaw
[936]   Appleyard, David L. (1984) : Possessive pronoun suffixes in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[937]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : The radical extension system of the verb in Agaw
[938]   Appleyard, David L. (1986) : Agaw, Cushitic and Afroasiatic: the personal pronoun revisited
[939]   Appleyard, David L. (1987) : A grammatical sketch of Khamtanga
[941]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : The Agaw languages: a comparative morphological perspective
[942]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : Gender in the inflexion of the noun in Agaw
[943]   Appleyard, David L. (1988) : A definite article in Xamtanga
[944]   Appleyard, David L. (1989) : The relative verb in focus constructions: an Ethiopian ara feature
[945]   Appleyard, David L. (1990) : Prepositional particles in Somali and their cognates in other Cushitic languages
[949]   Appleyard, David L. (1992) : Vocalic ablaut and aspect marking in the verb in Agaw
[952]   Appleyard, David L. (1995) : Colloquial Amharic: a complete language discourse
[958]   Appleyard, David L. (2001) : The verb to say as a verb “recycling device” in Ethiopian languages
[964]   Araby, S. A. el (1983) : Intermediate Egyptian Arabic: an intergrative approach
[966]   Aramazani, Birusha (1975) : Description de la langue havu (bantu J 52): grammaire et lexique
[968]   Arasanyin, Frank Ojo (1986) : Tense and aspect: a semantic approach to temporal codification in Yoruba
[974]   Ard, Josh (1979) : A comparative and historical study of locative-based periphrastic verbal forms in Fula dialects
[25041]   Areghan, Gloria (1983) : LʼESAN dʼUBIAJA : éléments de description dʼune langue du groupe èdo (Bendel State, Nigeria)
[23654]   Aremu, J. Omotoso & Hans Wolff (1963) : Beginning Yoruba
[978]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward (1982) : Murle grammar
[983]   Arensen, Jon[athan] Edward , Nicky de Jong , Scott Randal & Peter Unseth (1997) : Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals
[985]   Arenzano, I. dʼ (1940) : Grammatica della lingua galla
[987]   Argaw, Makonnen & Gérard Philippson (1988) : Essai de description du parler maccha de la langue oromo
[993]   Aristar, Anthony Rodrigues (1994) : Binder-anaphors and the diachrony of case displacement
[994]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: élément de description d’une langue gurunsi du Togo
[995]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1983) : Le lamba de défalé: essai de morphologie et de structure
[996]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1987) : Le lamba de défalé (langue gurunsi du Togo): phonologie et morphologie
[997]   Aritiba, Adji Sardji (1988) : Une type particulier de morphème relateur en lamba
[1001]   Armbruster, Charles Hubert (1960) : Dongolese Nubian: a grammar
[1003]   Armor, Arthur (1---) : Notes on the grammar gramme of Sesotho
[1008]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The Idoma verb
[1009]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1963) : The subjunctive in Idoma
[1023]   Armstrong, Robert Gelston (1989) : Idomoid
[1024]   Arnaud, L. (192-) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica II
[1025]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : English grammar for Nyanja
[1026]   Arnaud, L. (1922) : Latino-Chinyanja grammatica
[1029]   Arnold, Thierry (1980) : La conjugaison composée en rwanda
[23120]   Arnold, Thierry (1977) : Une spécificité de la grammaire du kinyarwanda: la conjugaison composée comme auxialisation du temps
[1030]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1956) : The middle voice in Fula
[1032]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1958) : The classification of verbs in Tiv
[1033]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1960) : Some features of the nominal class systems of Fulani in Nigeria, Dahomey and Niger
[1034]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1961) : The subjunctive in Fula: a study of the relation between meaning and syntax
[1035]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1964) : Downstep in the Tiv verbal system
[1037]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1966) : Nominal groups in Fula
[1038]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1967) : Some reflections on the content of individual classes in Fula and Tiv
[1039]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : The nominal and verbal systems of Fula
[1040]   Arnott, David Whitehorn (1970) : 1st and 2nd person pronominal forms in Fula
[1049]   Arosi, J. T. & James James Ranisi Jolobe (1948) : Xhosa grammatical terminology/Amazwi emigaqo yentetho yesi Xhosa
[1052]   Arthur, I. (1975?) : The Bijago language (Orango dialect)
[1055]   Arua, Arua E. (2004) : Botswana English: some syntactic and lexical features
[1057]   Arvanites, Linda (1979) : Two developments in Bantu negation: comparative evidence
[1058]   Asamboa, Edenga (1986) : Phonologie et morphologie comparées d’une langue bantu et d’une langue non-bantu à classes: cas de lingombe et de mondunga
[1060]   Asangama, Natisa (1983) : Le budu, langue bantu du nord-est du Zaïre: esquisse phonologique et grammaticale
[1063]   Asfaw Amene (1993) : Relative clauses in Gumuz
[1064]   Ashenafi Tesfay (1989) : The noun phrase in Shinasha
[1071]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1935) : The structure of a Bantu language, with special reference to Swahili; or form and function through Bantu eyes
[1073]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1944) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1074]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1945) : Notes on form and structure in Bantu speech
[1075]   Ashton, Ethel O. (1947) : Swahili grammar (including intonation)
[1076]   Ashton, Ethel O. , Enoch M. K. Mulira , E. G. M. Ndawula & Archibald Norman Tucker (1954) : A Luganda grammar
[1079]   Askale Lemma (1994) : Word formation in Girirra
[1080]   Askale Lemma (1998) : Verb formation in Girirra
[1081]   Asmeret Kidane Mariam (1983) : The morphonemics of noun and verb in Tigrigna
[1083]   Asmus, H. (1925) : Koptische Grammatik zum Gebrauch für Vorlesungen
[23861]   Asobo, Irene Swiri (1989) : The noun class system of Kole
[26931]   Asohsi, Melvice (2015) : Structural and Typological Approaches to Obang Grammar: a Grassfields Bantu Language of Cameroon
[1087]   Asongwed, Tah (1980) : Sentence negation in Ngamambo
[1086]   Asongwed, Tah & Larry Michael Hyman (1976) : Morphotonology of the Ngamambo noun
[1088]   Aspesi, Francesco (1987) : Remarque sur la suffixation chamito-sémitique
[1090]   Aspinion, Robert (1953) : Apprenons le berbère: initiation aux dialectes chleuhs
[26537]   Asratie, Mulusew (2014) : Case Marking in Amharic Copular Constructions
[26751]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2013) : Détermination nominale de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26752]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2010) : La syntaxe de l’agni indénié
[26753]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les traits sémantiques de l’agni indénié, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[26754]   Assanvo Amoikon D. (2011) : Les marques d’accord de l’agni, langue Kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[1091]   Assebe Buli (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[26086]   Assine, Pascal (2008) : Les énoncés à prédicat non verbal en kusanuaay : parler jóola de Guinée Bissau
[1093]   Assirelli, Oddone (1945) : Il sistema pronominale nelle lingue etiopo-cuscitiche
[1095]   Assobeatisio, Bafauʼndey (1985) : Les formes et les temps verbaux en kibudu
[1100]   Aster Zewdie (1991) : Gumuz verb morphology
[1101]   Atindogbe, Gratien G. (1996) : Bankon (A40): éléments de phonologie, morphologie et tonologie
[25328]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2011) : Encoding Ordinary Information through Emphatic Structure in Barombi
[25522]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. (2012) : On the typology of directional verbs in Bantu A (Barombi, Isubu, Mokpe, and Oroko)
[25939]   Atindogbé, Gratien G. & Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2012) : Productive and Non-productive reduplication patterns in Bantu Zone A (Northwest) languages
[25329]   Atindogbé, Gratien G.& Evelyn Fogwe Chibaka (2011) : Pronoun Serialisation in Kamtok: The Syntax-Semantic Interface
[25567]   Atintono, Samuel A. (2012) : The basic locative construction in Gurene
[25151]   Atintono, Samuel Awinkene & Francisca Adjei (2009) : A Comparative Study on the Metaphorical Uses of Eat Verbs '̣Ɖu' In Ewe and ‘Di’ in Gurenɛ
[1103]   Atkins, Guy (1950) : The parts of speech in Nyanja
[1106]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : An outline of Hungu grammar
[1107]   Atkins, Guy (1954) : The structure of the disyllabic tense suffix in Cokwe
[1108]   Atkins, Guy (1955) : The one-word tenses in Cokwe
[1110]   Atkins, Guy (1961) : Notes on the concords and classes of Bantu numerals
[25147]   Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2009) : Apparent Grammatical Tones in Ọ̀KỌ
[25677]   Atoyebi, Joseph Dele (2010) : A Reference Grammar of Oko. A West Benue-Congo Language of North-Central Nigeria
[22838]   Atoyebi, L. (1998) : The crucial question of the complex verb roots in Yoruba
[1113]   Attal, Pierre (1999) : La négation en égyptien ancienne
[1116]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1985) : Les emplois du curseur kóo en hawsa
[1117]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1996) : Aspect, détermination, modalité et diathèse en hawsa
[1118]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : HAL ou l’ultime et le précoce en hawsa
[1119]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Nouvelles considérations sur les emplois de sáy en hawsa
[1120]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2000) : L’opposition occurrence ouverte/occurrence fermée à travers le système aspectuel du hawsa
[24990]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (1998) : Le système aspecto-modal du Hawsa
[26017]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2010) : Emplois et valeurs de máa en hawsa
[26037]   Attouman, Mahaman Bachir (2009) : Emplois et valeurs des marqueurs wáy et mànà en Hawsa
[1125]   Augustiny, Julius (1929) : Laut- und Formenlehre der Sukuma-Sprache
[26238]   Aunio, L. (2010) : Ikoma nominal tone
[1127]   Austen, Cheryl Lynn (1975) : Aspects of Bukusu syntax and phonology
[1131]   Avermaet, J. van (1942) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 1
[1132]   Avermaet, J. van (1943) : Spraakkundige termen in het lomongo ; deel 3
[25108]   Avezac, Armand dʼ (1845) : Notice sur le pays et le peuple des Yébous en Afrique
[1136]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : De l’étude sémantico-syntaxique des marqueurs préverbaux à la structure de la phrase en fòngbè
[1137]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1992) : Les particules modales en fongbe et la nature de INFL dans les phrases injoctives
[1138]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1993) : Arguments pour une projection injonctive: les particulares modales du fongbè
[1139]   Avolonto, Aimé B. (1995) : Pour une approche minimaliste des verbes à objets inhérents en fongbe
[1140]   Awad, Maher (1996) : On the function of the complementation na in Bolanci
[24851]   Awagana, Ari (2007) : Lʼextension verbale en Buduma
[25371]   Awagana, Ari (2003) : La pluralité verbale en buduma
[25744]   Awagana, Ari (2010) : Coordination et subordination en buduma
[6132]   Awagana, Elhadji Ari (2002) : Grammatik des Buduma: Phonologie, Morphologie, Syntax
[23885]   Awah, Valerie Nahjella (1997) : Wh-movement in Mungaka: a generative approach
[1147]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (1979) : Nominal classes and nominal concord in Kasem
[1149]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2000) : Criteria for the identification of the Kasem verb
[23547]   Awedoba, Albert Kanlisi (2003) : Criteria for noun classification in Kasem
[1162]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1964) : The phonology and morpho-phonemics of Yoruba
[1163]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1967) : Studies in the syntax of the Standard Yoruba verb
[1166]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1970) : High-tone-junction-contracting verbs in Yoruba
[1167]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : ‘Splitting verbs’ in Yoruba
[1169]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a critique
[1170]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1975) : On the subject concord prefix in Yoruba
[1171]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1978) : Essentials of Yoruba grammar
[1175]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1992) : Issues in the syntax of standard Yoruba focus constructions
[1178]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1996) : Grading sentence patterns and structures in Yoruba and related languages
[23641]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (1971) : Peace Corps Yoruba course
[1174]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé (Ed) (1990) : Yoruba metalanguage
[23651]   Awóbùlúyì, Oládélé & others (1969) : Introductory Kanuri / Introduction au kanouri
[1179]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Studies in the syntax and semantics of Yoruba nominalizations
[1180]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1974) : Yoruba gerundive structures and the notion of ‘target structures’
[1181]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1981) : Nominal compound formation in Yoruba ideophones
[1182]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1983) : On the development of the verb-infinitive phrase in Yorùbá
[1184]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1986) : Reduplication and the status of ideophones in Yoruba
[1185]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Complex predicates and verb serialization
[1186]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1988) : Perspectives on verb serialization
[1187]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1991) : The tense system of Yoruba
[1188]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1995) : The role of functional categories in syntax: the Yoruba case
[1189]   Awóyalé, [James] [Oladuntoye] Yiwola (1997) : Object positions in Yoruba
[1191]   Axmed Axmed, Jaamar (1978) : Naxawaha af Soomaaliga
[26184]   Ayalew, Bezza Tesfaw (2011) : Causative of the 'Passive' in Amharic
[1208]   Ayukachale, Peter Egbe (1976) : The noun class system in “Ngunaya” Ejagam
[1209]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1996) : A study of Mbili noun morphology
[1210]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1998) : A reference grammar of Mbili
[24571]   Ayuninjam, Funwi F. (1994) : Mbili: A Linguistic Analysis
[1211]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1952) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian
[1212]   Ayyub, Abd al Rahman M. (1968) : The verbal system in a dialect of Nubian (being a description of the verbal function in the structures called “relatio” and “relatio adjunct”, as spoken in the Halfa district)
[1220]   Azer, H. A. (1985) : The expression of negation in Egyptian colloquial Arabic (ECA)
[1222]   Aziza, Rose O. (2004) : Negation in southwestern Edoid: the case of Urhobo
[26042]   Aziza, Rose O. (2008) : Neutralization of Contrast in the Vowel System of Urhobo
[22750]   Azunda, U. A. (1987) : A contrastive study of affirmation and negation in Ikwere (Igwuruta)
[25962]   Babaev, Kirill (2010) : Zialo: the Newly-Discovered Mande Language of Guinea
[25459]   Babaev, Kirill V. (2010) : On the Reconstruction of Person Marking in South-Western Mande
[26688]   Babaev, Kirill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25060]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2008) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking I: Proto-Bantoid
[25204]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : Reconstructing Proto-Benue-Congo person marking II: Proto-Benue-Congo
[25205]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2010) : О реконструкции личных местоимений в праязыке ква [On the Reconstruction of Personal Pronouns in Proto-Kwa]
[25340]   Babaev, Kyrill V. (2011) : On the reconstruction of some tense/aspect markers in Proto-Mande
[22553]   Babalola, Emmanuel Taiwo (2005) : The nominal group modifier and qualifier structures in some American and Nigerian English-medium magazines
[1235]   Bach, E. (1970) : Is Amharic an SOV language?
[1240]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (1996) : Système verbal et énonciation en kabiyè (Togo)
[1241]   Badameli-Kassan, Balaïbaou (2000) : De l’influence du ton du consecutif dans les formes de l’aoriste en kabiye
[1245]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1986) : A phonetico-semantic analysis of verb+noun contraction in Yoruba
[1251]   Badejo, Bamidele Rotimi (1995) : Backdrop declination in Kanuri
[1253]   Bader, Yousef Farhan (1984) : Topics in Kabyle Berber phonology and morphology
[1255]   Bader, Yousef Farhan & Michael J. Kenstowicz (1987) : Syllable and case in Kabylie Berber
[1258]   Badie, Manglibè Joseph (19--) : Contribution a une étude morphosyntaxique du n’cam: parler du sous-groupe Gurma des langues Gur (Nord-Togo)
[5398]   Badry, Fatima (1983) : Acquisition of lexical derivational rules in Moroccan Arabic: implications for the development of standard Arabic as a second language through literacy
[1262]   Baertsch, (2001) : Morphological and syntactic aspects of negation in Lamnso
[1263]   Baeteman, Joseph (1923) : Grammaire amarigna
[1265]   Bafia, Anna (2000) : English within the context of native languages: contrastive interpretation of grammatical errors found in student’s dissertations
[1266]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1970) : Aspects of nominalisation in Hausa
[1267]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1971) : Lexicalist hypothesis and Hausa
[1269]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1972) : NP complementation in Hausa
[1270]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1976) : Subordinate adverbial clauses in Hausa
[1272]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Reanalysing the Hausa causative morpheme
[1273]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1977) : Causatives in Hausa
[1274]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1978/84) : Yaren guddiranci
[1276]   Bagari, Dauda Muhammad (1987) : Hausa subordinate adverbial clauses: syntax and semantics
[1277]   Bagein, R. P. (1951) : Grammaire kirundi à l’usage des commençants
[1283]   Bah, A. (1974) : Étude morphologie du fulakunda
[26368]   Bah, Abdoul (1974) : Étude morphologique du fulakunda
[26370]   Bah, Mamadou Falilou (1974) : Structures syntaxiques et distribution des morphèmes de classe au sein de l'énoncé pular
[26371]   Bah, Néné Youssouf (1974) : Étude sémantique, phonétique et intégration morphologique des emprunts du pular aux langues étrangères
[1284]   Bah, O. S. (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[26372]   Bah, Oumar Sylla (1974) : Étude du système de la conjugaison pular
[22644]   Bahloul, Raja Mallek (1996) : Negation in French and Tunesian Arabic
[1291]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1987) : Le fonctionnement du système des classes de lexèmes en temne
[1292]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1991) : Prédication non verbale en temne
[25390]   Bai-Sheka, Abou (1981) : Le système nominal du temne
[1293]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1938) : Línguas de Angola: elementos de gramática ganguela, segundo os estudos do lecomte
[1295]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1939) : Elementos de gramática ganguela: idioma falado na região do Cubango província de Angola
[1297]   Baião, Domingos Vieira (1940) : O kimbundu pratico ou guia de conversação em portugues-kimbundu: idioma falado nas regioes de Luanda e de Malange
[1300]   Bailey, Richard W. (1984) : Notes on South African English
[1301]   Bailey, Richard W. (1985) : South African English slang: form, function and origins
[1306]   Bailleul, Charles (1976) : Cours pratique bambara. Partie III: types de phrases
[1307]   Bailleul, Charles (1977) : Cours pratique bambara. Parties I-II
[24192]   Bailleul, Charles (1986) : Sens originel des postpositions en bambara
[1312]   Baird, Kathryn (1984) : The noun phrase in Mundani
[1314]   Baj, G. (1---) : Linguistic guide on Madi language
[1315]   Baka, Jean (2000) : L’adjectif en bantu
[1318]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (1997) : Morphologie du lokonda
[1319]   Bakamba Mputu, Alphee (2001) : Equisse du parler lohangó
[1335]   Baker, Mark C. (1988) : Theta theory and the syntax of applicatives in Chichewa
[1336]   Baker, Mark C. (1990) : Elements of a typology of applicatives in Bantu
[1339]   Baker, Mark C. (1992) : Thematic conditions on syntactic structures: evidence from locative applicatives
[23511]   Baker, Mark C. (2005) : On verb-initial and verb-final word orders in Lokaa
[1341]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Unaccusativity and the adjective/verb distinction: Èdó evidence
[1342]   Baker, Mark C. & Osumuyimen Thompson Stewart (2001) : Verb movement, objects and serialization
[26867]   Baker, Mark , Ken Safir & Justine Sikuku (2013) : Complex Anaphora in Lubukusu
[1326]   Baker, Philip (1972) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1331]   Baker, Philip (1984) : Agglutinated French articles in Creole French
[1337]   Baker, Philip (1990) : Kreol: a description of Mauritian Creole
[1340]   Baker, Philip (1993) : Assessing the African contribution to French-based creoles
[1338]   Baker, Philip & Anand Syea (1991) : On the copula in Mauritian Creole: past and present
[1328]   Baker, Philip & Chris Corne (1982) : Isle de France creole: affinities and origins
[1344]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1983) : Notes on Late Egyptian grammar: a Semitic approach
[1345]   Bakir, Abd el Mohsen (1984) : Notes on Middle Egyptian grammar
[1354]   Baldé, O. P. (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[26376]   Baldé, Ousmane Paraya (1975) : Les transformations passive et négative du pular
[1352]   Baldeh, Anja (2001) : Nominalderivation im Wolof
[25954]   Baldi, Sergio (2011) : Emotions, Colours and Qualities: an Overview of Hausa Ideophones
[25630]   Baldi, Sergio & Rudolf Leger (2011) : Some diachronic observations on gender and number in Bole-Tangale Languages
[1371]   Balembo-Mfumu (1977) : Étude morphologique de la dérivation en laari H16f
[24223]   Balenghien, Etienne (1984) : A propos de la syntaxe du bambara
[1372]   Balep, Lydie Ngo (19--) : Essai d’analyse contrastive de la determination nominale en français et en bakaa
[23113]   Ballarin, Hélène (1999) : L’analyse du texte en langue nawdm
[1376]   Ballenghien, E. (1967) : Le système verbo-prédicatif sonike: parler de Nioro du Sahel
[1378]   Balmer, William Turnbull & F. C. F. Grant (1929) : A grammar of the Fante-Akan language
[23786]   Bals, Berit-Anne & Helene Norgaard Andreassen (2002) : Reduplication in progressive verb forms in Zina Kotoko
[1382]   Baltazani, Mary (2002) : Case, tone, and intonation in Maa
[1383]   Bamba, Moussa (1992) : De l’interaction entre tons et accents
[1386]   Bambara, Eloi (1981) : Les catégories grammaticales en bisa, dialecte de Garango (Haute-Volta)
[1387]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1961) : The nominal group in Yoruba and a comparison with the English nominal group
[1388]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : A study of the structures and classes in the grammar of modern Yoruba
[1389]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1963) : The structure of the Yoruba predicator
[1390]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1964) : Verb-nominal collocation in Yoruba: a problem of syntactic analysis
[1394]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1965/66) : Nominal classes in Mbe
[1395]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966) : A grammar of Yoruba
[1397]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1966/67) : Verbal classes in Mbe
[1399]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : A short Yoruba grammar
[1400]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1967) : Tense/aspect forms in Mbe
[1410]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1971) : The verb-infinitive phrase in Yoruba
[1414]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1973) : The modifying serial construction: a reply
[1418]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1974) : On serial verbs and verbal status
[1420]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1975) : Relative clauses and nominalized sentences in Yoruba
[1422]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1976) : Are Yoruba adverbs really nouns?
[1426]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Questions and roles: the example of Yoruba
[1427]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1980) : Pronouns, concord and pronominalization
[1438]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1982) : Issues in the analysis of serial verb constructions
[1441]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1983) : On timeless sentences in Yoruba
[1443]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1985) : Negation and serial verbal construction types in Yoruba
[1449]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1990) : Fonólójì àti gírámà yorùbá
[23752]   Bamgbose, Ayo (1992) : Relativization or nominalization: a case of structure versus meaning
[24119]   Bamgbose, Ayo (2000-01) : Coreferentiality and Focus in Textual Cohesion: Evidence from Yoruba
[1412]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1972) : The Yoruba verb phrase: papers of the seminar on the Yorba verb phrase, Ibadan, 1-2 April, 1971
[1430]   Bamgbose, Ayo (Ed) (1982) : Yoruba metalanguage
[1460]   Bamigboye, G. A. (1987) : A study of the noun phrase of Ayere
[23628]   Bamiro, Edmund O. (1995) : Syntactic variation in West African English
[1467]   Bancel, Pierre (1991) : The three-way vowel harmony in Nènì (Bantu A.44, Cameroon)
[1468]   Banda, Felix (1992) : A lexical-semantic and syntactic-grammatical analysis of Zambian English: towards a ‘meaning-to-grammar hypothesis’ of classroom second language instruction
[1472]   Bangamwabo, François-Xavier (1985) : L’expression de l’organisation de l’espace rwandais: les déictiques locatifs
[23879]   Bangha, George F. (2003) : The Mmen noun phrase
[1476]   Banjo, Ayo (1969) : A contrastive study of aspects of the syntactic and lexical rules of English and Yoruba
[1481]   Banjo, Ayo (1974) : Sentence negation in Yoruba
[1489]   Banjo, Ayo (1995) : On codifying Nigerian English research so far
[1493]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1992) : La dérivation verbale en chaha
[1494]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1994) : On prefix-necessitating stems in Chaha
[1496]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : Sur l’alternance inaccusative vs inergative en chaha
[1497]   Banksira, Degif Petros (1996) : On the absence of AgrS: evidence from Ethiopian Semitic languages
[1500]   Bannerman, Charles James (1944) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 1/A Ga grammar of function (stage 1), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1501]   Bannerman, Charles James (1945) : Ga wiemo mligblamo wolo ni tsoo wiemoi komekomei anitsumo - klenklen 2/A Ga grammar of function (stage 2), adapted from the Fante grammar of function
[1502]   Bannerman, Charles James (1948) : Ga grammar of function
[1503]   Bannerman, Charles James (1968) : Ga grammar of function
[1504]   Banoum, Bertrade B. Ngo-Ngijol (2004) : Bantu gender revisited through an analysis of Basaá categories: a typological perspective
[1505]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : Possessive affixes in the Somali area
[1506]   Banti, Giorgio (1984) : The morphology of the nominative case in Somali
[1507]   Banti, Giorgio (1986) : Reflections on derivation from prefix-conjugated verbs in Somali
[1508]   Banti, Giorgio (1987) : Evidence for a second type of suffix conjugation in Cushitic
[1509]   Banti, Giorgio (1988) : “Adjectives” in East Cushitic
[1511]   Banti, Giorgio (1991) : Invariable verbal paradigms in some Omo-Tana languages
[1512]   Banti, Giorgio (1991/92) : Some concord-less verbal paradigms in Omo-Tana
[1516]   Banti, Giorgio (1998) : Saho
[25752]   Banti, Giorgio (2010) : Remarks on the typology of converbs and their functional equivalents in East Cushitic
[26219]   Bao Diop, Sokhna (2013) : Description du baynunk guñaamolo, langue minoritaire du sénégal : analyse phonologique, morphologique et syntaxique
[26888]   Bao Diop, Sokhna (2015) : Les classes nominales en nyun gunyamolo
[1518]   Baptista, Marlyse (1994) : On the nature of “pa” in Capeverdean Creole and its possible source
[1519]   Baptista, Marlyse (1995) : On the nature of pro-drop in Capeverdean Creole
[1520]   Baptista, Marlyse (2003) : The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties
[1531]   Barber, Karin (1984) : Yoruba don un so 1: a beginner’s course in Yoruba
[1533]   Barbera, Giuseppe Maria (1939/40) : Dizionario maltese-arabo-italiano, con una grammatica comparata arabo-maltese
[1537]   Bargery, George Percival (19--) : Unpublished Hausa grammar and vocabulary notes
[24189]   Bari, Abdulayi (1985) : Nòrònnaw -ma, -man, -lama bamanankan na. [Suffixes -ma, -man, -lama dans la langue bambara]
[24197]   Bari, Abdulayi (1987-88) : Nynɔrɔ /mán/ sintin. [L'étymologie du préfixe mán.]
[1542]   Barillot, Xavier (19--) : Morphophonologie gabaritique et information consonantique latente en somali et dans les langues est-couchitiques
[1550]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1927) : The use of the copula with the Kikuyu verb
[1551]   Barlow, Arthur Ruffell (1951) : Studies in Kikuyu grammar and idioms
[1553]   Barmou, Salifou (1995) : La catégorie nominale en hausa: comparaison avec le français
[1561]   Barnard, Alan (1985) : A Nharo wordlist, with notes on grammar
[1562]   Barnard, R. (1987) : Die situatief in Noord-Sotho
[1564]   Barnard, R. (1988) : Relationship between situative and relative in Northern Sotho
[1566]   Barnes, Bertram Herbert & Clement Martyn Doke (1929) : The pronunciation of the Bemba language
[1575]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1966) : Notes on the Mbembe clause system: a preliminary analysis
[1577]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : The noun class system in Mbembe
[1578]   Barnwell, Katharine Grace Lowry (1969) : A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross-River language
[1581]   Barr, L. I. (19--) : Manuscript outline of morphology of Lugbara
[1582]   Barr, L. I. (1965) : A course in Lugbara
[1583]   Barrena, Natalio (1957) : Gramatica annobonesa
[1593]   Barreteau, Daniel (1983) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1598]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : Description du mofu-gudur (langue de la famille tchadique parlée au Cameroun)
[1599]   Barreteau, Daniel (1988) : La transitivité en mofu-gudur
[22592]   Barreteau, Daniel (1978) : Aspects de la morphologie nominal en mofu-gadar
[1591]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1982) : La verbe en sibine
[1604]   Barreteau, Daniel & Herrmann Jungraithmayr (1990) : Les verbes monoradicaux dans les langues tchadiques
[1600]   Barreteau, Daniel & Robert Hedinger (Ed) (1989) : Description de langues camerounaises
[1595]   Barreteau, Daniel & Yves le Bléis (1987) : Lexèmes et thèmes verbaux en mafa
[1616]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : The syntax and interpretation of the relative clause construction in Swahili
[1617]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1985) : o epenthesis: a positional treatment of Swahili pronominal clitics
[1618]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1987) : Phonological allomorphy in Swahili: on the form of inanimate pronominal clitics
[1619]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1988) : NP switch in inalienable possession constructions in Swahili
[1621]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] (1995) : Subject and object markers as agreement and pronoun incorporation in Swahili
[1620]   Barrett-Keach, Camillia [Nevada] & Michael Rochemont (1992/94) : On the syntax of possessor raising in Swahili
[1622]   Barrie, E. (1996) : Teaching grammar of Pular
[1623]   Barry, E. (1937) : An elementary Somali grammar
[1627]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1996) : The interpretation of ‘possesser raising’ in a Maasai dialect
[23021]   Barshi, Immanuel & Doris L. Payne (1998) : Argument structure and Maasai possessive interpretation: implications for language learning
[1629]   Bartels, Eric (1984) : Experimental syntax and discourse analysis
[1628]   Bartels, Francis Lodowic & J. A. Annobil (1948) : Mfantse nkasafua dwumadzi/A Fante grammar of function
[1634]   Barthe, Albert (1952) : Manuel elementaire de conversation touaregue
[1635]   Barton, Juxon (1921) : Turkana grammatical notes and vocabulary
[1637]   Barwani-Sheikh, Sauda & Eleonore Adwiraah (1990) : Die deutschsprachigen Swahili-Lehrbücher: ein Überblick
[24957]   Bashir, Abeer (2006) : Morphophonemic Alternations in Jumjum Number Formation
[26646]   Bashir, Abeer (2015) : Address and Reference Terms in Midob (Darfur Nubian)
[26230]   Bassène, Alain Christian (2012) : Concurrence entre critères morphologiques et critères sémantiques dans les accords de classe: le cas du jóola banjal
[24044]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2006) : Description du jóola Banjal (Sénégal)
[24762]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2007) : Morphosyntaxe du jóola banjal ; Langue atlantique du Sénégal
[25026]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2009) : Propriétés d'encodage et de comportement des constructions ditransitives en jóola banjal
[26623]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : L'indexation du sujet et de l'objet dans les langues atlantiques nord
[26882]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Accords de classe et référence générique dans les parlers joola
[26890]   Bassène, Alain-Christian (2015) : Les classes nominales du biafada
[26218]   Bassene, Mamadou (2012) : Morphophonology of Joola Eegimaa
[1649]   Basset, André (1929) : La langue berbère; morphologie; le verbe; étude de thèmes
[1651]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur l’état d’annexion en berbère
[1652]   Basset, André (1932) : Note sur le genre dans le nom et dans verbe en berbère
[1653]   Basset, André (1933) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[1656]   Basset, André (1934) : Le système grammatical du berbère
[1660]   Basset, André (1934/37) : Entretien sur la détermination et l’indétermination: berbère
[1667]   Basset, André (1935) : Probleme verbal dans le parler berbere de Siwa
[1668]   Basset, André (1935/45) : Siwa et Aoudjila: probleme verbal berbere
[1677]   Basset, André (1937/40) : Un pluriel devenu singulier en berbère
[1679]   Basset, André (1938) : Le nom de l’étable en Kabylie et la flexion du participe
[1689]   Basset, André (1942) : Sur le pluriel nominal berbère
[1691]   Basset, André (1943/45) : Sur la structure et la terminologie du verbe berbere
[1699]   Basset, André (1945/48) : Sur la proposition indépendante et la proposition relative en berbère
[1700]   Basset, André (1945/48) : La proposition sans verbe en berbère
[1709]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Determination et indetermination du nom en berbere
[1712]   Basset, André (1948/51) : Sur le participe berbére
[1721]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur berbère Aït Sadden it(t)h ‘parce que’ et la formation du système conjonctif
[1722]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur l’evolution actuelle du preterif negatif en berbère
[1723]   Basset, André (1951/54) : Sur un theme berbere d’aoriste intensif insolite
[1725]   Basset, André (1952) : La langue berbère
[1729]   Basset, André (1954) : Sur le participe dans le parler berbère d’Ait Sadden
[1730]   Basset, André (1954/57) : ‘n’ devant complement de nom en berbère
[1708]   Basset, André & André Picard (1948) : Éléments de grammaire berbère (Kabylie-Irjen)
[1674]   Basset, André & J. Crouzet (1937) : Cours de berbère: parlers de la kabylie
[24074]   Basso Marques, João (1947) : Aspectos do problema da semelhança da língua dos papéis, manjacos e brames
[1739]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1971) : Les substantifs à suffixe thématique
[1746]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1980) : Statistique grammaticale et innovations en bantoue
[1747]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Essai de classification de quatre-vingts langues bantoues par la statistique grammaticale
[1748]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : La finale verbale ‘-ide’ et l’imbrication en bantoue
[1750]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : L’adjectif
[1751]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1983) : Les formes pronominales: connectifs possessifs, demonstratifs, numéraux, interrogatifs, substitutifs, ‘tout / seul / même / autre’
[1752]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1985) : Les relations sémantiques dans les langues bantoues
[1753]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1986) : Les suffixes causatifs dans les langues bantoues
[1755]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : El prefijo locativo de la clase 18 y la expresión del progresivo presento en Bantu
[1756]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1989) : Les déverbatifs bantous en -e
[1757]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Reconstruction formelle et sémantique de la dénomination de quelques mammifères en bantou
[1758]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (1994) : Essai d’analyse des formatifs de type -a- en bantou central
[1764]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2003) : The interlacustrine group (Zone J)
[24916]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] (2006) : Un PV i̧- à la première personne du singulier en bantou
[1744]   Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot] , André Coupez & Bernard de Halleux (1979) : Statistique lexicale et grammaticale pour la classification historique des langues bantoues
[1768]   Bates, George Latimer & Silas Franklin Johnson (1926) : Handbook of Bulu, with Bulu-English vocabulary
[1771]   Batibo, Herman M. (1977) : Le kesukuma, langue bantou de Tanzanie: phonologie et morphologie
[1775]   Batibo, Herman M. (1985) : Le kesukuma (langue bantou de Tanzanie): phonologie, morphologie
[1779]   Batibo, Herman M. (1987) : Le statut morphosyntaxique du referent sujet en langues bantu
[1780]   Batibo, Herman M. (1988) : Root affixation rules in Zairean Swahili as evidence of earlier Bantu rules
[1792]   Batibo, Herman M. (1992) : Morphological and semantic regularity in lexical expansion process: the case of nominal derivation in Kiswahili
[1811]   Batibo, Herman M. (1999) : The grammaticalization process in Setswana
[25822]   Batic, Gian Claudio (2009) : Imaginative Dimension and Experiential Constructions in Hausa and Bole
[1825]   Bature, Abdullahi (1990) : Prosodic constituency and Hausa verbs
[1832]   Baudet, Guibert (1947) : Eléments de grammaire kinande, suivis d’un vocabulaire kinande-français et français-kinande
[23527]   Baudin, Noël (1966) : Grammaire yoruba
[1836]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1966) : The locative in Tsonga
[1837]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1967) : Introductory remarks on the copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 1
[1838]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1968) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 2
[1840]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1969) : The copulative construction in Tsonga ; part 3
[1842]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1970) : Introduction to the grammar of Xironga
[1851]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1981) : Notes on Tsonga noun classes 1a and 5a
[1853]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1985) : Pre-Tsonga noun class prefixes and verb suffixes
[1854]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1987) : Analytical Tsonga grammar
[1857]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (1997) : Languages of the Eastern Caprivi
[1848]   Baumbach, Ernst J. M. (Ed) (1978) : Proceedings of the 2nd African languages congress of UNISA/Tweede Afrikatale-kongres van UNISA
[24572]   Baumbach, Jean Marie (1997) : A Brief Linguistic Sketch of Wodaabe Fulfulde Including Consonant Alternation
[1862]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1981) : Lango: some morphological changes in verb paradigm
[1863]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1982) : Aspects of morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1864]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1983) : Morphological and syntactic divergence in Lango and Acholi
[1865]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1989) : The ki-verb construction in Acholi: grammaticalization of a resultative morpheme
[1866]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1995) : The obligation modality in western Nilotic languages
[1867]   Bavin, Edith L. [Woock] (1996) : Body parts in Acholi: alienable and inalienable distinctions and extended uses
[1868]   Bawman, E. (1949) : Gramática lomué
[1871]   Baye Yimam (1981) : Oromo substantives: some aspects of their morphology
[1872]   Baye Yimam (1986) : The phrase structures of Ethiopian Oromo
[1873]   Baye Yimam (1987) : Relative clauses in Oromo
[1874]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Towards a definition of the nominal specifiers in Amharic
[1875]   Baye Yimam (1988) : The subject of infinitives in Oromo
[1876]   Baye Yimam (1988) : Focus in Oromo
[1877]   Baye Yimam (1990) : The structure of Zayse NPs
[1878]   Baye Yimam (1993/94) : YäAmarenya säwasew [Grammar of Amharic]
[1879]   Baye Yimam (1994) : Some aspects of Zergulla morphology
[1881]   Baye Yimam (1999) : Root reductions and extensions in Amharic
[1882]   Bayisa-ba-Nkaniku (1975) : Étude comparative des formes pronominales en français et en manyaanga
[1884]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1974?) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[1885]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1978) : Pronom de liaison en bantu: le cas du kinande (D.42)
[1886]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1982) : Le kinande, langue bantue de l’est du Congo (D 42): phonologie et morphologie
[1887]   Bbemo, Musubaho Tseme M. (1983) : Synthématique du verbe nande (D 42)
[1891]   Beacham jnr, Charles Gordon (1968) : The phonology and morphology of Yom
[1893]   Beardsley, R. Brock & Carol M. Eastman (1971) : Markers, pauses and code switching in bilingual Tanzanian speech
[1895]   Bearth, Thomas (1969) : Phrase et discours en toura
[1896]   Bearth, Thomas (1971) : L’énoncé toura (Côte d’Ivoire)
[1898]   Bearth, Thomas (1986) : L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura
[1899]   Bearth, Thomas (1993) : Satztyp und Situation in einigen Sprachen Westafrikas
[1900]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Wortstellung, Topik und Fokus
[1901]   Bearth, Thomas (1994) : Sein und Nichtsein/Kuwa na kutokuwa
[1903]   Bearth, Thomas (1995) : Nominal periphrasis and the origin of the predicative marker in Mande languages: an alternative view
[1904]   Bearth, Thomas (1997) : Inferential and counter-inferential grammatical markers in Swahili dialogue
[1905]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Toura
[1906]   Bearth, Thomas (1999) : The contribution of African linguistics towards a general theory of focus: update and critical review
[1907]   Bearth, Thomas (2003) : Syntax
[22930]   Bearth, Thomas (1987/88) : La logique des focalisations: le cas du toura
[22957]   Bearth, Thomas (1982) : Diversité fonctionelle dans la phrase toura
[24986]   Bearth, Thomas (1998) : Procédés de cohésion dans le discours
[1908]   Beaton, Arthur Charles (1968) : A grammar of the Fur language
[1910]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1996/97) : Exploration of the semantic difference between the two negative markers ha- and (-)si(-) in Swahili
[1911]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa (1999) : Formatives of tense, aspect, mood and negation in the verbal construction of standard Swahili
[1912]   Beaudoin-Lietz, Christa , Derek Nurse & Sarah Rose (2004) : Pronominal object marking in Bantu
[1916]   Beavon, Keith H. (1979) : Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon
[1917]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : The relative clause in Koozime
[1918]   Beavon, Keith H. (198-) : Provisional description of the segmental phonemes and noun classes of the Mpyémó language (Bìjúgí dialect)
[1920]   Beavon, Keith H. (1983) : Expressions of location in Koozime
[1922]   Beavon, Keith H. (1984) : A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse
[1924]   Beavon, Keith H. (1985) : Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse
[1925]   Beavon, Keith H. (1986) : Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzime
[1928]   Beavon, Keith H. (1991) : Koozime verbal system
[23334]   Bebey, Moukodi C. (1981) : Étude du système verbo-temporel français-douala: étude linguistique constrastive, le mode indicatif
[1931]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (1985) : “Du bist, was du hast” - Zur Entstehung neuer Personalpronomen im Tu Bedawie (Beja)
[25403]   Bechaus-Gerst, Marianne (2008) : The Classification of Cushitic and Omotic: a Critique
[1929]   Becher, Jutta (1991) : Untersuchungen zu den Verbalweiterungen des Wolof
[23324]   Becher, Jutta (2002) : Verbalextensionen in den atlantischen Sprachen
[23326]   Becher, Jutta (2003) : Experiencer constructions in Wolof
[23327]   Becher, Jutta (2005) : Ditransitive Verben und ihre Objekte im Wolof: Positionsregeln und Kombinierbarkeit
[24381]   Becher, Jutta (2001) : Untersuchungen zum Sprachwandel im Wolof aus diachroner und synchroner Perspektive
[1939]   Bechon, S. (2000) : Description de la langue sangu, langue bantu du sud-ouest de la Tanzanie
[1956]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1940) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1958]   Becker-Donner, Etta (1965) : Die Sprache der Mano
[1959]   Beckett, H. W. (1951) : Handbook of Kiluba
[1964]   Beckman, Jill N. (2001) : Partial copying and emergent unmarkedness in Igbo reduplication
[2339]   Bécuwe, Jacques (1982) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du lobiri (parler de Bouna, Côte d’Ivoire)
[1967]   Bedou-Jondoh, Edina Ayaba Elemawusi (1980) : Some aspects of the predicate phrase in Gegbe
[22909]   Bedrosian, Patricia L. (1996/97) : The Mboshi noun class system
[1970]   Beeton, D. R. (1968) : Some aspects of English usage in South Africa
[1973]   Begos, Nettabai (2000) : Beginner’s course in Blin language
[1974]   Beguinot, Francesco (1924) : Il berbero Nefûsi di Fassâto: grammatica, testi raccolti dalla viva voce, vocabolarietti
[1983]   Beguinot, Francesco (1931) : Il berbere Nefusi di Fassato
[1993]   Behailu Abbebe (1986) : A brief morphological study of nouns, verbs and the structure of simple sentences in Gumuz
[1995]   Behnk, Frida (1930) : Grammatik der Texte aus El-Amarna
[23696]   Behrs, Jan & others (1980) : Learning Chichewa: teacher’s manual
[2000]   Beinlich, H. & M. Saleh (1989) : Corpus der hieroglyphischen Inschriften aus dem Grab des Tutanchamon, II: Konkordanz der Nummersystem des “Journal d’Entree” des Ägyptischen Museum Kairo
[2003]   Bekale Seyoum (1989) : The case system in Wolayta (generative approach)
[2005]   Belay Tefera (2001) : The structure of the verb phrase in Ennemor
[23414]   Bell, Arthur (2001) : Origins of negative concord in Afrikaans
[2021]   Bell, Arthur & Paul Washburn (Ed) (2001) : Khoisan: syntax, phonetics, phonology and contact
[2009]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent (1953) : The Somali language
[2008]   Bell, Christopher Richard Vincent & George Wynn Brereton Huntingford (1942) : Kiswahili
[23638]   Bellama, David & others (1983) : An introduction to Cameroonian Pidgin: student’s book
[25332]   Belliard, François (2005) : Instruments, chants et performances musicales chez les Kwakum de l’arrondissement de Doume (Est-Cameroun). Etude ethnolinguistique de la conception musicale d’une population de langue bantoue A91.
[25333]   Belliard, François (2007) : Parlons kwàkúm. Langue bantu de l’est Cameroun : langue et culture.
[2023]   Bellon, Immanuel (1955) : Twi lessons for beginners, including grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2024]   Bellon, Immanuel (1965) : Twi lessons for beginners, including a grammatical guide and numerous idioms and phrases
[2025]   Bellusci, David Christian (1991) : Serialization patterns in Shona verbal morphology
[2026]   Bellusci, David Christian (1993) : Bantu: from SOV to SVO
[22641]   Belnap, R. Kirk (1993) : The meaning of deflected/strict agreement variation in Cairene Arabic
[2034]   Bemon-Musubao, B. (1971) : Éléments de grammaire mbudza: phonologie et morphologie
[2039]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1968) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2061]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1979) : Gumuz: a sketch of grammar and lexicon
[2069]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1983) : Majang phonology and morphology
[2076]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : Asymmetrical case correspondences in Ethio-Semitic
[2077]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1986) : A note on the copula and genitive in Oromo
[2082]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1989) : Nilo-Saharan pronouns/demonstratives
[2086]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : A survey of Omotic grammemes
[2088]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1990) : Gender in Omotic
[2094]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1994) : Comparative Aroid (South Omotic): syntax and morphosyntax
[2096]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Kunama
[2098]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : Saharan and Nilo-Saharan verb paradigms: typological and genetic resemblances?
[2102]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1996) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2106]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (1997) : The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay
[2108]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Nilo-Saharan
[2109]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2000) : Comparative morphology of the Omotic languages
[2116]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (2005) : The East Sudanic languages: lexicon and morphology
[2072]   Bender, Marvin Lionel (Ed) (1983) : Nilo-Saharan language studies
[2059]   Bender, Marvin Lionel & Fulass Hailu (1978) : Amharic verb morphology: a generative approach
[2114]   Bender, Marvin Lionel , Gábor Takács & David L. Appleyard (Ed) (2003) : Selected comparative-historical Afrasian linguistic studies, in memory of Igor M. Diakonoff
[2117]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1995) : Aspects de la morphologie verbale du berbère (kabyle)
[2119]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (1998) : Aspects apophoniques de la vocalisation du verbe berbère (kabyle)
[2120]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (200-) : Trois figures de la structure interne des gabarits: activité morphologique du niveau squelettal des representations phonologiques en berbere, somali, bedja
[2122]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : The internal structure of the determiner in Beja
[2123]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina (2003) : La rôle morphologique du squelette: une analyse du déterminant en bédja
[2121]   Bendjaballah, Sabrina & Patricia Cabredo Hofherr (2003) : The genitive in Somali
[2127]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1965) : Problems in the analysis of sentences and clauses in Bimoba
[2129]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (1968) : Verb clusters in Izi
[2141]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor (Ed) (1989) : The Niger-Congo languages: a classification and description of Africa’s largest language family
[2128]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor & Inge Meier (1967) : Some contrasting features of the Izi verbal system
[2135]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Donna Skitch & Esther Cresmann (1973) : Duka sentence, clause and phrase
[2140]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Elizabeth J. Olsen & Ann R. White (1989) : Dogon
[2134]   Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor , Esther Cresmann & Donna Skitch (1971) : The nominal phrase in Duka
[24743]   Benítez-Torres, Carlos M. (2009) : Inflectional vs. Derivational Morphology in Tagdal: A Mixed Language
[2148]   Benmamoun, Elabbas (2003) : Agreement parallelism between sentences and noun phrases: a historical sketch
[22432]   Bennett, Michael Eric (1986) : Aspects of the simple clause in Malagasy: a stratificational approach
[2151]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1969) : A comparative study of four Thagicû verbal systems
[2152]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1970) : The problem of class in Kikuyu
[2157]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1974) : Tone and the Nilotic case system
[2169]   Bennett, Patrick R. (1986) : Grammar in the lexicon: two Bantu cases
[2167]   Bennett, Patrick R. , Ann [Joyce] Biersteker , Waithira [Lucy] Gikonyo , Susan Hershberg , Joel Kamande , Carolyn Harford [Perez] & Martha Swearingen (1985) : Gîkûyû nî kîoigire: a first course in Kikuyu
[2162]   Bennett, Tina L. (1977) : Interrogatives
[2172]   Bennie, William Govan (1939) : A grammar of Xhosa for the Xhosa-speaking
[2173]   Benoist, Jean-Paul (1969) : Grammaire gouro (groupe mandé, Côte d’Ivoire)
[22931]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Un suffixe mystérieux en niaboua
[22964]   Bentinck, Julie (1980) : Les propositions séquentielles en niaboua: propositions dépendantes ou indépendentas?
[2181]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : The syntactic effects of animacy in Bantu languages
[2182]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1997) : Variation in Bantu verbal agreement
[2183]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1998) : The marking of grammatical relations in Swahili
[2184]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1999) : Head-marking vs dependent-marking in Swahili, Kikuyu and Chichewa
[23608]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. (1995) : Animacy and pronominal systems in Bantu
[2185]   Bentley, Mayrene [Mimi] E. & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (2001) : Chichewa
[2187]   Bentolila, Alain (1970) : Les systèmes verbaux créoles: comparaisons avec les langues africaines
[2186]   Bentolila, Fernand (1969) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 1
[2188]   Bentolila, Fernand (1970) : Les modalites d’orientation du proces en berbère ; partie 2
[2189]   Bentolila, Fernand (1979) : Les valeurs modales en berbère (parler des Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba, Maroc central)
[2190]   Bentolila, Fernand (1981) : Grammaire fonctionelle d’un parler berbère: Aït Seghrouchen d’Oum Jeniba (Maroc)
[2196]   Berchem, Jörg (1991) : Referenzgrammatik des Somali
[24207]   Bergelson, Mira (1991) : La dérivation des constructions verbales et la catégorie transitivité/intransitivité en bambara
[2198]   Berger, Paul (1937/38) : Die mit B. -île gebildeten Perfektstämme in den Bantusprachen
[2201]   Berger, Paul (1943) : Überlieferung der Kindiga mit sprachlichen Notizen
[2208]   Bergman, Elizabeth M. (2002) : Spoken Sudanese Arabic: grammar, dialogues and glossary
[23052]   Bergman, Richard K. (1981) : An outline of Igede grammar
[2209]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1928) : Einführung in die semitischen Sprachen
[2210]   Bergsträsser, Gotthelf (1983) : Introduction to the Semitic languages
[2211]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1983) : Wh-questions and island constraints in Kikuyu: a reanalysis
[2212]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1985) : A typology of empty categories for Kikuyu and Swahili
[2213]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : Focus in Kikuyu and universal grammar
[2214]   Bergvall, Victoria L. (1987) : The position and properties of in situ and right-moved questions in Kikuyu
[2220]   Berjaoui, Nasser (2000) : A grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[2222]   Bernarder, Elisabeth (1969) : Swahili
[25568]   Berndt, Wolfgang (2012) : A cognitive approach to the functions of the particle me in Joola-Banjal
[2250]   Berry, Elaine (1972) : The sentence structure of Yakurr
[2232]   Berry, Jack (1952) : Structural affinities of the Volta River languages and their significance for linguistic classification
[2238]   Berry, Jack (1958) : Nominal classes in Hu-Limba
[24341]   Berry, Jack (1959) : The structure of the noun in Kisi
[24343]   Berry, Jack (1960) : A note on Voice and Aspect in Hu-Limba
[23644]   Berry, Jack & Agnes Akosua Aidoo (1975) : An introduction to Akan
[2279]   Berthoud, Paul (1920) : Eléments de grammaire ronga
[2285]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1990) : The use of Swahili verbal markers in narrative and non-narrative literary discourse
[2287]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Zwei homonyme ka-Markierer
[2288]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1994) : Idiomatische Wendungen
[2289]   Bertoncini-Zúbková, Elena (1997) : Swahili verbs in modern fiction
[25859]   Bertoncini, Elena (2009) : Sheshe babu kubwa: Oral features in a Swahili newspaper
[2293]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1985) : A study of tense and aspect in Shambala
[2294]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : Mood in Bantu languages: an exemplification from Shambala
[2295]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1989) : A study of tense and aspect in Kishambala
[2298]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (1993) : A classified vocabulary of the Shambala language with outline grammar
[2299]   Besha, Ruth Mfumbwa (2000) : Miundo ya urejeshi katika Kishambala
[23659]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga (1982) : La traduction des formes verbales du present français en bafia
[2300]   Bessong, Dieudonne P. Aroga & Igor A. Melʼcuk (1983) : Un modèle formel de la conjugaison bafia (à l’indicatif)
[2301]   Best, Günter (1981) : Eine Typologie der Verben zu prä- und postnuptialen/konkubinalen Stadien bei den Turkana, NW Kenia
[2306]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Double negation and the genesis of Afrikaans
[2307]   Besten, Hans den (1985) : Die doppelte Negation im Afrikaans und ihre Herkunft
[2310]   Betbeder, Paul & John Jones (1949) : A handbook of the Haya language
[2314]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (196-) : Unpublished notes on Tsonga
[2315]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1961) : The qualificative and the pronoun in Tsonga
[2317]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 1
[2318]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1963) : The verb in Zulu ; part 1
[2319]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : A restatement of the Zulu verb conjugation ; part 2
[2320]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1964) : The verb in Zulu ; parts 2-3
[2321]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1965) : The verb in Zulu
[2322]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The perfect tense in Zulu
[2323]   Beuchat, P.-D. [Cole] (1966) : The verb in Zulu ; part 4
[2325]   Beyer, Gottfried A. (1920) : Handbook of the Pedi-Transvaal-Suto language: practical grammar with exercises, phrases, dialogues and vocabularies
[2331]   Beyer, Klaus (1998) : Quelques idées sur les champs sémantiques et culturelles dans les langues oti-volta
[2332]   Beyer, Klaus (2000) : La morphologie du verbe en pana
[25030]   Beyer, Klaus (2006) : La langue pana (Burkina Faso et Mali) : description linguistique, lexique, textes
[25184]   Beyer, Klaus (2009) : Double negation-marking: A case of contact-induced grammaticalization in West Africa?
[26325]   Biagui, Noël-Bernard (2012) : Le gúbaher, parler baïnouck de Djibonker (Basse-Casamance, Sénégal)
[2344]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1989) : La classification nominale de la langue mpyemo
[2345]   Biandji, Dieudonné (1991) : Le verbe en mpyémo, langue bantu
[26595]   Biaye, Séckou (2012) : Le système nominal d’un dialecte balante : le ganjaa
[26884]   Biaye, Séckou & Denis Creissels (2015) : Les classes nominales en balant ganja
[2348]   Bibang-Oyee, Julián & Jesucristo Riquelme Pomares (1990) : Curso de lengua Fang
[2349]   Biber, Douglas (1982) : Accent on the Central Somali nominal system
[2350]   Biber, Douglas (1984) : The diachronic development of preverbal case marker in Somali
[2356]   Biber, Douglas (1995) : Grammatical description of linguistic features in Somali - Appendix 3
[2357]   Biberauer, Theresa (2001) : Synchronic language change in Afrikaans and the perennial V2 puzzle: considering new data
[2359]   Bickerton, Derek (1989) : Seselwa serialization and its significance
[2360]   Bickford, J. Albert (1986) : Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda
[24729]   Bickmore, Lee (2007) : High-toned Mora Insertion Between Onsetless Morphemes in Cilungu
[26292]   Bickmore, Lee S. & Nancy C. Kula (2013) : Ternary spreading and the OCP in Copperbelt Bemba
[2364]   Bickmore, Lee Stephen (1990) : Branching nodes and prosodic categories: evidence from Kinyambo
[2374]   Bidaud, L. & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1982) : Manuel de langue peule: dialecte de liptako (Dori - Haute-Volta)
[2375]   Biddulph, Joseph (1983) : A guide to Ge‘ez: the liturgical language of Ethiopia
[2376]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : Introduction to Bushman
[2377]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : An introduction to Luo (Victoria Nyanza Region, Kenya): being an analysis of the usage & structures of the Luo New Testament, a window into a language of the Nilotic group: with brief remarks on Acoli (Acholi) (Uganda)
[2378]   Biddulph, Joseph (1985) : ‘Mbèni yanga ato mbéra’...: a brief description of the Sango language, Central African Republic
[2379]   Biddulph, Joseph (1987) : Roots: a Mandingo grammar
[2380]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Sango: an Esperanto of Africa
[2381]   Biddulph, Joseph (1988) : Fernandian: the Bubi language of Bioco/Fernando Po (some notes and comments)
[2382]   Biddulph, Joseph (1992) : A short Ibo grammar
[2383]   Biddulph, Joseph (1993) : Meet me in Windhoek: notes on four Bantu languages of Namibia
[2387]   Biddulph, Joseph (1999) : Kanuri: the Bornuese language of northern Nigeria and adjacent regions
[2392]   Biehler, Edward (1927) : English-Chiswina dictionary with an outline Chiswina grammar
[2393]   Biehler, Edward (1950) : A Shona dictionary, with an outline Shona grammar
[2394]   Biersteker, Ann [Joyce] (1984) : Verbal and case role patterning in Embu tales
[2399]   Biesele, Megan [Marguerite] [Anne] (1987) : Ju|wasi lessons
[2405]   Bigangara, Jean-Baptiste (1982) : Eléments de linguistique burundaise
[26941]   Bii, John Kibet (2014) : Reciprocals in Kipsigis
[26943]   Bii, John Kibet & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Benefactives in Kipsigis: A Feature-Checking Analysis
[26942]   Bii, John Kibet , Mary Lonyangapuo & Andrew Kiprop Chelimo (2014) : Verbal Extensions in Kipsigis
[23833]   Bila, Emmanuel Neba (1986) : A semantic-syntactic study of the Bafut verb
[2411]   Bill, Mary C. (1995) : Berthoud’s ‘Leçons de sigwamba’ (1883): the first Tsonga grammar
[2412]   Biloa, Edmond (1989) : Tuki gaps: null resumptive pronouns or variables?
[2413]   Biloa, Edmond (1990) : Resumptive pronouns in Tuki
[2414]   Biloa, Edmond (1993) : Clitic climbing in Bantu
[2415]   Biloa, Edmond (1995) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2416]   Biloa, Edmond (1996/97) : Agreement and verb movement in Ewondo
[2417]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Tuki
[2418]   Biloa, Edmond (2001) : Data building for a syntactic analysis of an African language
[22586]   Biloa, Edmond (1992) : The syntax of operator constructions in Tuki
[22596]   Biloa, Edmond (1997) : Functional categories and the syntax of focus in Tuki
[2420]   Bilodeau, Jacques (1979) : Sept contes sangu dans leur contexte et linguistique: éléments de phonologie du sangu, langue bantou de Tanzania; textes des contes avec traduction et notes
[2421]   Bilongo Bweya, Nʼzemba-Baala (1971/72) : Essai d’une morphologie comparée des formes nominales et pronominales des langues sonde et ngongo
[2427]   Bing, Janet [Mueller] & John Duitsman (1993) : Postpositions and the valency marker in Krahn: monosemy vs polysemy
[2430]   Binyam Ephrem (2003) : Interrogative sentences in Burji
[2431]   Binyam Sisay (2001) : The structure of the noun phrase in Koorete
[2432]   Binyam Tibebu (2003) : Relative clauses in Ochollo
[2433]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Aspects of Bambara syntax
[2434]   Bird, Charles Stephen (1968) : Relative clauses in Bambara
[2438]   Bird, Charles Stephen & Mamadou Kanté (1976) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Intermediate Bambara
[2440]   Bird, Charles Stephen , John Priestley Hutchison & Mamadou Kanté (1977) : An ka bamanankan kalan/Beginning Bambara
[2445]   Birkeli, Emil (1---) : Bausi, Malagasy, Bisa and Lala
[2448]   Bisang, Walter & Remi Sonaiya (1997) : Perfect and beyond, from pragmatic relevance to perfect: the Chinese sentence-final particle le and Yoruba ti
[2453]   Bishop, H. L. (1922) : The “descriptive complement” in the Shironga language compared with that in Sesotho and Zulu
[2454]   Bishop, H. L. (1925) : On the use of the proclitic ‘a’ in si-Ronga
[2461]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1988) : Le système verbal du bàsàa
[23948]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis (1984) : Le basaá parlé à Omeng
[2462]   Bitjaa Kody, Zachée Denis & Ngessimo M. Mutaka (1996/97) : Le vocatif en bantou
[2463]   Biton, Alexander (1969) : Dictionnaire ndumu-mbede-français et français-ndumu-mbede
[2464]   Bittremieux, Leo (19--) : Grammaire du dialecte ancien du yombe, non-publié
[2465]   Bittremieux, Leo (1922) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2466]   Bittremieux, Leo (1926) : Onomatopee en werkwoord in ’t kongoleesch
[2467]   Bittremieux, Leo (1927) : Mayombsch idioticon
[2469]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De spraakkundige prefixen en het wegwallen van sommige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2471]   Bittremieux, Leo (1943) : De weglating van het prefix in het Kikongo
[2473]   Bittremieux, Leo (1944) : De spraakkundige prefixen in het Kikongo
[2475]   Bittremieux, Leo (1946) : Het bantoe koppelwoordje -a
[2478]   Bizimana, Simon (1985) : Accords morphosyntaxiques en rwandais
[2480]   Black, K. & Mrs K. Black (1971) : The Moro language: grammar and dictionary
[2490]   Blackings, Mairi & Nigel Fabb (2003) : A grammar of Ma’di
[2497]   Blanc, Jean-François (1---) : Le verbe urhobo
[2500]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La numération
[2501]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1980) : La relativisation
[2502]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1984) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2504]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les classes nominales 9, 10 et 11 dans le groupe bantou B40
[2505]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1987) : Les voyelles finales des nominaux en i-nzèbi (B52)
[2512]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1990) : Noms composés en massango et en nzèbi de Mbigou (Gabon)
[2518]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1997) : Les formes nominales de citation a prefixe haut en pounou (bantu B43)
[2522]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Douze études sur les langues du Gabon et du Congo-Brazzaville
[2523]   Blanchon, Jean Alain (1999) : Présentation du yi-lumbu dans ses rapport avec le yi-punu et le ci-vili à travers un conte traditionnel
[2503]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & François Nsuka-Nkutsi (1984) : Détermination des classes tonales des nominaux en ci-vili, i-sangu et inzèbi
[2517]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & Jean-Noël Nguimbi Mabiala (1993) : Défini, référentiel et générique en kiyoombi: étude synchronique
[2515]   Blanchon, Jean Alain & M. Alihanga Martin (1992) : Notes sur la morphologie du lempiini de Eyuga
[2528]   Blaser, Walter (1939) : Bedeutungsbildung auf der Struktur gebogen und zusammen in der Ewe-Sprache
[2530]   Blass, Regina (1983) : A note on double negation marking in Sissala
[2531]   Blass, Regina (1990) : Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala
[2532]   Blass, Regina (1998) : Contrastive focus and cognitive elimination in Sissala
[22860]   Blass, Regina (1988) : Discourse connectivity and constraints on relevance in Sissala
[22864]   Blass, Regina (1989) : Baa in Sissala: truth-conditional or non-truth-conditional particle?
[2536]   Blazek, Václav (1995) : The microsystem of personal pronouns in Chadic, compared with Afroasiatic
[2541]   Blecke, Thomas (1988) : Die Funktion des Morphem tùn im Bambara: eine Analyse im System von Tempus, Aspekt und Modus
[2542]   Blecke, Thomas (1994) : Vollverb, Kopula, Postposition: das Morphem yé im Bambara
[2543]   Blecke, Thomas (1996) : Lexikalische Kategorien und grammatische Strukturen im Tigemaxo (Bozo, Mande)
[2544]   Blecke, Thomas (1998) : Nomen, Verb und (Proto-)West-Mande-Syntax: neue Evidenz aus den Bozo-Sprachen
[24221]   Blecke, Thomas (2004) : La fonction du morphème tùn en bambara (temps, aspect, mode)
[25569]   Blecke, Thomas (2012) : The grammar of action nominals in Tigemaxo (Bozo)
[2548]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1927) : The distribution of Bushman languages in South Africa
[2550]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1928/29) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!k’e ; part 1
[2551]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929) : Comparative vocabularies of Bushman languages
[2552]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1929/30) : Bushman grammar: a grammatical sketch of the language of the |Xam-ka-!’e (continuation) ; part 2
[2553]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1931) : The Hadzapi or Watindiga of Tanganyika territory
[2556]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (1937) : Grammatical notes and texts in the |Auni language
[2561]   Bleek, Dorothea Frances (2000) : Notes on the language of the //N!ke or Bushmen of Griqualand West [edited by Tom Güldemann]
[2594]   Bléis, Yves le & Daniel Barreteau (1987) : Les extension verbales en mafa
[2562]   Blejer, Hatte Anne Rubenstein (1986) : Discourse markers in Early Semitic, and their reanalyses in subsequent dialects
[2566]   Blench, Roger M. (1989) : Nupoid
[2587]   Blench, Roger M. (2000) : Transitions in Izere nominal morphology and implications for the analysis of Plateau languages
[23548]   Blench, Roger M. (2003) : Plural verb morphology in Vagla
[25632]   Blench, Roger M. (2011) : Mwaghavul pluractional verbs
[26514]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Mwaghavul expressives
[26567]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Introduction to the Temein languages
[26571]   Blench, Roger M. (2013) : Splitting up Kordofanian
[25824]   Blench, Roger M. & Antony Ndamsai (2009) : An introduction to Kirya-Konzəl: A Central Chadic language of Eastern Nigeria
[25326]   Blench, Roger M. & Daniel Gya (2011) : Rigwe Pronouns
[26772]   Blench, Roger M. & Stuart McGill (2012) : The Kainji languages of Northwestern and Central Nigeria
[2595]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1967) : Selected problems in noun morphology in the Aussa dialect of ‘Afar
[2596]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1969) : ‘Afar nominals
[2602]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1976) : Proportional relations and synchronic developments in ‘Afar morphology
[2603]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1977) : A generative grammar study of Afar
[2605]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1980) : Bible translation from SVO to SOV languages in Ethiopia
[2606]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick (1981) : A generative grammar of Afar
[2607]   Bliese, Loren Frecerick & Sokka Gignarta (1986) : Konso exceptions to SOV typology
[26205]   Bliss, Heather (2009) : Comparing APPLs and Oranges: The Syntax of Shona Applicatives
[2609]   Bloch, Ariel A. (1991) : Studies in Arabic syntax and semantics
[2613]   Blois, Kornelis Frans de (1970) : The augment in Bantu languages
[2617]   Blok, H. P. (1949) : Opmerkingen naar aanleiding van eenige Bantoe-werkwoordsformen
[2619]   Blok, H. P. (1951) : Iets over die zogenaamde “geïntensiveerde” fonemen in het Ganda en Nyoro
[2628]   Blommaert, Jan (1986) : Notes on the Bantu ku-prefix
[2631]   Blommaert, Jan (1992) : Codeswitching and the exclusivity of social identities: some data from Campus Swahili
[26132]   Blood, Cynthia L. (1999) : The Oku noun class system
[2639]   Bloom, J. (1968) : Studies on child grammar
[2642]   Blount, Ben G. (1969) : An outline of Luo grammar - Appendix A
[2641]   Blount, Ben G. & Elise Padgug-Blount (19--) : Luo-English dictionary, with notes on Luo grammar
[2649]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1965) : Some Twi phrase structure rules
[2650]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1968) : Some aspects of Akan deep syntax
[2652]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1972) : The development of some affixes in the Bia and Central Akan subgroups of Tano
[2655]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1990) : Questions in Akan
[23656]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (1975) : The associative in Akan: a semantic interpretation
[25221]   Boadi, Lawrence A. (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Akan
[2659]   Boakey, Paul (1982) : Syntaxe de l’achanti: du phonème à la phrase ségmentée
[26448]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2013) : A grammar of Tafi
[26449]   Bobuafor, Mercy (2009) : Noun classes in Tafi: A preliminary analysis
[2667]   Boceguillas, J. deʼ (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla ou oromo
[24574]   Bode, Oduntan Gbolahan (2000) : Yoruba Clause Structure
[2670]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Dagaare syntax: a two-level X-bar account
[2671]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1993) : Complex predicates and event structure: an intergrated analysis of serial verb constructions in the Mabia languages of West Africa
[2672]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1994) : The noun class system of Dagaare: a phonology-morphology interface
[2675]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1996) : Linguistic relativity and the Mabia temporal system: evidence from Dagaare and Dagbane
[2677]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : Paths and pathfinders: exploring the syntax and semantics of complex verbal predicates in Dagaare and other languages
[2679]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1997) : The structure of Dagaare
[2680]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1998) : Serial verb constructions as complex predicates in Dagaare and Akan
[2681]   Bodomo, Adams B. (1999) : The syntax of serial verbs in Dagaare
[2682]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2000) : Dàgáárè
[2684]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2001) : The temporal systems of Dagaare and Dagbane: re-apraising the philosophy of linguistic diversity
[2686]   Bodomo, Adams B. (2004) : The syntax of nominalized complex verbal predicates in Dagaare
[23675]   Bodomo, Adams B. & Ken Hiraiwa (2004) : Relativization in Dagaare
[23485]   Bodomo, Adams B. , Charles Ofosu Marfo , A. Cunningham & Sally Y. K. Mok (2006) : A Unicode keyboard for African languages: the case of Dagaare and Twi
[2689]   Boeck, Egide de (1920) : Leçons élémentaires de lingala, suivies d’un vocabulaire et de conversations pratiques
[2690]   Boeck, Egide de (1927) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2694]   Boeck, Egide de (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[2696]   Boeck, Egide de (1942) : Cours théorique et pratique de Lingala, avec vocabulaire et phrases usuelles
[2693]   Boeck, J. de (1939) : Spraakkunst van het Lokonda [manuscrit remanié par N. van Everbroeck]
[2697]   Boeck, L. B. de (1945) : Vergelijkende grammatica der Negertalen
[2702]   Boeck, L. B. de (1950) : Les prépréfixes dans les langues bantoues du nord-ouest du Congo Belge
[2710]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Grammaire du mondunga (Lisala, Congo Belge)
[2711]   Boeck, L. B. de (1952) : Manuel de lingala, tenant compte du langage parlé et du langage littéraire
[2714]   Boeke, Johanna du Pisani (1976) : Konfrontative Untersuchungen zum Plural des Substantivs im Afrikaansen und im Deutschen
[2725]   Bofula, Lobebe (1977) : Étude des performatifs en kesengele approche: sémantique générative
[2727]   Bogers, Koen (1986) : A structural analysis of an Avokaya orphan tale: a preliminary investigation
[2728]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (1994) : Syntaxe du ngwla, langue kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[22607]   Bogny, Yapo Joseph (2005) : La réduplication des verbes monosyllabiques dans les langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire
[2729]   Bohas, Georges & J.-P. Guillaume (1984) : Études des théories des grammariens arabes
[3094]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Zwei Typen “ergativsprachlicher” Prädikation in tschadischen Sprachen
[3095]   Böhm, Gerhard (1983) : Der Bau des Prädikats in den Agau-Sprachen
[3096]   Böhm, Gerhard (1984) : Grammatik der Kunama-Sprache
[3097]   Böhm, Gerhard (1985) : Khoe-Kowap: Einführung in die Sprache der Hottentotten, Nama-dialekt
[3100]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Präfixkonjugation und Suffixkonjugation in den omotischen Sprachen
[3101]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Leo Reinisch: ‘Das persönliche Fürwort und die Verbalflexion in den chamito-semitischen Sprachen’
[3103]   Böhm, Gerhard (1987) : Diskussionsbeitrag zu Reinischs Werk über das Kunama: einige Beobachtungen zum Bau des Prädikats
[3104]   Böhm, Gerhard (1989) : Rekonstruktion des semitohamitischen Stativs in tschadischen Sprachen
[3105]   Böhm, Gerhard (1991) : Zur Deklination des Nomens in den omotischen Sprachen
[3107]   Böhm, Gerhard (1996) : Das “gebrochene” Femininum des Semitohamitischen
[2731]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1971) : An outline of Duru phonology and grammar
[2732]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1972) : Introduction à la phonologie et à la grammaire duru
[2735]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1986) : Yag Dii (Duru) pronouns and possessive adjectives
[24320]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (1991) : Dictionnaire de la langue dii (duru)
[25379]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward (2010) : A description of Dii - Phonology, Grammar and Discourse
[2736]   Bohnhoff, Lee Edward & Raymond Boyd (2003) : Les marqueurs de proposition en langue dii (yag dii)
[24673]   Bohoussou, Amani (2008) : Lʼénoncé complexe du nànáfwɛ̂
[26160]   Bokamba, Eyamba G. (2012) : A Polylectal Grammar of Lingála and Its Theoretical Implications
[2738]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1974) : A counter example to Bach’s “questions”
[2739]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1975) : Observations on the immediate dominance constraint, topicalization and relativization
[2740]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Relativization in Bantu languages revisited
[2742]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : Question formation in some Bantu languages
[2743]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of Wh-questions in Kikongo and Kiswahili
[2744]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1976) : On the syntax and semantics of derivational verb suffixes in Bantu languages
[2748]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1977) : The impact of multilingualism on language structures: the case of central Africa
[2751]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1979) : Inversion as grammatical relation chaning rules in Bantu languages
[2758]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1985) : Verbal agreement as a noncyclic rule in Bantu
[2761]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1988) : Code-mixing, language variation and linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2762]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1989) : Are there syntactic constraints on code-mixing?
[2769]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges (1993) : Language variation and change in pervasively multilingual societies: Bantu languages
[2745]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Charles Wayne Kisseberth (1976) : Papers on African linguistics
[2749]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Mallafe Dramé (1978) : Where do relative clauses come from in Mandingo?
[2760]   Bokamba, Eyamba Georges & Nkonko Mudipanu Kamwangamalu (1987) : The significance of code-mixing to linguistic theory: evidence from Bantu languages
[2737]   Bokamba, G. D. (1971) : Specificity and definiteness in Dzamba
[2772]   Bokula, F.-X. (1966) : Eléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire de la langue bodo
[2773]   Bokula, F.-X. (1970) : La langue bodo: formes nominales
[2774]   Bokula, F.-X. (1971) : Formes nominales et pronominales en mba
[2775]   Bokula, F.-X. (1976) : La phrase mba: étude de sémantique générative
[2777]   Bokula, F.-X. (1980) : Les prédicates non-verbaux en mba
[2778]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : Étude comparée des langues ndunga et mba (Zaïre)
[2779]   Bokula, Moiso (1982) : A propos de l’application des règles transformationelles en kiswahili
[2780]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Formes pronominales comparées en ndunga et mba
[2782]   Bokula, Moiso (1983) : Le lingala au Zaire: défense et analyse grammaticale
[2790]   Bokungulu, Bonsao wa Yotsi (1973) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique: formes nominales et pronominales de la langue ndengese
[2791]   Bolados Carter, A. (1---) : Elementos de la gramatica pamue
[2793]   Bold, John D. (1951) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2795]   Bold, John D. (1953) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2796]   Bold, John D. (1955) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2797]   Bold, John D. (1958) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo (Kitchen Kafir), the lingua franca of southern Africa as spoken in the Union of South Africa, the Rhodesias, Portuguese East africa, Nyasaland, Belgian Congo
[2798]   Bold, John D. (1964) : Dictionary and phrase-book of Fanagalo, the lingua franca of southern Africa
[2799]   Bold, John D. (1968) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2800]   Bold, John D. (1977) : Fanagalo: phrase-book, grammar, dictionary
[2801]   Bold, John D. (1990) : Fanagalo: phrasebook, grammar, dictionary
[2803]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1978) : Problématique des séries verbales avec application au gen
[2805]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : Systématique phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler ewe: le gen-mina du sud-Togo et sud-Bénin
[2807]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (1983) : La classification nominale en ega
[25290]   Bôle-Richard, Rémy (2006) : Variations actancielles : la voix causative en Ega
[2813]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1987) : El aumento o actualizador definido en lengua bubi
[2814]   Bolekia Boleka, Justo (1991) : Curso de lengua bubi
[2815]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2817]   Bollée, Annegret [Alsdorf] (1977?) : Le créole français des Seychelles: esquisse d’un grammaire, textes, vocabulaire
[2825]   Bon, G. (1953) : Grammaire l’élé
[2827]   Bona-Baisi, Ignace J. (1960) : Amateca g’oruhaya (gramatica)
[2829]   Bonalumi, João (1965) : Lingua makua-lomwe-portuguàs
[2830]   Bonato, Jasmin (1998) : Die Tempus-/Aspektsystem des Twi (Akan): eine Forschungsgeschichte
[23773]   Bond, Oliver (2006) : A broader perspective on Point of View: logophoricity in Ogonoid languages
[25746]   Bondarev, Dmitry (2010) : Complex clauses in Old Kanembu/LG
[25647]   Bondarev, Dmitry , Philip J. Jaggar , Doris Löhr & Abba Isa Tijani (2011) : Differential subject marking in Kanuri. Agentivity, pragmatics, and split-intransitive
[25570]   Bondéelle, Olivier (2012) : Alternations of emotion verb-noun roots in Wolof – Analogy between verbs and nouns
[25952]   Bondéelle, Olivier (2011) : From Body to Emotion in Wolof: a Phraseology Process
[2832]   Bongo, A. (1956) : Esquisse de phonologie et morphologie de la langue nkucu, dialecte ohendo
[2833]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1940) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 1
[2834]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1947) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 2
[2836]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1952) : Grammaire pounou ; partie 3
[2837]   Bonneau, [Révérend] [Père] J. (1956) : Grammaire pounoue et lexique pounou-français
[2847]   Bonvini, Emilio (1986) : De l’invariance à la variance: étude grammaticale du kàsim (Burkina Faso)
[2849]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Prédication et énonciation en kàsim
[2850]   Bonvini, Emilio (1988) : Séquence de propositions en kasim
[2851]   Bonvini, Emilio (1990) : La négation en kasim: facettes d’une asymétrie
[2852]   Bonvini, Emilio (1992) : La construction sérielle: une structure cognitive? L’exemple du kasim (Burkina Faso)
[2854]   Bonvini, Emilio (1997) : A propos de l’adjectif en kasim
[24272]   Boone, Douglas , Mike Boling , Lamine Silue & Mary Anne Augustin (1999) : Enquête sur les dialectes mandé nord de Côte d'Ivoire
[2863]   Bootaan, Cabdulqaadir F. (2003) : Mahuraan: “lama huraan waa caxska jiilaall”
[2864]   Booysen, J. M. (1982) : Otjiherero: ’n volledige grammatika met oefeninge en sleutels in Afrikaans
[25571]   Borchardt, Nadine (2012) : Agreement in Ikaan compound numerals
[25609]   Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : A morphosyntactic categorization of Ikaan numerals
[25967]   Borchardt, Nadine (2011) : The Numeral System of Ikaan,a Benue-Congo Language of Nigeria
[2867]   Borello, Mario (1939) : Grammatica di lingua galla, I: fonetica e morfologia
[2868]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Vocabulario galla-italiano, italiano-galla
[2869]   Borello, Mario (1995) : Dizionario oromo-italiano/Oromo-Italian dictionary
[2870]   Borer, Hagit & Y. Aoun (Ed) (1981) : Theoretical issues in the grammar of Semitic languages
[2884]   Borowsky, Toni (1995) : Hausa plurals and optimality
[2886]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1985) : Subject and object agreement in Zulu
[2889]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1995) : The nature of ‘possession’ in Zulu - a re-examination
[2891]   Bosch, Sonja E. (1997) : Possible origins of the possessive particle -ka- in Zulu
[2893]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2000) : On the conceptualization of possession in Zulu
[2894]   Bosch, Sonja E. (2001) : Project on computational morphology (with special reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies
[2896]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Daniël Jacobus Prinsloo (2002) : ‘Abbreviated nouns’ in African languages: a morphological, semantic and lexicographic perspective
[2890]   Bosch, Sonja E. & George Poulos (1996) : The categorial status of the possessive in Zulu: a new perspective
[2895]   Bosch, Sonja E. & Laurette Pretorius (2002) : The significance of computational morphological analysis for Zulu lexicography
[2887]   Bosch, Sonja E. & P. C. Taljaard (1989) : Handbook of IsiZulu
[26111]   Bosch, Sonja E. , Laurette Pretorius & Axel Fleisch (2008) : Experimental Bootstrapping of Morphological Analysers for Nguni Languages
[2911]   Bostoen, Koen (1999) : Katanga Swahili: the particular history of a language reflected in her structure
[23244]   Bostoen, Koen (2005) : Comparative notes on Bantu agent noun spirantization
[24639]   Bostoen, Koen (2008) : Bantu Spirantization : Morphologization, lexicalization and historical classification
[26630]   Bostoen, Koen & Jean-Pierre Donzo Bunza (2013) : Bantu-Ubangi language contact and the origin of labial-velar stops in Lingombe (Bantu, C41, DRC)
[25272]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : Passiveness and inversion in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC)
[26022]   Bostoen, Koen & Léon Mundeke (2011) : The causative/applicative syncretism in Mbuun (Bantu B87, DRC): Semantic split or phonemic merger?
[26088]   Bostoen, Koen & Yolande Nzang-Bie (2010) : On how “middle” plus “associative/reciprocal” became “passive” in the Bantu A70 languages
[26223]   Bostoen, Koen , Ferdinand Mberamihigo & Gilles‑Maurice De Schryver (2012) : Grammaticalization and subjectification in the semantic domain of possibility in Kirundi (Bantu, JD62)
[26609]   Bostoen, Koen , Sebastian Dom & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : The antipassive in Bantu
[3113]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1970) : Nexus et nominaux en basaá
[3115]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1977) : L’adjectif qualicatif dans trois langues bantu du nord-ouest: duala, basaa, bulu
[3117]   Bôt Ba Njock, Henry Marcel (1985) : Les classes nominales en douálá
[2918]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1997) : La nominalisation en yasa
[2919]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1998) : Temps verbaux et aspects du yasa
[23847]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (1986) : Les substituts ou representants en ba sa a
[26726]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Les verbes dérivés du yasa
[26727]   Bot, [Dieudonné] Martin Luther (2011) : Le préfixe nominal yasa
[2930]   Botha, J. J. (1974) : Die kwalifikatief in Xhosa
[2931]   Botha, J. J. (1975) : Die saamgestelde onderwerp in Xhosa
[2929]   Botha, J. P. (1973) : Die adjektief as voorbepaling in Afrikaans
[2920]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1920) : Grammar of Afrikaans
[2922]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1923) : Afrikaanse grammatika
[2925]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1938) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2926]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1940) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2927]   Botha, Marthinus Christoffel & Johannes François Burger (1950) : Practical Afrikaans for English-speaking students
[2933]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1980) : Word-based morphology and synthetic compounding
[2937]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Form and meaning in word formation: a study of Afrikaans reduplication
[2938]   Botha, Rudolf P. (1988) : Semantic evidence against the autonomy of the lexicon
[2935]   Botha, Thereza (1981) : Generalizations about synthetic compounding in Afrikaans
[2940]   Botha, Willem J. (1996) : Spatial deixis in Afrikaans dictionaries
[2941]   Botha, Willem J. (1997) : Mental contact: the category die ‘the’ in Afrikaans
[26033]   Botne, Robert (2009) : The curious case of auxiliary –many’a in Lwitaxo
[26052]   Botne, Robert (2006) : Motion, time, and tense: on the grammaticization of come and go to future markers in Bantu
[26239]   Botne, Robert (2010) : Perfectives and perfects and pasts, oh my!: On the semantics of -ILE in Bantu
[2943]   Botne, Robert Dale (1981) : On the nature of tense and aspect: studies in the semantics of temporal reference in English and Kinyarwanda
[2944]   Botne, Robert Dale (1982) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2945]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : The semantics of tense in Kinyarwanda
[2946]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : La sémantique du temps en kinyarwanda
[2947]   Botne, Robert Dale (1983) : On the notion “inchoative verb” in Kinyarwanda
[2949]   Botne, Robert Dale (1987) : Semantics and pragmatics of tense in Kikerebe and Kinyarwanda
[2950]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : The function of auxiliary -bá in Kinyarwanda
[2951]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Reconstruction of a grammaticalized auxiliary in Bantu
[2952]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989) : Quelques remarques sur les roles du morpheme -ra-: une response a Y. Cadiou
[2953]   Botne, Robert Dale (1989/90) : The historical relation of Cigogo to Zone J languages
[2954]   Botne, Robert Dale (1990) : The origins of the remote future formatives in Kinyarwanda, Kirundi, Giha (J61)
[2956]   Botne, Robert Dale (1991) : Variation and word formation in Proto-Bantu: the case of *-yikad-
[2960]   Botne, Robert Dale (1993) : Differenciating the auxiliaries -ti and -va in Tumbuka (N.21)
[2964]   Botne, Robert Dale (1995) : The pronominal origin of an evidential
[2965]   Botne, Robert Dale (1998) : The evolution of future tenses from serial ‘say’ constructions in central eastern Bantu
[2968]   Botne, Robert Dale (1999) : Future and distal -ka-’s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
[2969]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Lega (Beya dialect) (D25)
[2970]   Botne, Robert Dale (2003) : Dissociation in tense, realis and location in Chindali verbs
[2971]   Botne, Robert Dale (2004) : Specificity in Lusaamia infinitives
[2972]   Botne, Robert Dale (2005) : Cognitive schemas and motion verbs: ‘coming’ and ‘going’ in Chindali (Eastern Bantu)
[26423]   Botne, Robert Dale (2014) : Resultatives, Remoteness, and Innovation in Eastern and Southern Bantu T/A Systems
[2966]   Botne, Robert Dale & Andrew Tilimbe Kulemeka (1998) : Asymmetric corodination in Lega
[2962]   Botne, Robert Dale & Kisanga Salama-Gray (1994) : A Lega and English dictionary, with an index to Proto-Bantu roots
[22622]   Botne, Robert Dale & Rose Vondrasek (Ed) (2002) : Explorations in African linguistics: from Lamnso to Sesotho
[25675]   Boucherit, Aziza (2011) : Arbitraire, motivation et référent dans des composés nominaux en berbère
[23910]   Bouh Ma Sitna, Charles Lwanga (2004) : Le syntagme nominal du yasa
[2976]   Bouka, Léonce Yembi (1994) : L’accord des adjectifs du protobantou en zone H
[2977]   Boukar-Selim, Laumagi ga B. (19--) : Linguistique contrastive et didactique des langues: étude de grammaire contrastive de l’anglais, du français, et du ngambay (Tchad)
[24636]   Boukari, Oumarou (2008) : Songhay-Zarma
[859]   Boukhris, Fatima (1989) : Le verbe en tamazight: lexique et morphologie (parlers des Zemmours)
[25759]   Boukhris, Fatima (2010) : La variation morphosyntaxique en amazighe – position et ordre des pronoms clitiques
[2983]   Boum, Marie Anne (1980) : Le groupe menchum: morphologie nominale
[2984]   Boum, Marie Anne (1981) : Le syntagme nominal en modele
[2985]   Boum, Marie Anne (1983) : L’expression de la localisation en basaá
[14889]   Boumalk, Abdallah (2004) : Manuel de conjugaison du tachelhit (langue berbère du Maroc)
[2986]   Bouman, A. C. (1926) : Onderzoekingen over Afrikaanse sintaksis
[2988]   Boungou, Pierre (19--) : Étude morphologique du bembe
[2991]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1963) : Le parler birom de Du (Nigeria septentrional): phonologie et morphologie
[2994]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1967) : Le système des classes nominales dans quelques languages (birom, ganawuri, anaguta, irigwe, kaje, rukuba) appartenant au groupe “Plateau” (Nigéria central) de la sous-famille Bénoué-Congo
[2997]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1970) : La langue birom (Nigéria septentrional): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[3009]   Bouquiaux, Luc (1981) : Le birom
[3004]   Bouquiaux, Luc (Ed) (1980) : L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3006]   Bouquiaux, Luc , Larry Michael Hyman & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1980) : Les classes nominales dans le bantou des Grassfields = L’expansion bantoue: actes du colloque international du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Viviers 4-16 avril 1977
[3017]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1971) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3018]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1976) : Grammaire fonctionelle et progressive de l’Egyptien demotique
[3019]   Bourguet, Pierre du (1980) : Grammaire égyptienne, moyen empire pharaonique: méthode progressive basée sur les armatures de cette langue
[3020]   Bourquin, Walther (1922) : The prefix of the locative in Kafir
[3022]   Bourquin, Walther (1927) : Die Sprache der Phuthi
[3024]   Bourquin, Walther (1946) : The so-called article in Xhosa
[3025]   Bourquin, Walther (1949) : The use of the demonstrative pronoun in Xhosa
[3028]   Bourquin, Walther (1952) : Notes on the concords in Xhosa, Zulu and Sotho, their differences and general aspects
[3031]   Boursier, Daniel , Jean Mokoto & Ursula Wiesemann (1984) : Les verbes en bangando
[3033]   Boutin, Pierre (1981) : Éléments pour une systématique du fhøndhøndhø, parler “senoufo” du nord de la Côte d’Ivoire
[3037]   Bowern, Claire & Victoria Lotridge (Ed) (2002) : Ndebele
[23066]   Bowman, Heidi (1978) : A stratificational analysis of Hausa
[3039]   Boyce, William Binnington (1956) : Grammar of the Kafir language
[3058]   Boyd, Ginger (2000) : The role of tense and aspect in Mbodomo narrative discourse
[3043]   Boyd, Raymond (1980) : Étude zandé (langue oubanguienne, dialecte de la République Centrafricaine)
[3048]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Adamawa-Ubangi
[3050]   Boyd, Raymond (1989) : Number systems in the Adamawa branch of Niger-Congo
[3053]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : Le zande
[3054]   Boyd, Raymond (1995) : De l’expression et de l’expressivité en morphologie: analyse comparée de la dérivation verbale en zande et en nzakala
[24458]   Boyd, Raymond (2004) : The syntax and semantics of the Chamba-Daka verbal noun
[24926]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 1
[24927]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà), Part 2
[25389]   Boyd, Raymond (1999) : A Linguistic Sketch of Tiba (Gà)
[25748]   Boyd, Raymond (2010) : Subordination from a Chamba-Daka perspective
[3052]   Boyd, Raymond (Ed) (1995) : Le système verbal dans les langues oubanguiennes
[26746]   Boyd, Raymond & Isa Sa’ad (2010) : A Chamba-English Dictionary
[3056]   Boyd, Virginia L. (1997) : A phonology and grammar of Mbodomo
[1824]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2004) : Les pronoms logophoriques dans les langues d’Afrique centrale
[3062]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1975) : Études yakoma, langue du groupe oubanguien (RCA): morphologie, synthématique
[3065]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1980) : Niellim et tula (langues ‘adamawa’): concordances morphologiques (pluriels nominaux)
[3070]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1983) : Vestiges de suffixes de classes nominales dans les langues du groupe boua (Tchad - Adamawa 13 de J.-H. Greenberg)
[3071]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1985) : La langue lua (‘niellim’), groupe boua, Moyen-Chari, Tchad: phonologie, morphologie, dérivation verbale
[3075]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1987) : Les langues fer (“kara”) et yulu du nord Centrafricain: esquisses descriptives et lexiques
[3083]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1992) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[3087]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (1995) : Le yakoma
[3089]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2000) : La langue bagiro (République Centrafricaine): systématique, textes, lexique
[24429]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2007) : Compound Verbs and Modalities of Process in Yulu (Central Sudanic)
[24629]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Dadjo-Sila
[24638]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Yulu
[24905]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2008) : Logophorique et imminence/immédiateté en yakoma
[26243]   Boyeldieu, Pascal (2009) : Adjectifs et qualification en dadjo-Sila
[3078]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & France Cloarec-Heiss (1989) : Les déterminations “directe” et “indirecte” du nom dans des langues d’Afrique centrale
[7109]   Boyeldieu, Pascal & Pierre Nougayrol (2004) : Les marques personnelles des langues SBB : traits systématiques et perspectives historiques
[3092]   Boyi, Jean (1983) : Le munzombo (langue oubanguienne): étude du nom
[3122]   Braconnier, Cassian (1989) : Dioula d’Odienné (parler de Samatiguila): dictionnaire et études de linguistique descriptive
[3124]   Braconnier, Cassian (1990) : Le ‘morphème tonal d’énoncé incomplet’ du dioula d’Odienné
[3125]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : La forme verbale en -rà du dioula d’Odienné
[3126]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Éléments de syntaxe du verbe en dioula d’Odienné
[3127]   Braconnier, Cassian (1991) : Inaccompli neutre et infinitif en ká du dioula d’Odienné: constructions nominales ou constructions verbales?
[3128]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Dernières nouvelles d’Odienné: ka ‘infinitival’ mandingue est bel et bien un C!
[3129]   Braconnier, Cassian (1992) : Encore le -rà d’Odienné
[3130]   Braconnier, Cassian (1993) : Quelques aspects du passif mandingue dans sa version d’Odienné
[24241]   Braconnier, Cassian (1987-88) : Ko/nko à Samatiguila
[24242]   Braconnier, Cassian (1983) : L'inaccompli neutre en Dioula d'Odienné : construction nominale ou verbale ?
[3132]   Bradfield, M. (1977) : It in Iraqw: an analysis of the object selector series of the Iraqw verb
[3134]   Bradley, V. M. (1971) : Jibu narrative discourse structure
[3140]   Bradshaw, Richard & Joel Bombo-Konghozaud (1997) : The Sango language and Central African culture, 1: basic concepts, grammar and vocabulary
[3145]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1982) : Left-dislocation and topicalization in Capeverdean Creole
[3146]   Braga, Maria Luiza (1987) : Deslocamentos para a esquerda e topicalizaçoes no crioulo caboverdiano
[3158]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1974) : The structure of the verb in Swahili
[3159]   Brandon, Frank Roberts (1975) : A constraint on deletion in Swahili
[3190]   Brassil, Dan (2003) : Patterns in Kirundi reduplication
[3196]   Brauner, Siegmund (1973) : Probleme der Wortartenklassifizierung im Bambara und ihre Nutzung für die Lehre der Sprache
[3197]   Brauner, Siegmund (1974) : Lehrbuch des Bambara
[3199]   Brauner, Siegmund (1979) : Aktuelle Tendenzen der Entwicklung der Konkordanzbeziehungen im Swahili
[3207]   Brauner, Siegmund (1990) : Zur Prosodik (Intensität) moderner Nominalkompositionen des Swahili
[3209]   Brauner, Siegmund (1993) : Innovationsprozesse im Verbalsystem des Shona
[3210]   Brauner, Siegmund (1995) : A grammatical sketch of Shona, with historical notes
[3211]   Brauner, Siegmund (1998) : Die Bantuperfekt und sein Schicksal im Schona
[3213]   Brauner, Siegmund (2000) : Die Mande-Sprachen: Gliederung, Strukturen
[3198]   Brauner, Siegmund & Irmtraud Herms (1979) : Lehrbuch des modernes Swahili
[3193]   Brauner, Siegmund & Joseph Kasella Bantu (1964) : Lehrbuch des Swahili
[3194]   Brauner, Siegmund & Michael G. Ashiwaju (1965) : Lehrbuch der Hausa-Sprache
[3208]   Brauner, Siegmund & Samson Huni (1993) : Einführung ins Schona
[3220]   Breedveld, J. O. (1995) : Form and meaning in Fulfulde: a morphonological study of Maasinankore
[24914]   Breedveld, J.O. (1995) : The semantic basis of noun class systems: the case of the Ki and Nge classes in Fulfulde
[3221]   Breeze, Mary J. (1986) : Personal pronouns in Gimira (Benchnon)
[3223]   Breeze, Mary J. (1990) : A sketch of the phonology and grammar of Gimira (Benchnon)
[3227]   Bremicker, Ursula (1---) : Description systematique du waama (langue voltaïque du Benin): phonologie, grammaire
[3253]   Bresnan, Joan (1990) : African languages and syntactic theories
[3254]   Bresnan, Joan (1991) : Locative case vs. locative gender
[3256]   Bresnan, Joan (1993) : Interaction between grammar and discourse in Chichewa (Bantu)
[3257]   Bresnan, Joan (1994) : Locative inversion and the architecture of universal grammar
[3259]   Bresnan, Joan (1995) : Category mismatches
[3260]   Bresnan, Joan (1997) : Mixed categories and head sharing constructions
[3261]   Bresnan, Joan & Adams B. Bodomo (1997) : A note on Dagaare action nominalization as mixed categories
[3251]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1989) : Locative inversion in Chichewa: a case study in factorization in grammar
[3255]   Bresnan, Joan & Jonni M. Kanerva (1992) : The thematic hierarchy and locative inversion in UG: a reply to Schachter’s comments
[3250]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1988) : Applicatives in Kivunjo (Chaga): implications for argument structure and syntax
[3252]   Bresnan, Joan & Lioba [Priva] Moshi (1990) : Object asymmetries in comparative Bantu syntax
[3245]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : Verb agreement in Chichewa
[3246]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1986) : Grammatical and anaphoric agreement
[3247]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3248]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3249]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1987) : Topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3258]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1995) : The lexical integrity principle: evidence from Bantu
[23418]   Bresnan, Joan & Sam A. Mchombo (1985) : On topic, pronoun and agreement in Chichewa
[3262]   Breton, F. H. le (1936) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3263]   Breton, F. H. le (1937) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3264]   Breton, F. H. le (1940) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3265]   Breton, F. H. le (1941) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3266]   Breton, F. H. le (1948) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3267]   Breton, F. H. le (1951) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3268]   Breton, F. H. le (1958) : Up-country Swahili exercises, for the soldier, settler, miner, merchant and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country natives without interpreters
[3269]   Breton, F. H. le (1968) : Up-country Swahili exercises (Swahili simplified), for the farmer, merchant, businessman and their wives, and for all who deal with up-country African
[3276]   Briggs, K. (1972) : An introductory description of the Bete language
[26293]   Brillman, Ruth (2013) : Second person agreement allomorphy in Masarak
[24744]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen (2009) : On the Identification of Noun Class and Gender Systems in Chakali
[26152]   Brindle, Jonathan Allen & Samuel Awinkene Atintono (2012) : A Comparative Study of Topological Relation Markers in Two Gur Languages: Gurenɛ and Chakali
[22916]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : La dichotomie thème-rhème dans un texte non-narratif godié
[22965]   Brinneman, Carol G. (1983) : Prèmiers pas vers une grammaire sociale en godié
[23119]   Brinneman, R. Neal (1983) : Rélations interpropositionelles temporelles dans le lama
[24555]   Brinneman, Richard Neal (1978) : Une grammaire du lamba
[25027]   Brisard, Frank & Michael Meeuwis (2009) : Present and perfect in Bantu: The case of Lingála
[26826]   Brito, José António , Gabriela Matos & Fernanda Pratas (2015) : Comitative Coordination in Capeverdean
[3288]   Brockelmann, Carl (1950) : Abessinische Studien
[23286]   Brockelmann, Carl (1928) : Kurzgefasste vergleichende Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen: Elemente der Laut- und Formenlehre
[3289]   Brockett, A. A. (1985) : The spoken arabic of Khâbûra on the Bâtina of Oman
[3290]   Brockmann, Heinrich (1941) : Einführung in die Hererosprache
[3292]   Broekman, Henry (1997) : African languages and syntactic generation
[3293]   Brokensha, David W. (Ed) (1972) : Akwapim handbook
[3297]   Brooks, Bryan (1991) : Pluractional verbs in African languages
[3299]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : The re-bantuization of the Swahili language
[3300]   Broomfield, G. W. (1931) : Sarufi ya kiswahili
[3312]   Bross, Michael (1988) : Materialen zur Sprache der Ndam von Dik (Rep. Tchad): Untersuchungen zur Phonologie und Morphologie
[24329]   Bross, Michael (2006) : Factors for the Distribution of the Definite Article - A corpus based study on L1 and L2 Hausa from Maiduguri
[3322]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie (1993) : Réalisations syntaxiques et représentations sémantiques des instruments en fongbè
[3320]   Brousseau, Anne-Marie & John S. Lumsden (1992) : Nominal structures in Fongbe
[3342]   Brown-Edminston, A. B. (1932) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language
[3338]   Brown, D. Richard (1991) : Information focus in Kresh
[3341]   Brown, D. Richard (1994) : Kresh
[3336]   Brown, E. U. (1989) : The verbal system of the Emohua and the Igwarutura dialects of Ikwere: a comparative study
[3325]   Brown, P. P. & T. Scragg (1948) : Common errors in Gold Coast English
[3327]   Brown, S. (1958) : A Mende grammar with tones
[3347]   Browne, Gerald M. (2002) : Grammar of Old Nubian
[22853]   Brückner, Kathrin (1987) : The particle of contrast maa in Waama
[3348]   Bruens, A. (1937) : A grammar of Lundu
[3350]   Bruens, A. (1948) : Het Londo (Brits-Kameroen)
[25671]   Brugnatelli, Vermondo (2011) : Négations, participes et figement en berbère: nouvelles hypothèses
[3358]   Brungard, [Révérend] [Père] Antoine (1937) : Grammaire et dictionnaire kabrè
[3359]   Brunner, Hellmut (1961) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3361]   Brunner, Hellmut (1967) : Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik zum Gebrauch in akademischen Vorlesungen
[3363]   Brunner, Hellmut (1979) : An outline of Middle Egyptian grammar, for use in academic instruction
[3365]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : A concise grammar of Middle Egyptian: an outline of Middle Egyptian grammar
[3366]   Brunner, Hellmut & Boyo G. Ockinga (1998) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik: Abriss der mittelägyptischen Grammatik von Hellmut Brunner in Neubearbeitung
[3367]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1980) : La derivazione in somalo
[3368]   Bruno, Biancamaria (1984) : Notes on denominal verbal derivation in Somali
[3370]   Brunot, Louis (1950) : Introduction à l’arabe marocain
[3372]   Brustad, Kristen E. (2000) : The syntax of spoken Arabic: a comprehensive study if Moroccan, Egyptian, Syrian and Kuwaiti dialects
[3378]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1937) : The “archaic” perfect tense in old and modern Swahili
[3385]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1955) : The verb in the Tama and Didinga groups
[3388]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1968) : The *N/*K languages of Africa
[3389]   Bryan, Margaret Arminel (1971) : The verb classes in the East Saharan languages
[24937]   Bryant, Michael (2007) : -Ni as a Marker of Discourse Resolution in Tirmaga
[22986]   Bryant, Michael Grayson (1999) : Aspects of Tirmaga grammar
[23063]   Brye, Elizabeth (1991) : Feature marking peak in Hausa folk tales
[3406]   Bryson, S. M. (1940) : Nandi grammar with sentences showing the various parts of speech
[3408]   Brzuski, Witold K. (1967) : Les verbes amhariques en contexte guèze dans les chroniques royales éthiopiennes
[3410]   Buba, Malami (1997) : Deixis (demonstratives and adverbials) in Hausa
[3411]   Buba, Malami (1997) : The deictic particle DIN in Hausa
[3412]   Buba, Malami (2000) : The pragmatics of addressee-based Hausa demonstratives
[3413]   Buba, Malami (2000) : On the deictic features of speaker-based Hausa demonstratives
[3409]   Buba, Malami & Philip John Jaggar (1994) : The space and time adverbials NAN/CAN in Hausa: cracking the deictic code
[3415]   Buchanan, Patricia (1996/97) : The Munukutuba noun class system
[3414]   Buchanan, Patricia & Jeannine Wadlegger (1974) : Concord in Tswana locatives
[3418]   Buck, Adriaan de (1944) : Egyptische grammatica
[3419]   Buck, Adriaan de (1952) : Grammaire elementaire du moyen egyptienne
[3420]   Buckley, Eugene (1993) : Edge-in association and OCP ‘violations’ in Tigrinya
[3436]   Budge, Ernst Alfred Wallis (1951) : Egyptian language: easy lessons in Egyptian hieorglyphics with sign list
[3437]   Buell, Leston (2000) : Swahili relative clauses
[3438]   Buell, Leston (2002) : Swahili amba-less relatives without head movement
[24751]   Buell, Leston (2009) : Evaluating the Immediate Postverbal Position as a Focus Position in Zulu
[25214]   Buell, Leston (2005) : Issues in Zulu Verbal Morphosyntax
[24693]   Buell, Leston & Mariame Sy (2006) : Affix Ordering in Wolof Applicatives and Causatives
[26026]   Buell, Leston Chandler (2012) : Class 17 as a non-locative noun class in Zulu
[26071]   Buell, Leston , Jenneke van der Wal & and Kristina Riedel (2011) : What the Bantu languages can tell us about word order and movement
[3441]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1980) : Some dependency relations between verbs and nouns in Haya
[3442]   Bugingo, T. B. M. (1989) : The -an- morpheme in Swahili
[26533]   Bulakh, Maria (2014) : Multiple Exponence in the Long Prefix Conjugation of the Transversal South Ethio-Semitic Languages
[3455]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire: dialecte kinuni, parlé à bandundu
[3456]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1940) : Notions de grammaire et début de vocabulaire de kisaghata
[3461]   Bulck, [Révérend] [Père] Gaston van (1949) : Manuel de linguistique bantoue
[3476]   Bulley, M. W. (1925) : A manual of Nyanja, as spoken on the shores of Lake Nyasa, for the use of beginners
[3478]   Bunduki, P. (1965) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue pheende
[24395]   Bunkheti, Kifindi (1997) : Recherches en grammaire du suku, langue bantu (H.32) de la vallée du Kwango (Angola-Kongo (Zaïre))
[3480]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : Topics in Yala grammar
[3481]   Bunkowske, Eugene Walter (1976) : What’s a word?
[3483]   Burbridge, A. (1938) : The use of the ideophone
[3484]   Buret, M.-T. (1944) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain
[3485]   Buret, M.-T. (1952) : Cours gradué d’arabe marocain: grammaire, prononciation, vocabulaire, exercises
[3487]   Burgers, M. P. O. (1963) : Teach yourself Afrikaans
[3488]   Burk, Ellen I. (1940) : A small handbook of the Kilega language
[3490]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1976) : A comparison of variable nouns in Anyi-Sanvi and Nzema
[22913]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1983) : Volta-Bandama language structures
[22958]   Burmeister, Jonathan L. (1988) : Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages
[26861]   Burns, Roslyn (2013) : Abo Optional Anti-Agreement
[3493]   Burns, S. J. (1947) : Unpublished notes towards a grammar of the Koma language
[3495]   Burquest, Donald A. (1972) : A grammar of Angas
[3498]   Burquest, Donald A. (1981) : Evidence for object-verb ordering in Chadic
[3499]   Burquest, Donald A. (1986) : The pronoun system of some Chadic languages
[3500]   Burquest, Donald A. (1989) : A note on Hausa plurals
[3501]   Burquest, Donald A. (1999) : Is there PRO in Hausa? Ganii yaa fi jiì
[23044]   Burquest, Donald A. (1992) : An introduction to the use of aspect in Hausa narratives
[3504]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het luba: het ‘hoofdtelwoord’
[3505]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Tonologisch onderzoek van de copula di in het tshiLuba
[3506]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1938) : Het partikel -A in het tshiLuba
[3507]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het aanwijzend woord in het tshiLuba
[3508]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1939) : Tonologisch onderzoek van het substitutieve pronomen in het tshiLuba
[3515]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1952) : Le numéraux en amashi
[3517]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1954) : Inleiding tot de studie van de Kongolese bantoetalen/Introduction à l’étude des langues bantoues du Congo Belge
[3518]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Problemen en inventarisatie van de verbale strukturen in het Dho Alur (Nordoost-Kongo)
[3519]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1969) : Die konnektieve konstruktie in het Swahili
[3520]   Burssens, Amaat F. S. (1971) : Die possessiefe konstruktie in het Swahili
[3525]   Burton, G. S. M. (1934) : Sudan Arabic notebook
[3526]   Burton, Michael & Lorraine Kirk (1976) : Semantic reality of Bantu noun classes: the Kikuyu case
[3531]   Busse, Joseph (1943) : Lautlehre und Grammatik des Nyiha (Deutsch-Ostafrika)
[3532]   Busse, Joseph (1960) : Die Sprache der Nyiha in Ostafrika
[3539]   Buth, Randall (1981) : Ergative word order: Luwo is OVS
[3540]   Buthelezi, Qedusizi Elizabeth (1995) : South African Black English: lexical and syntactic characteristics
[3544]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1966) : Esquisse phonologique et morphologique de la langue ngwii
[3545]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre (1970) : Esquisse de grammaire de lingala
[3546]   Bwantsa-Kafungu, S. Pierre & Achille Emiel Meeussen (1971) : Notes mbuum, non-publié
[3554]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa & Sarah Tenenbaum (1976) : Agreement and word order: a case for pragmatics in Haya
[3557]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , Alessandro Duranti & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1977) : Haya grammatical structure: phonology, grammar, discourse
[3552]   Byarushengo, Ernest Rugwa , U. A. Turuka & Saida Yahya-Othman (1973) : Some notes on force and instrument in Swahili and Haya: a comparative survey
[3560]   Bynoe-Andriolo, Esla Y. & Mohamed Sorie Yillah (1975) : Predicative clefting in Afro-European creoles
[3563]   Bynon, Theodora & Michael Mann (1973) : Papers on ‘Comparative Bantu’: an introduction
[23717]   Byrd, Steven (2005) : Calunga, an Afro-Brazilian speech of the Triângulo Mineiro: its grammar and history
[3572]   Cachia, Pierre (1974) : Al-Arif: a dictionary of grammatical terms, Arabic-English, English-Arabic
[3575]   Cadi, Kaddour (1987) : Système verbal rifain: forme et sens
[3576]   Cadiou, Yves (1983) : La structure du mot en kiyarwanda
[3577]   Cadiou, Yves (1985) : Sur un problème de syntaxe: la relation verbe-complément en kinyarwanda
[3578]   Cadiou, Yves (Ed) (1985) : Le kinyarwanda: études de morpho-syntaxe
[3580]   Cadwell, R. (1955) : Chinyanja simplified
[3581]   Caeneghame, R. van (1943) : Het prefix ka-tu in Luba
[3582]   Caeneghame, R. van (1946) : Het prefix ku
[26165]   Caesar, Regina Oforiwah (2012) : Negation in Dangme
[26144]   Cahill, Michael (2012) : Polar Question Intonation in Kɔnni
[3595]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000) : The phonology of Konni verbs
[3598]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2000/01) : Noun classes and phonology in Konni
[24739]   Cahill, Michael [Clark] (2009) : Konni Vowel Feature Spread across Consonants
[23067]   Cain, Bruce (1991) : A discourse analysis of the Hausa fable ‘The hyena and the drum’
[3602]   Caitucoli, Claude (1978) : Schèmes tonals et morphologie du verbe en masa
[3604]   Caitucoli, Claude (1986) : Douze contes masa, avec une introduction grammaticale
[3605]   Calabrese, A. (1987) : Focus structure in Berber: a comparative analysis with Italian
[3606]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Syntaxe des particules ‘subordinatives’ en dogon
[3608]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1967) : Essai d’étude stylistique d’un texte dogon
[3612]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1972) : L’expression du temps en dogon de Sanga
[24065]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1956) : Les dialectes dogon
[24066]   Calame-Griaule, Geneviève (1963) : Le verbe dogon
[3616]   Calice, F. (1928) : Die Entstehung der koptischen Eigenschaftsverben
[3619]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Afroasiatic cases and the formation of Ancient Egyptian constructions with possessive suffixes
[3620]   Callender, John B. (1975) : Middle Egyptian
[3621]   Callender, John B. (1984) : Studies in the nominal sentence in Egyptian and Coptic
[3624]   Callinan, Lynne (1986) : Sentence constructions in Avokaya
[3625]   Callow, John C. (1965) : Kasem nominals: a study in analysis
[3628]   Callow, John C. (1971) : Derivation in Kasem
[3627]   Callow, Kathleen (1966) : Preliminary notes on serial constructions in Kasem
[23014]   Callow, Kathleen (1968) : A hierarchical study of neutralization in Kasem
[3629]   Calonne-Beaufaict, A. de (19--) : Les Ababua
[3630]   Calteaux, K. V. (1987) : Die demonstratief in Noord-Sotho
[23699]   Calteaux, Karen (1996) : Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the urban areas of South Africa
[26379]   Camara, Dramane (1975) : Étude du système de conjugaison en maninka
[3635]   Camara, Joseph (1---) : Essai d’une description morphosyntaxique du constituant verbal en malinke de Guinée
[26380]   Camara, Sékou (1976) : Étude d'une variante dialectale du maninka : le sankarankan de Faranah
[3638]   Camburn, Janet K. (1984) : A relational grammar approach to Kera syntax
[3644]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Phonology and morphology of Ekegusii, a Bantu language of Kenya
[23577]   Cammenga, Jelle (2002) : Igikuria phonology and morphology, a Bantu language of south-west Kenya and north-west Tanzania
[3643]   Cammenga, Jillert (1994) : Kuria phonology and morphology
[3647]   Campbell, Richard (1988) : Verbal inflection in Kwawu Akan
[3648]   Campbell, Richard (1992) : Serial verbs and unaccusativity
[3649]   Campbell, Richard (1998) : A note on subject clitics in Akan
[3651]   Cancella, Luíz (1920) : Elementos para o estudo do Kimbundu
[3655]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3656]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3657]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1990) : Subclasses of Zulu nouns
[3658]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : Xhosa and Zulu compared: a simple intrductin to Xhosa from a Zulu point of view
[3659]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1991) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3660]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1992) : Swati and Zulu compared: Swati from a Zulu point of view
[3661]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : A manual of comparative Bantu studies
[3662]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1993) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[3663]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : The Nguni languages: a simple presentation and comparison of Zulu, Xhosa and Swati
[3664]   Canonici, Noverino N. (1994) : Elements of Zulu morpho-syntax
[3668]   Cantineau, Jean (1946) : Les parlers arabes du Hôrân: notions générales, grammaire
[3670]   Cantrell, J. V. (1946) : Some aspects of Mpondo and its relation to Xhosa and Zulu
[3671]   Cantrell, J. V. (1967) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3672]   Cantrell, J. V. (1969) : The verbal root in Xhosa, its component radicals and extensions
[3673]   Cantrell, J. V. (1972) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 1
[3674]   Cantrell, J. V. (1973) : The shape of the Xhosa root as it occurs in the verbal stem ; part 2
[3675]   Cantrell, J. V. (1974) : Some characteristics of Mpondo
[3676]   Cantrell, J. V. (1975) : The relationship between Mpondo and Xesibe dialects
[3677]   Canu, Gaston (1967) : Les classes nominales en mò:re
[3680]   Canu, Gaston (1973) : Description synchronique de la langue mò:ré (dialecte de Ouagadougou)
[3681]   Canu, Gaston (1976) : La langue mò:re, dialecte de Ouagadougou, Haute-Volta: description synchronique
[3682]   Canu, Gaston (1981) : Le mò:re
[24278]   Canut, Cécile (1996) : Instabilité des usages et non fermeté du système manding au Mali
[3698]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1987) : Renaissance du gbe (une langue de l’Afrique occidentals): réflexions critiques et constructives sur l’eve, le fon, le gen, l’aja, le gun
[3701]   Capo, Hounkpatin C. (1989) : Defoid
[3712]   Caponigro, Ivano (2003) : Unbalanced coordination in Maasai
[3718]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1972) : Études et documents sara-bongo-baguirmiens
[3735]   Caprile, Jean-Pierre (1981) : Le mbai-moïssala
[3743]   Carden, Guy (1993) : The Mauritian Creole lekor reflexive: substrate influence on the target-location parameter
[3744]   Cardinall, Alan Wolsey (1920) : The natives of the northern territories of the Gold Coast
[24624]   Cardona, Giorgio Raimondo (1977) : Profilo della lingua nzema
[3755]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : Das So: eine Kuliak-Sprache aus Uganda
[3756]   Carlin, Eithne B. (1993) : The So language
[3759]   Carlson, Robert J. (1991) : Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages
[3760]   Carlson, Robert J. (1992) : Narrative, subjunctive and finiteness
[3761]   Carlson, Robert J. (1994) : A grammar of Supyire
[3763]   Carlson, Robert J. (2000) : Event-views and transitivity in the Supyire verbal system
[23032]   Carlson, Robert J. (1993) : A sketch of Jo: a Mande language with a feminine pronoun
[23034]   Carlson, Robert J. (1998) : Wuu supyire sem? Ecrivons le supyiré: orthographe er grammaire pratiques du supyiré de Kampolondougou
[23550]   Carlson, Robert J. (2003) : Reflexives and reciprocals in Supyire
[3764]   Carmichael, Lesley (1999) : The morphosyntactic structure of NPs in Ronga
[3770]   Carnochan, Jack (1962) : The category of number in Igbo grammar
[3773]   Carnochan, Jack (1970) : Categories of the verbal piece in Bachama
[3778]   Caron, Bernard (1986) : Les accomplis I et II du haoussa et la subordination
[3779]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Description d’un parler haoussa de l’Ader (République du Niger)
[3780]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Classes verbales et extensions en haoussa de l’Ader
[3781]   Caron, Bernard (1987) : Quelques perspectives sur le causatif haoussa fournies par le dialecte de l’Ader
[3782]   Caron, Bernard (1988) : Passif et types de procès en haoussa
[3783]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : The verbal system of Ader Hausa
[3784]   Caron, Bernard (1989) : A propos de l’“accompli” haoussa et des perfecto-prèsents dans quelques langues d’Afrique de l’Ouest et d’ailleurs
[3786]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : La négation en haoussa
[3787]   Caron, Bernard (1990) : Note sur le ba final de l’accompli négatif en haoussa
[3788]   Caron, Bernard (1991) : Le haoussa de l’Ader
[3790]   Caron, Bernard (1998) : La focalisation
[3792]   Caron, Bernard (2000) : Assertion et préconstruit: topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[24049]   Caron, Bernard (2001) : Guus, aka Sigidi (Chadic, West-B, South-Bauchi): Grammatical notes and vocabulary
[24050]   Caron, Bernard (2002) : Dott, aka ZoDi: Grammatical notes, vocabulary, text
[24430]   Caron, Bernard (2005) : Za:r (Dictionary, grammar, texts)
[24431]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : South-Bauchi West Pronominal and TAM Systems
[24459]   Caron, Bernard (2006) : Condition, topic and focus in African languages: why conditionals are not topics
[25409]   Caron, Bernard (2008) : Bu:, aka Zaranda (Chadic, South-Bauchi West): Wordlist and Grammatical Notes
[26797]   Caron, Bernard (2014) : Number in South-Bauchi West languages (Chadic, Nigeria)
[3791]   Caron, Bernard (Ed) (2000) : Topicalisation et focalisation dans les langues africaines
[3797]   Carreira, António & João Basso Marques (1947) : Subsídios para o estudo da língua Manjaca
[3800]   Carrell, Patricia L. (1970) : A transformational grammar of Igbo
[3811]   Carrington, John F. (1949) : Esquisse de la langue mba (kimanga)
[3818]   Carrington, John F. (1972) : Esquisse de grammaire lokele, non-publié
[3820]   Carrington, John F. (1977) : Esquisse morphologique de la langue likile (Haut-Zaïre)
[3824]   Carstens, Vicky May (1985) : Wh-movement in Yoruba
[3825]   Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3826]   Carstens, Vicky May (1986) : Proper government in Yoruba
[3827]   Carstens, Vicky May (1991) : The syntax and morphology of determiner phrases in Kiswahili
[3828]   Carstens, Vicky May (1993) : On nominal morphology and DP structure
[3829]   Carstens, Vicky May (1997) : Empty nouns in Bantu locatives
[3831]   Carstens, Vicky May (2005) : Agree and EPP in Bantu
[3830]   Carstens, Vicky May & Frederick Parkinson (Ed) (1999) : Advances in African linguistics: papers presented at the 28th annual conference on African linguistics, held July 18-22, 1977, Cornell University
[3832]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : An outline grammar of Tonga
[3833]   Carter, Hazel (19--) : Conversational Shona
[3837]   Carter, Hazel (1964) : Some problems of double prefix distribution in Northern Rhodesian Tonga
[3839]   Carter, Hazel (1970) : Consonant reinforcement and Kongo morphology
[3843]   Carter, Hazel (1973) : Syntax and tone in Kongo
[3846]   Carter, Hazel (1974) : Negative structures in the tone-phrasing system of Kongo
[3855]   Carter, Hazel (1987) : Kongo language course = Maloïngi makikongo: a course in the dialect of Zoombo, northern Angola
[25240]   Carter, Hazel (2002) : An Outline of Chitonga Grammar
[3849]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1979) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3852]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1981) : Shona language course
[3854]   Carter, Hazel & George P. Kahari (1986) : Kuverenga chishóna: an introductory Shona reader with grammatical sketch
[3840]   Carter, Hazel & João Makondekwa (1970) : Kongo course/Maloongi makikoongo (dialect of Zoombo, Angola)
[3856]   Carteron, Michel (1966) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baoulé
[3857]   Carteron, Michel (1972) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3858]   Carteron, Michel (1975) : Étude de la langue baoulé
[3859]   Carton Dibeth, Catherine (1988) : Manuel de conversation, somali-français, suivi d’un guide de Djibouti
[23015]   Casali, Roderic F. (1995) : An overview of the Nawuri verbal system
[3870]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1930) : Sesuto and English exercises
[3872]   Casalis, [J.] Eugène (1938) : Sesuto and English exercises
[23740]   Casimir, Katia Kamara (1988) : Lexicon der Tagbana-Sprache
[3878]   Cassett, A. (192-) : Citonga grammar and vocabulary for use of settlers between Livingstone and Kafue
[3892]   Castelain, J. (1952) : La langue guerzé
[3893]   Castellino, Giorgio (1975) : Gender in Cushitic
[3894]   Castellino, Giorgio (1978) : The case system of Cushitic in relation to Semitic
[3896]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1933) : Apontamentos sobre a língua èmakua: gramática, vocabulário, contos e dialecto de Angoche
[3897]   Castro, [Padre] Francisco Manuel de (1934) : Apontamentos da língua emacua
[3901]   Caubet, Dominique (1986) : Les deux parfaits en arabe marocain
[3902]   Caubet, Dominique (1993) : L’arabe marocain
[3903]   Caumartin, P. B. (1---) : Runyoro grammar
[3906]   Cavallera, Giovanni (1939) : Grammatica della lingua oromo
[3910]   Cele, John F. (1973) : Nasi-ke isiZulu/So this is Zulu! A basic Zulu grammar suitable for higher primary and junior secondary pupils
[3911]   Cellier, P. (1985) : Resumé des règles syntaxiques du creole réunionnais
[3913]   Centis, Gino (1985) : Método macua
[3915]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Soglasovatel’nye modeli i sistema imenych klassov v jazyke Luganda [Congruence model and system of nominal classes in Luganda]
[3916]   Cernicenko, A. S. (1969) : Klassy v jazyke Luganda [Classes in the Luganda language]
[3917]   Cerny, Jaroslav (1950?) : On the origin of the Egyptian conjunctive
[3919]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1975) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3921]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1978) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3922]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1984) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3923]   Cerny, Jaroslav , Sarah Israelit-Groll & Christopher Eyre (1993) : A late Egyptian grammar
[3928]   Cerulli, Enrico (1931/34) : Le mode relatif dans les langues couchitiques
[3942]   Cerulli, Enrico (1948/51) : Sur la conjugaison en couchitique
[3945]   Cerulli, Enrico (1971) : Note sul linguaggio cuscitico dei Kambatta
[3950]   Chaara, Fadoua (2003) : Die interaktion der Aspektsemantik mit dem Lexikon im Marokkanisch-Arabischen
[3954]   Chafulumira, E. W. (1966) : Grammar wa Chinyanja
[3956]   Chagas, Jeremy E. (1977) : The preprefix
[3958]   Chaine, Marius (1933) : Éléments de grammaire dialectale copte
[3960]   Chaine, Marius (1938) : Grammaire éthiopienne
[3961]   Chaine, Marius (1938/42) : Notions de langue égyptienne
[3962]   Chaker, Salem (1973/79) : Les racines berbères trilitères à 3ème radicale alternante
[3964]   Chaker, Salem (1978) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3965]   Chaker, Salem (1983) : Un parler berbère d’Algerie (Kabylie): syntaxe
[3968]   Chaker, Salem (1995) : Linguistique berbère: études de syntaxe et de diachronie
[7630]   Chaker, Salem (2004) : Les paradigmes personnels du berbère
[23136]   Chaker, Salem (1996) : Manuel de linguistique berbère II: syntaxe et diachronie
[23178]   Chaker, Salem (1995) : Données exploratoires en prosodie berbère, 2: intonation et syntaxe en kabyle
[23179]   Chaker, Salem (1997) : Quelques faits de grammaticalisation dans le système verbal berbère
[23180]   Chaker, Salem (1996) : Remarques préliminaires sur le négation en berbère
[3970]   Chaker, Salem & Andrzej Zaborski (Ed) (2000) : Études berbères et chamito-sémitiques: mélanges offerts à Karl-G. Prasse
[3969]   Chaker, Salem & Dominique Caubet (Ed) (1996) : La négation en berbère et en arabe maghrébin
[25760]   Chakiri, Malika (2010) : La locution nominale en tamazighte, aspects morphologique et syntaxique
[3973]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1986) : L’accentuation du verbal en shindzuani (anjouanais, Iles Comores)
[3976]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (199-) : Comorien
[3977]   Chamanga, Mohamed Ahmed (1991) : Le shindzuani (Comores): phonologie, morphologie, lexique
[3978]   Chamberlain, G. D. (1930) : A brief account of the Brissa language
[3979]   Chamora, Berhanu & Robert Hetzron (2000) : Inor
[3982]   Chanakira, Elijah J. (196-) : Shona grammar for junior secondary schools
[3987]   Chanda Chibila, Musamba (1975) : Éléments de grammaire générative et transformationnelle de la langue nkore
[3983]   Chanda, Musamba V. (1986) : Notes on Wongo phonology and morphology
[3989]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1990) : Le syntagme nominal en comorien
[3990]   Chanfi, Djae Ahamada (1991) : Les formes verbales fléchies du comorien
[3991]   Chantoux, R. P. A. (1954) : Essai de grammaire gourmantché
[3993]   Chantoux, R. P. A. , A. Gontier & [Révérend] [Père] André Prost (1968) : Grammaire gourmantché
[3994]   Chaphole, S. R. (1988) : A study of the auxiliary in Sesotho
[3995]   Chaphole, S. R. (1992) : The tense system of Southern Sotho
[3997]   Charette, Monik (1982) : La construction associative en bété de Gbadi
[3998]   Charette, Monik (1982) : Les traits morpho-syntaxiques (des dialectes dida)
[4000]   Charles-Luce, Jan (1986) : Comparison in Bambara: an infinitival verb phrase
[4001]   Chataignier, A. (1951) : La conception malinké de la personnalité humaine révélée par l’usage des possessifs
[26930]   Chavula, Jean Josephine (2016) : Verbal derivation and valency in Citumbuka
[4013]   Chawner, C. A. (1938) : Step by step Thonga: a series of lessons in the Thonga language
[4015]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1991) : Étude contrastive des constructions verbales en tswana et en français
[4016]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : A Kalanga summary grammar
[4021]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1996) : Intersuffixing in Setswana
[4024]   Chebanne, Andy M. (2000) : The Sebirwa language: a synchronic and diachronic account
[23605]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1992) : The Setswana i(n) verbal prefix
[23606]   Chebanne, Andy M. (1993) : The imbrication of suffixes in Setswana
[4019]   Chebanne, Andy M. & Michael K. Rodewald (1994) : Kalanga tone and word division
[4031]   Chelo, Lotsima (1973) : Phonologie et morphologie de la langue olombo (turumbu)
[4045]   Chéron, Georges (1925) : Le dialecte sénoufo du Minianka: grammaire, textes et lexiques
[4041]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1954) : The essentials of Luganda
[4042]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1959) : The essentials of Luganda
[4043]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1963) : The essentials of Luganda
[4044]   Chesswas, John Douglas (1967) : The essentials of Luganda
[25263]   Cheucle, Marion (2008) : Vers une description de la langue bekwel (A85b) du Gabon : approche synchronique, approche diachronique
[26487]   Cheucle, Marion (2014) : Etude comparative des langues makaa-njem (bantu A80) : phonologie, morphologie, Lexique - Vers une reconstruction du proto-A80
[4047]   Chiamo, G. (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo
[23880]   Chiatoh, Blasius Agha-ah (1993) : The noun class system of Mmen
[25779]   Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : Focus in Mani and Kisi
[25949]   Childs, G. Tucker (2011) : A Grammar of Mani
[26034]   Childs, G. Tucker (2009) : What happens to class when a language dies? Language change vs. language death
[26061]   Childs, G. Tucker (2005) : The S-Aux-O-V-Other Syntagm In Atlantic
[4063]   Childs, George Tucker (1982) : The evolution of noun class markers in southern West Atlantic languages
[4064]   Childs, George Tucker (1983) : Noun class affix renewal in south West Atlantic
[4066]   Childs, George Tucker (1988) : The phonology of Kisi ideophones
[4068]   Childs, George Tucker (1989) : Where do ideophones come from?
[4070]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : Expressiveness in contact situations: the fate of African ideophones
[4073]   Childs, George Tucker (1994) : African ideophones
[4075]   Childs, George Tucker (1995) : A grammar of Kissi, a southern Atlantic language
[4076]   Childs, George Tucker (1996) : Where have all the ideophones gone? The death of a word category in Zulu
[4077]   Childs, George Tucker (1997) : The status of Isicamtho, an Nguni-based urban variety of Soweto
[4079]   Childs, George Tucker (2004) : An introduction to African linguistics
[4081]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1992) : Expressions of tense and aspect in Chichewa
[4082]   Chilipaine, Francis Aliponse (1994) : Morpho-syntaxe contrastive du verbe français-chichewa (Malawi)
[4092]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1992) : Report on the African Languages Lexicon Project (ALLEX): planning and training workshop, Harare, 21-25 September 1992
[4095]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : The ALLEX project: first progress report
[4096]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1993) : Report on the second ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 20-24 September, 1993
[4099]   Chimhundu, Herbert (Ed) (1995) : Report on the third ALLEX project: planning and training workshop, Harare, 19-24 September, 1994
[4102]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] (1987) : Early stages in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4103]   Chimombo, Moira [Primula] [Frances] & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1989) : Interaction of tone, syntax and semantics in the acquisition of Chichewa negation
[4109]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1963) : The category number in Nzema
[4113]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1971) : Variable nouns in Nzema
[4114]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1976) : Reciprocal clauses in Nzema
[24175]   Chinebuah, Isaac K. (1973) : The aspects of causativity in Nzema
[4116]   Chinjavata, James C. (1958) : Luvale note book
[4117]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1938) : Brevi appunti di lingua uollamo (A.O.I.): grammatica e dizionario
[4119]   Chiomio, Giovanni (1948) : L’articolo determinativo proclitico in alcune lingue e dialetti bantu
[4132]   Cho Eun, & Kunio Nishiyama (1999) : Yoruba predicate clefts from a comparative perspective
[4135]   Choe, H.-S. (1987) : An SVO analysis of VSO languages and parametrization: a study of Berber
[4138]   Chomba, D. S. (1975) : The verbal morphology of Pimbwe
[4141]   Christaller, Johann Gottlieb (1933) : Dictionary of the Asante and Fante language called Tshi (Twi)
[25693]   Christiansen-Bolli, Regula (2010) : A Grammar of Tadaksahak. A Berberised Songhay Language of Mali
[4147]   Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2002) : Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or: Berber or Songhay, this is the question
[24938]   Christiansen, Niels & Regula Christiansen (2007) : Tadaksahak Verb Morphology with Reference to Berber and Songhay Origins
[4148]   Christiansen, Regula & Stephen H. Levinsohn (2003) : Relative clauses in Tadaksahak
[4149]   Christie, J. J. (1970) : Locative, possessive and existential in Swahili
[4156]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy (1978) : Pidgin English and the role of simplification and restructuring in pidginization and creolization
[26019]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Ayu'nwi N. Neba (2011) : Tone raising and tone lowering in Bafut
[4161]   Chumbow, Beban Sammy & Pius Ngwa Tamanji (1994) : Bafut
[4165]   Church, E. D. (1981) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4166]   Church, E. D. (1983) : Le système verbal du wolof
[4168]   Churma, Donald G. (1982) : Rule inversion in Chadic: a closer look
[4172]   Churma, Donald G. (1988) : Consonant gradation in Fula suffixes: the ugly truth
[26735]   Cissé, Mamadou (2015) : Grammaire bilingue wolof-français - Une approche intersystémique
[4177]   Cisse, Momar (1987) : Expression du temps et de l’aspect dans la communication linguistique: analyse de quelques enonces du français, langue dite a temps et du wolof, langue dite a aspects dans le cadre de la de la theorie generale de l’enonciation
[26763]   Cissé, Momar (2011) : L’aspect verbal en wolof et en français : proposition d’une grille d’analyse sémantico-référentielle dans une perspective comparative
[4182]   Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1989) : Modification of the gender system in the Wollegan dialect of Oromo
[4184]   Clamons, Cynthia Robb (1993) : Gender assignment in Oromo
[4185]   Clamons, Robbin (1995) : How recent contact erased ancient traces in the gender systems of the Oromo dialects
[4183]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern & Gerald Sanders (1993) : Salience signalling in Oromo
[4186]   Clamons, Robbin , Ann E. Mulkern , Gerald Sanders & Nancy Stenson (1999) : The limits of formal analysis: pragmatic motivation in Oromo grammar
[4187]   Clark, D. (1---) : Akarimojong manuscript grammar
[4188]   Clark, David J. (1969) : A grammatical study of Ekpeye
[4190]   Clark, David J. (1972) : A four-term person system and its ramifications
[22755]   Clark, David J. (1974) : The classification of verbal suffixes in Ekpeye
[4193]   Clark, Mary Morris (1988) : An accentual analysis of the Zulu noun
[23593]   Clark, Raymond C. & Ann Katherine Hawkinson (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: teacher’s handbook
[23586]   Clark, Raymond C. & David B. Hopkins (1979) : Setswana: teacher’s handbook
[23688]   Clark, Raymond C. & others (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: teacher’s handbook
[4202]   Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : Zur Enstehung von Genussystemen: Überlegungen zu einigen theoretischen Aspekten, verbunden mit einer Fallstudie des Zande
[4205]   Claudi, Ulrike (1985) : How to explain an alleged, disproved, but nevertheless existing gender distinction in Dizi
[4206]   Claudi, Ulrike (1988) : The development of tense/aspect marking in Kru languages
[4208]   Claudi, Ulrike (1993) : Die Stellung von Verb und Objekt in Niger-Kongo-Sprachen: ein Beitrag zur Rekonstruktion historischer Syntax
[4209]   Claudi, Ulrike (1994) : Word order change as category change: the Mande case
[4210]   Claudi, Ulrike (1995) : Die Beziehung zwischen Relativsatz und Genitivattribut im Amharischen
[4211]   Claudi, Ulrike (1997) : Some thoughts on the origin of gender marking (or, Wings were not developed for flying)
[25523]   Claudi, Ulrike (2012) : Who moves, and why? Somali deictic particles
[4203]   Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1985) : From metaphor to grammar: some examples from Ewe
[4207]   Claudi, Ulrike & Bernd Heine (1989) : On the nominal morphology of ‘alienability’ in some African languages
[4204]   Claudi, Ulrike & Fritz Serzisko (1985) : Possession in Dizi: inalienable or not?
[26495]   Claudi, Ulrike & Johannes Ayao Ossey (2013) : Basic Ewe for Foreign Students
[4212]   Claughton, John S. (1983) : The tones of Xhosa inflections
[4214]   Clawson, Donna Marie (1996) : The morphosyntax and morphophonology of the Wolaitta verb voice
[4217]   Cleire, R. (1941) : Le sens des préfixes nominaux en mashi
[4219]   Cleire, R. (1955) : Grammaire mashi
[4220]   Clemens, G. (1952) : Essai de grammaire sénoufo-tagwana (Côte d’Ivoire)
[4221]   Clements, George N. (1972) : The verbal syntax of Ewe
[4223]   Clements, George N. (1975) : The logophoric pronoun in Ewe: its role in discourse
[4230]   Clements, George N. (1984) : Binding domains in Kikuyu
[4234]   Clements, George N. (1989) : African linguistics and its contributions to linguistic theory
[4241]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1920) : Supplément à la grammaire pratique de la langue luba
[4244]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1925) : Le verbe en langue luba
[4245]   Clercq, [Père] Auguste de (1929) : Nouvelle grammaire luba
[4253]   Clercq, J. C. de (1958) : Die kopulatief of nie-verbale predikaat in Nguni en Sotho: met besondere verwysing na Zulu en Suid-Sotho
[4255]   Clercq, J. C. de (1961) : Verledetyd, subjunktief en konsekutief in Zoeloe
[4242]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Grammaire du kiyombe
[4243]   Clercq, L. de (1921) : Le verbe kikongo
[4257]   Clermont, J. (1948) : Manuel de conversation franco-arabe: dialecte tunisien avec pronociation figurée en français
[22375]   CLNK (1999) : Tɔm kpou kabɩyɛ-fransɩɩ - Dictionnaire kabiyè-français (avec lexique français-kabiyè et esquisse de gramaire kabiyè)
[4264]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1969) : Banda-linda de Ippy. I: phonologie, dérivation et composition; II: les modalités personnelles dans quelques langues oubanguiennes (discours direct, discours indirect)
[4265]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1972) : Le verbe banda
[4268]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1981) : Le banda
[4269]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1982) : Emphase et condition en banda-linda
[4270]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1986) : Dynamique et équilibre d’une syntaxe: le banda-linda de Centrafricaine
[4273]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (1995) : Le banda-linda
[4275]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (2000) : Focalisation et topicalisation en banda-linda
[4276]   Cloarec-Heiss, France (2003) : Les modeles de dérivation en banda: regard diachronique
[22621]   Clopper, Cynthia G. (2001) : The Nzema verbal phrase: an optimality theoretic account
[4277]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth (1967) : Some copula constructions in Swahili
[4278]   Closs Traugott, Elizabeth , Ali Kondo & Salma Mbaye (1967) : Some copula patterns in standard Swahili
[4279]   Cluver, August Dawid de Villiers (1968) : ’n Ondersoek na die variante van die deverbale suffiks [er] in Afrikaans
[26794]   Cobbinah, Alexander & Friederike Lüpke (2014) : When number meets classification ; The linguistic expression of number in Baïnounk languages
[26220]   Cobbinah, Alexander Yao (2012) : Nominal classification and verbal nouns in Baïnounk Gubëeher
[25385]   Cocchi, Gloria (2008) : Verbal Extensions in Tshiluba
[26301]   Cocchi, Gloria (2000) : Locative constructions in Bantu
[26302]   Cocchi, Gloria (2003) : copulas in bantu: hints for verb movement
[26303]   Cocchi, Gloria (2004) : Relative clauses in Bantu: affixes as relative markers
[26305]   Cocchi, Gloria (1998) : On true double object constructions in Tshiluba
[26306]   Cocchi, Gloria (1992) : Lingue che ammettono due veri accusativi: il caso del tshiluba
[4302]   Coertze, Pieter Johannes (1936) : Die betekenis en funksie van die voorvoegsel van die sewende klas van selfstandige naamwoorde in die Sotho-Tswana groep van bantoetale
[4307]   Coetzee, Abel J. (1958) : Teenstellings in die taal
[4310]   Coeur, Charles le (1950) : Dictionnaire ethnographique téda, précédé d’un lexique français-téda
[4311]   Coeur, Charles le (1956) : Grammaire et textes teda-daza
[4332]   Cohen, David (1963) : Le dialecte arabe hassaniya de Mauritanie (parler de la Gebla)
[4335]   Cohen, David (1969/70) : L’inaccompli en -n- du bedja et le système verbale chamito-sémitique
[4339]   Cohen, David (1972) : La mutation aspective-temporelle dans quelques langues couchitiques et le système verbal chamito-sémitique
[4341]   Cohen, David (1974) : Alternances vocaliques dans le système verbal couchitique et chamito-sèmitique
[4342]   Cohen, David (1975) : Le parler arabe des Juifs de Tunis, II: étude linguistique
[4344]   Cohen, David (1984) : La phrase nominale et l’évolution du système verbal en sémitique
[4350]   Cohen, David & Catherine Taine-Cheikh (2000) : A propos du zénaga, vocalisme et morphologie verbale en berbère
[4352]   Cohen, David , Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle & Martine Vanhove (2002) : The grammaticalization of “say” and “do”: an areal phenomenon in East Africa
[4349]   Cohen, Kevin Bretonnel (2000) : Aspects of the grammar of Kukú
[4313]   Cohen, Marcel (1921) : La forme verbale égyptienne dite pseudo-participe
[4315]   Cohen, Marcel (1924) : Le système verbale sémitique et l’expression du temps
[4317]   Cohen, Marcel (1926/27) : Du verbe sidama dans le groupe couchitique
[4319]   Cohen, Marcel (1927) : La gémination dans les formes verbales et dans les pronoms suffixes du verbe en tigrigna et autres langues modernes de l’Abyssinie
[4321]   Cohen, Marcel (1933) : Les résultats acquis de la grammaire comparée chamito-sémitique
[4322]   Cohen, Marcel (1934) : Sur l’affixe N dans les verbes expressifs de diverses langues chamito-sémitiques
[4324]   Cohen, Marcel (1995 [1936, 1970]) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4326]   Cohen, Marcel (1945/48) : À propos du classement de la forme d’habitude dans la grammaire berbère
[4336]   Cohen, Marcel (1970) : Traité de langue amharique (Abyssinie)
[4355]   Coker, Increase H. E. (1954) : Grammar of African names: an outline guide to the study and appreciation of African names selected from the Akan (Gold Coast), Yoruba, Ibo, Ijaw and Efik-Ibibio language groups
[4356]   Colby, James (1961) : Danakil grammar (Lessons 1-16)
[4357]   Colby, James & Enid M. Parker (1967) : Afar pedagogical grammar (lessons 1-16)
[4362]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1952) : Introductory notes on the Tswana language
[4365]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : Notes on Mokwena
[4366]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4367]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1955/75) : An introduction to Tswana grammar
[4369]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4378]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1964) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4379]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1965) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4380]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : The prefix of Bantu noun class 10
[4381]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1967) : Some features of Ganda linguistic structure
[4384]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1971) : Fredoux’s sketch of Tswana grammar
[4386]   Cole, Desmond Thorne (1972) : Bushman languages
[4375]   Cole, Desmond Thorne & Dingaan Mpho Mokaila (1962) : A course in Tswana
[4387]   Cole, J. & C. Tenny (1987) : Coordination in Berber
[24344]   Coleman, William L. & Panda Kamara (1967) : Temne Short Basic Course
[4398]   Collard, H. J. (1920) : Petite grammaire du lala-lamba, tel qu’il se parle de Sakania à Elisabethville
[4399]   Colldén, D. & Lisa Colldén (197-) : Kisakata, grammatik
[4401]   Colle, [Révérend] [Père] (19--) : Éléments de grammaire et de vocabulaire du mahavu
[4402]   Colle, P. (1928) : Inleiding tot de Samenspraak in de Swahilische taal, voorafgegaan door een korten inhoud der Swahilische spraakleer
[4405]   Colley, Ebrima (1995) : Mandinka grammar manual
[4408]   Collins, B. (1958) : Elementary Tonga grammar with exercises and key
[4410]   Collins, B. (1962) : Tonga grammar
[26932]   Collins, Chris & Jeffrey S. Gruber (2014) : A Grammar of ǂHòã
[24737]   Collins, Chris & Komlan E. Essizewa (2007) : The Syntax of Verb Focus in Kabiye
[4413]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1992) : Case in Ewe and Yoruba
[4414]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1993) : Topics in Ewe syntax
[4415]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (1998) : Plurality in ǂHoan
[4416]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Aspects of plurality in ǂHoan
[4417]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : The internal structure of verbs in Ju|’hoan and ǂHoan
[4418]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2002) : Multiple verb movement in ǂHoan
[4419]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2003) : The internal structure of vP in Ju|’hoansi and ǂHoan
[23412]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2001) : Multiple verb movement in ǂHoan
[26063]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] (2004) : The Absence Of The Linker In Double Object Constructions In N|uu
[25603]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Levi Namaseb (2011) : A Grammatical Sketch of N|uuki with Stories
[4412]   Collins, Chris[topher] [Thad] & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1992) : Proceedings of the Kwa comparative syntax workshop
[4426]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Classes verbales en ouldémé?
[4427]   Colombel, Véronique de (1987) : Les extensions verbales productives, mifigées ou fossilisées en langue ouldémé
[4428]   Colombel, Véronique de (1988) : La transitivité en ouldémé: dynamique structurelle et diachronie
[4429]   Colombel, Véronique de (1990) : Inventaire des morphèmes et racines verbales en tchadique central: des verbes monoradicaux aux polyradicaux
[4431]   Colombel, Véronique de (1997) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: précis de grammaire, texte, lexique
[4432]   Colombel, Véronique de (1998) : Les pronoms dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara (avec tableaux comparatifs des pronoms)
[4433]   Colombel, Véronique de (2000) : La pluralité verbale dans une dizaine de langues des monts du Mandara
[4434]   Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Localisation et mouvement dans le sytagme verbal du groupe tchadique central
[24859]   Colombel, Véronique de (2003) : Grammaticalisation et ordre des unités dans dix langues du groupe tchadique-central
[24979]   Colombel, Véronique de (2005) : La langue ouldémé, nord-Cameroun: grammaire, texte, dictionnaire
[24807]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2007) : L'encodage de la localisation, de la direction et de la manière en kuwaataay
[25243]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2010) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[26084]   Coly, Jules Jacques Georges (2012) : Morphosyntaxe du kuwaataay (Sénégal)
[4437]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1968) : Afrikaanse semantiek
[4440]   Combrink, Johan G. H. (1974) : Soek: Afrikaans se fleksie
[26560]   Comfort, Jade (2013) : Converbs in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[26572]   Comfort, Jade (2014) : Verbal Number in the Uncu Language (Kordofan Nubian)
[25610]   Comfort, Jade & Angelika Jakobi (2011) : The verb ‘to give’ as a verbal extension in Uncunwee (Kordofan Nubian)
[24169]   Comrie, Bernard (2003) : West African logophorics and the typology of reference-tracking
[4450]   Connell, Bruce A. (1987) : Noun classification in Lower Cross
[25548]   Connell, Bruce , William Bennett , Inoma Essien , Ebitare Obikudo , Akin Akinlabi & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (2012) : Defaka and Ịjọ – A reassessment of the Ijoid relationship
[4470]   Connelly, Michael J. (1984) : Basotho children’s acquisition of noun morphology
[4471]   Connelly, Michael J. (1987) : Basotho children’s early development of speech
[4472]   Conradie, C. J. (1997) : Preterite loss in early Afrikaans
[4473]   Conradie, Simone (2002) : Parameter resetting in the second language acquisition of Afrikaans: the SIP and the V2 parameter
[4485]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1940) : Lingua tigrina, I: elementi grammaticali ed esercizi
[4486]   Conti Rossini, Carlo (1941) : Grammatica elementare della lingua etiopica
[24660]   Contini-Morava, Ellen (2008) : Human relationship terms, discourse prominence, and asymmetrical animacy in Swahili
[4487]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1974) : Semantics of the Swahili locative system
[4488]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1976) : Statistical demonstration of a meaning: the Swahili locatives in existential assertions
[4489]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1977) : What is a “negative equivalent”? Data from the Swahili tenses
[4490]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Tense and non-tense in Swahili grammar: semantic asymmetry between affirmative and negative
[4491]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1983) : Relative sense in discourse: the inference of time orientation in Swahili
[4492]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1989) : Discourse pragmatics and semantic categorization: the case of negation and tense-aspect with special reference to Swahili
[4493]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1991) : Negation, probability and temporal boundedness: discourse functions of negative tenses in Swahili narrative
[4494]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1996) : ‘Things’ in a noun class language: semantic functions of agreement in Swahili
[4495]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (1997) : Noun classification in Swahili: a cognitive-semantic analysis using a computer database
[4497]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2000) : Noun class as number in Swahili
[22636]   Contini-Morava, Ellen [Lee] (2002) : (What) do noun class markers mean?
[4513]   Cook, Clare (2004) : Extraction marking vs scope-marking in Nêhiyawêwin and Yorùbá
[4505]   Cook, Thomas Louis (1969) : A brief note on Efik noun and adjective prefixes
[4512]   Cook, Thomas Louis (2002) : Focus in Efik
[4516]   Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1965) : Tumbuka basic course: lessons 1-30 with pre-recorded tapes
[23643]   Cooper, Paul V. & Oliver Rice (1966) : Djerma basic course
[4519]   Cooper, Robin (1974) : Some problems for a higher clause
[4520]   Cooper, Robin (1976) : Lexical and nonlexical causatives in Bantu
[4531]   Coopmans, Peter (1994) : Comments on the paper by Ouhalla
[4532]   Cope, Anthony T. (1956) : An investigation into the tonal system of Zulu, with special reference to nouns
[4533]   Cope, Anthony T. (1957) : The grammatical structure of Zulu
[4534]   Cope, Anthony T. (1959) : The grammatical structure of Zulu - Notes and news
[4536]   Cope, Anthony T. (1963) : Nomino-verbal constructions in Zulu
[4537]   Cope, Anthony T. (1966) : Zulu phonology, tonology and tonal grammar
[4540]   Cope, Anthony T. (1982) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4541]   Cope, Anthony T. (1983) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[4542]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : An outline of Zulu grammar
[4543]   Cope, Anthony T. (1984) : Zulu: a comprehensive course in the Zulu language
[22903]   Cope, Pamela S. (1993) : The plural in Lele
[4548]   Corbett, Greville G. (1991) : Gender
[4546]   Corbett, Greville G. & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1987) : Gender agreement in Chichewa
[4547]   Corbett, Greville G. & Richard J. Hayward (1987) : Gender and number in Bayso
[4550]   Cordell, E. A. (1963) : Course in Shona
[4549]   Cordell, O. T. (1941) : Gogo grammar, exercises, etc.
[4556]   Corne, Chris (1970) : Essai de grammaire du créole mauricien
[4557]   Corne, Chris (1973) : Tense and aspect in Mauritian Creole
[4558]   Corne, Chris (1974/75) : Tense, aspect and the mysterious i in Seychelles and Reunion Creole
[4559]   Corne, Chris (1977) : Seychelles Creole grammar: elements for Indian Ocean proto-Creole reconstruction
[4560]   Corne, Chris (1982) : A constrastive analysis of Reunion and Isle de France Creole French: two typologically diverse languages
[4561]   Corne, Chris (1988) : Mauritian Creole reflexives
[4562]   Corne, Chris (1995) : Nana k nana, nana k napa: the paratactic and hypotactic relative clauses of Reunion Creole
[4568]   Cortade, Jean-Marie (1969) : Essai de grammaire touareg (dialecte de l’Ahaggar)
[4569]   Corum, Claudia (1991) : An introduction to the siSwati language: lessons and glossary
[23691]   Corum, Claudia (1980) : SiSwati special skills handbook
[23685]   Corum, Claudia & Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle Kunene (1980) : SiSwati communication and culture handbook
[4573]   Cory, Hans [Koritschoner] (19--) : The Zigula verb
[4585]   Cosper, Ronald (1998) : Polci
[4586]   Cosper, Ronald (1999) : Barawa lexicon: a wordlist of eight South Bauchi (West Chadic) languages - Boghom, Buli, Dott, Geji, Jimi, Polci, Sayanci and Zul
[25410]   Cosper, Ronald (2008) : Cross-Validation of Lexical Data in Chadic: A Comnparison of Sources in South Bauchi
[4588]   Coulibali, Diokolo Adama (1992) : [Reflexive constructions in Bambara: morphological, syntactical and semantical classification of the reflexive verbs]
[4590]   Coulibaly, B. (1984) : Le jula véhiculaire de Haute-Volta: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe et règles de transcription
[24255]   Coulibaly, Bakary (1987-88) : Séquences médiates et immédiates dans le syntagme complétif du jula
[4591]   Coupez, André (1954) : Études sur la langue luba
[4593]   Coupez, André (1955) : Esquisse de la langue holoholo
[4598]   Coupez, André (1961) : Grammaire rwanda simplifiée
[4600]   Coupez, André (1967) : Notes rwanda
[4602]   Coupez, André (1969) : Une leçon de linguistique
[4607]   Coupez, André (1978) : Manuel de grammaire rwanda
[4610]   Coupez, André (1980) : Abrégé de grammaire rwanda
[4615]   Coupez, André (1983) : Le rwandais, langue piégée
[4617]   Coupez, André (1984) : Substantif, adjectif et mixte trois types de noms en rwanda (Bantou J61)
[4618]   Coupez, André (1985) : La dérivation verbale en rwanda (bantou J.61)
[4622]   Coupez, André (1997) : Les variantes du suffixe causatif en rwanda
[4621]   Coupez, André & Simon Bizimana (1988) : Les évitements verbaux en rwanda
[4599]   Coupez, André , Thomas Kamanzi & Firmin M. Rodegem (1961) : Méthode rwanda à l’usage des européens
[25123]   Courboin, Albert (1908) : ‘Bangalaʼ, langue commerciale du haute-Congo: éléments et manuel de conversation; lexique
[4628]   Courtenay, Karen R. (1976) : Ideophones defined as a phonological class: the case of Yoruba
[4633]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1994) : As partículas exclusivas no crioulo guineense
[4634]   Couto, Hildo Honório do (1995) : Exclusive particles (ideophones) in Guinea-Bissau Creole
[25203]   Cover, Rebecca Tamar (2010) : Aspect, Modality, and Tense in Badiaranke
[4639]   Cowan, J. Ronayne (1981) : The syntax of Baka and Kresh
[4640]   Cowan, J. Ronayne (1984) : Evidence for the AUX cliticization hypothesis from Nuer
[4638]   Cowan, J. Ronayne & Russell Galen Schuh (1976) : Spoken Hausa
[4642]   Cowley, Roger (1969) : A and B verbal stem type in Amharic
[4646]   Cox, Elizabeth E. (1970) : Kirundi grammar
[4648]   Cox, Monica E. (1978) : Le système des classes nominales en n’tcham
[4649]   Cox, Monica E. (1986) : Esquisse de la grammaire du ntcham
[4650]   Cox, Monica E. (1998) : Description grammaticale du ncam (bassar), langue gurma du Togo et du Ghana
[4653]   Crabb, David Wendell (1967) : Noun classes in Cross River I (bè-ndì) languages
[4656]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1921) : A manual of Lu-Ganda
[4658]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1922) : Primitive speech
[4659]   Crabtree, William Arthur (1923) : Elements of Luganda grammar, together with exercises and vocabulary
[4664]   Craene, Robert de (1986) : Le verbe conjugué en tem
[25437]   Crane, Thera M. , Larry M. Hyman & Simon Nsielanga Tukumu (2011) : A Grammar of Nzadi [B865] : A Bantu Language of Democratic Republic of Congo
[26153]   Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : Completion and Dissociation in Totela Tense and Aspect
[26224]   Crane, Thera Marie (2012) : -ile and the pragmatic pathways of the resultative in Bantu Botatwe
[4670]   Crass, Joachim (2002) : Die Grammatikalisierung des Verbes ‘sagen’ im Beria
[24064]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Copula constructions in Kʼabeena and Libido
[24076]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Grammatical borrowing in Kʼabeena
[24081]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Highland East Cushitic
[24820]   Crass, Joachim (2007) : Libido
[26534]   Crass, Joachim (2014) : The Asymmetry of Verbal Markedness in Libido
[4671]   Crass, Joachim & Angelika Jakobi (2004) : Grammaire descriptive du beria: le dialecte kube
[22023]   Crass, Joachim & Ronny Meyer (Eds) (2007) : Deictics, Copula and Focus in the Ethiopian Convergence Area
[24821]   Crass, Joachim, Girma A. Demeke, Ronny Meyer, and Andreas Wetter (2005) : Copula and focus constructions in selected Ethiopian languages
[4676]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1933) : Outlines of a Nuer grammar
[4677]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1938) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4678]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1955) : A study of the Acooli language: grammar and vocabulary
[4679]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Notes on the Lango-Miru and on the Labwoor and Nyakwai
[4680]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : A study of the Logbara (Ma’di) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4681]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1960) : Logbara grammar
[4682]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1967) : General sketch grammar and vocabulary of the language of the Ik (alias Teuso): Kang’ole
[4683]   Crazzolara, Joseph Pasquale (1978) : A study of the Pokot (Suk) language: grammar and vocabulary
[4685]   Creider, Chet A. (1975) : The semantic system of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4688]   Creider, Chet A. (1976) : The verb in Kipsigis
[4690]   Creider, Chet A. (1977) : Functional sentence perspective in a verb-initial language
[4701]   Creider, Chet A. (1989) : The syntax of the Nilotic languages: theme and variations
[4703]   Creider, Chet A. (1996) : Morphological parsers for Nilotic languages: problems and solutions
[23664]   Creider, Chet A. (2002) : The semantics of participant types in derived verbs in Nandi
[4704]   Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1996) : Datooga nominals: the morphologization of vowel harmony
[4705]   Creider, Chet A. & Franz Rottland (1997) : Noun classification in southern Nilotic: Datooga
[4686]   Creider, Chet A. & J. Peter Denny (1975) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[4700]   Creider, Chet A. & Jane Tapsubei Creider (1989) : A grammar of Nandi
[4710]   Creissels, Denis (1979) : Le comitatif, la coordination et les constructions dites ‘possessives’ dans quelques langues africaines
[4714]   Creissels, Denis (1983) : Eléments de grammaire de la langue mandinka
[4715]   Creissels, Denis (1983) : Réflexions sur le système prédicatif du bambara
[4716]   Creissels, Denis (1986) : Le système prédicatif du kagoro
[4719]   Creissels, Denis (1991) : Description des langues négro-africaines et théorie syntaxique
[4724]   Creissels, Denis (1994) : La tonalité des finales verbales et la distinction entre formes verbales conjointes et formes verbales disjointes en tswana
[4726]   Creissels, Denis (1996) : Conjunctive and disjunctive verb forms in Setswana
[4728]   Creissels, Denis (1997) : Postpositions as a possible origin of certain predicative markers in Mande
[4730]   Creissels, Denis (1998) : Auxiliaries et auxiliarisation: l’exemple du tswana
[4735]   Creissels, Denis (2000) : Typology
[4738]   Creissels, Denis (2002) : Valence verbale et voix en tswana
[22677]   Creissels, Denis (2001) : Setswana ideophones, whither hence? The need for a social theory of ideophones
[24186]   Creissels, Denis (1981) : L'étymologie des prédicatifs d'identification des parlers bambara et jula : yé et dòn-dò-lò
[24239]   Creissels, Denis (1989) : Structures syllabiques du dialonké de Faleya
[24259]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note de lecture : Une contribution à l'étude du jula de Côte d'Ivoire
[24262]   Creissels, Denis (1987-88) : Esquisse du système tonal du korokan
[24263]   Creissels, Denis (1984) : Le système des marques prédicatives eu korokan
[24264]   Creissels, Denis (1988) : Elements de phonologie du koyaga de Mankono (Côte-d'Ivoire)
[24273]   Creissels, Denis (1990) : Le pronom N! et l'article N! dans les langues mandé-nord
[24276]   Creissels, Denis (1985) : Les verbes statifs dans les parlers manding
[24282]   Creissels, Denis (1997) : Une tentative d'explication de particularités typologiques de la négation en mandingue
[24283]   Creissels, Denis (2004) : L'occlusive vélaire sonore g et les labio-vélaires (w, gw, kw, gb, kp) en mandingue
[24293]   Creissels, Denis (1982) : Note sur les prédicatifs du maukakan
[24309]   Creissels, Denis (1992) : La voix en soninké
[25055]   Creissels, Denis (2009) : Le malinké de Kita. Un parler mandingue de l’ouest du Mali
[25079]   Creissels, Denis (2001) : Catégorisation et grammaticalisation : la relation génitivale en mandingue
[26235]   Creissels, Denis (2011) : Tswana Locatives and their Status in the Inversion Construction
[26261]   Creissels, Denis (2013) : Le maninka du Niokolo (Sénégal oriental), esquisse phonologique et morphosyntaxique, liste lexicale, textes glosés
[26878]   Creissels, Denis (2015) : Typologie des classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[26778]   Creissels, Denis & Anna Marie Diagne (2013) : Transitivity in Bakel Soninke
[4707]   Creissels, Denis & Jérémie Kouadio NʼGuessan (1977) : Description phonologique et grammaticale d’un parler baoulé
[26877]   Creissels, Denis & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2015) : Les classes nominales dans les langues atlantiques
[26594]   Creissels, Denis & Séckou Biaye (2015) : Le balant ganja : Phonologie, morphosyntaxe, liste lexicale, textes
[24286]   Creissels, Denis & Sidia Jatta (1981) : La composition verbale en mandinka
[4731]   Creissels, Denis & Stéphane Robert (1998) : Morphologie verbale et organisation discursive de lʼénoncé : lʼexemple du tswana et du wolof
[24386]   Creissels, Denis & Sylvie Voisin-Nouguier (2008) : The verbal suffixes of Wolof coding valency changes and the notion of co-participation
[25497]   Creissels, Denis , Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal , Zygmunt Frajzyngier & Christa König (2007) : Africa as a morphosyntactic area
[26894]   Creissels, Denis , Sokhna Bao Diop , Alain‑Christian Bassène , Mame Thierno Cissé , Alexander Cobbinah , El Hadji Dieye , Dame Ndao , Sylvie Nouguier‑Voisin , Nicolas Quint , Marie Renaudier , Adjaratou Sall & Guillaume Segerer (2015) : L'impersonnalité dans les langues de la région sénégambienne
[4739]   Crema [Chogatambule], Egidio (1987) : Sarufi ya lugha ya Kihehe [Grammar of the Hehe language]
[4742]   Cremer, Jean (1924) : Grammaire de la langue kasséna ou kassené, parlée au pays des gourounsi
[4754]   Crisp, William (1924) : Notes towards a Secoana grammar with a series of exercises
[4755]   Cristini, Giovanni (2000) : Nouvelle grammaire kirundi/Indimburo y-ikirundi
[4760]   Crosby, J. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Ncheu
[4758]   Crosby, K. H. (1939) : A study of the Mende language
[4759]   Crosby, K. H. (1944) : An introduction to the study of Mende
[4764]   Crouch, Marjorie & Anthony Joshua Naden (Ed) (1998) : A semantically-based grammar of Vagla
[25517]   Crozier, David (2012) : From verb morphology to discourse in Central Kambari
[22758]   Crozier, David Henry (1984) : A study of the discourse grammar of Cishingini
[4769]   Crum, Walter Ewing (1930) : Ein neues Verbalpräfix im Koptischen
[23110]   Crunden, Sheila M. (1984) : An initial study of prominence in Bassar discourse
[4777]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1992) : Semantic restrictions on serial verb constructions with ‘take’ and ‘hold’ in Fon
[4779]   Cruz, Maxime S. C. da (1993) : Contribution à l’étude de la négation en fongbé
[26162]   Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : HaG — A Computational Grammar of Hausa
[26166]   Crysmann, Berthold (2012) : On the Categorial Status of Hausa Genitive Prepositions
[4780]   Cuenot, J. (1952) : Essai de grammaire bobo-oulé (dialecte de Massala)
[4782]   Cullen, Wendy Ruth (1999) : Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse
[4784]   Culy, Christopher (1991) : Command and Fula dum pronominals
[4786]   Culy, Christopher (1996) : Agreement in Fula pronouns
[4788]   Culy, Christopher (2002) : The logophoric hierarchy and variation in Dogon
[26463]   Culy, Christopher (1990) : The Syntax and Semantics of Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26464]   Culy, Christopher (1990) : Grammatical Relations and Verb Forms in Internally Headed Relative Clauses
[26465]   Culy, Christopher (1994) : A Note on Logophoricity in Dogon
[26466]   Culy, Christopher (1995) : Ambiguity and Case Marking in Donno so (Dogon)
[26467]   Culy, Christopher (1997) : Logophoric Pronouns and Point of View
[26468]   Culy, Christopher (2002) : The Logophoric Hierarchy and Variation in Dogon
[4783]   Culy, Christopher & B. Gnalibouly Dicko (1988) : Fula makko and theories of anaphora
[4787]   Culy, Christopher & Sarah M. B. Fagan (2001) : The history of the middle in Dogon
[4785]   Culy, Christopher , Koungarma Kodio & Patrice Togo (1992/94) : Dogon pronominal systems: their nature and evolution
[25153]   Cumbane, Rui Marcelino Matsimbe (2009) : Introducing Double Object Construction in Xitshwa and in Portuguese as Second Language
[4789]   Cuny, Albert (1930) : La catégorie de duel dans les langues indo-européennes et chamito-sémitiques
[26584]   Cupi, Loredana , Sara Petrollino , Graziano Savà & Mauro Tosco (2013) : Preliminary notes on the Hamer verb
[4792]   Curnow, Thomas Jowan (2002) : Three types of verbal logophoricity in African languages
[4794]   Curtis, Emily (2002) : Consonant-count and a Hausa plural
[4795]   Cutler, Sue A. & Abu Varflai Talawoley (1981) : A learner directed approach to Maniyaka: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[23625]   Cutler, Sue A. & David J. Dwyer (1981) : Maniyaka: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[4798]   Cyffer, Norbert (1974) : Syntax des Kanuri, Dialekt von Yerwa (Maiduguri)
[4801]   Cyffer, Norbert (1977) : The syntactic behaviour of verbal nouns in Kanuri (Nigeria)
[4802]   Cyffer, Norbert (1978) : Die Verbalstruktur im Kanuri
[4813]   Cyffer, Norbert (1991) : The Zaghawa verb structure and its relation to other Saharan languages
[4817]   Cyffer, Norbert (1995) : The concept of space and the TAM system in Saharan languages
[4819]   Cyffer, Norbert (1996) : Spatial relations in Kanuri
[4823]   Cyffer, Norbert (1997) : Basic structures of the Kanuri language
[4825]   Cyffer, Norbert (1998) : A sketch of Kanuri
[4827]   Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Linguistic properties of the Saharan languages
[4828]   Cyffer, Norbert (2000) : Areale Merkmale im TAM-System und in der Syntax der saharanischen Sprachen
[25178]   Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Negation patterns in Kanuri
[25611]   Cyffer, Norbert (2011) : Konzepte von Richtung, Raum und Referenz: Prozesse der Grammatikalisierung im Kanuri
[25745]   Cyffer, Norbert (2010) : GA, RO & Co: Strategies of complementation and subordination in Kanuri
[25787]   Cyffer, Norbert (2009) : Cause and reason in Kanuri: The impact of areality on linguistic change
[4812]   Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (1991) : We learn Kanuri
[25694]   Cyffer, Norbert , Shettina Umara Bulakarima & Yaganami Karta (2010) : We learn Kanuri. Dialogues and Translations
[4833]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1929) : Zum Gebrauch des Infinitivs als ‘Futurum’ im Somali
[4834]   Czermak, Wilhelm (1931) : Der Rytmus der koptischen Sprache und seine Bedeutung in der Sprachgestaltung
[24408]   Dacko, Bruno (1978?) : Le Ngbaka Bobangui : Esquisse phonologique - Etude de lʼénoncé minimal et des nominaux
[4842]   Dada, J. L. (1976) : The phonology and noun classes of Agoi
[4848]   Daeleman, Jan (1961) : Kiholu (notes provisoires)
[4849]   Daeleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamwoord en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu) met ontleding van het foneemsystem
[4852]   Daeleman, Jan (1977) : A comparison of some zone B languages in Bantu
[4853]   Daeleman, Jan (1980) : Fréquence des préfixes dans les anthroponymes et des toponymes bantu
[4861]   Daeleman, Jan (2004) : Notes grammaticales et lexique du kiholu
[4864]   Daget, Jacques , M. Konipo & M. Sanankoua (1953) : La langue bozo
[4865]   Dagnac, Anne (1---) : Français d’Afrique, norme, variation: le cas de la presse ecrite en Cote d’Ivoire et au Mali
[4866]   Dahda, Antoine al (1982) : Dictionary of universal Arabic grammar, in charts and tables
[4867]   Dahda, Antoine al (1988) : Dictionary of terms of declension and structure in universal Arabic grammar: English-Arabic and Arabic-English
[4874]   Dahl, Östen (1984) : Sketch of the TMA system of Beja
[4876]   Dahlgren, Sven-Olof (1998) : Word order in Arabic
[4878]   Dakay, T. (1973) : Grammaire pratique de bamileke-fe’efe’e
[4914]   Dale, Desmond (1968) : Shona companion
[4915]   Dale, Desmond (1972) : Shona companion
[4917]   Dale, Desmond (1981) : Shona mini companion: a guide to beginners
[4920]   Daleman, Jan (1966) : Morfologie van naamword en werkwoord in het Kongo (Ntandu)
[4927]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Passivizing locatives in OluTsootso
[4928]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1976) : Locative NPs, locative suffixes and grammatical relations
[4931]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Past tense formation on (Oru)Haya
[4933]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1977) : Personal pronouns, object markers and syntactic evidence in Dho-Luo
[4934]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : Inaccessibility and denotional nominal marking in Iraqw
[4935]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1978) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Ki Vunjo (Chaga)
[4936]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : Subject identification strategies and free word order in Sandawe
[4937]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1979) : The syntax and semantics of the morpheme ni in Kivunjo (Chaga)
[4939]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew (1986) : /-a/ reduction phenomena in Luyia
[4929]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1976) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4932]   Dalgish, Gerard Matthew & Gloria Sheintuch (1977) : On the justification for language-specific sub-grammatical relations
[4943]   Dalrymple, Mary , Sam A. Mchombo & Stanley Peters (1994) : Semantic similarities and syntactic contrasts between Chichewa and English reciprocals
[4948]   Dammann, Ernst (1934/35) : Zur Kenntnis der Zaramo
[4950]   Dammann, Ernst (1950/51) : Das Demonstrativ in Bantu-Sprachen
[4951]   Dammann, Ernst (1951/52) : Die Präformativa der Demonstrativpronomina in den Bantusprachen
[4952]   Dammann, Ernst (1952) : Zur Bedeutung der Demonstrativa in Bantu-Sprachen
[4953]   Dammann, Ernst (1952/53) : Die Suffixe der Demonstrativa in Bantusprachen
[4955]   Dammann, Ernst (1954) : Reziprok und Assoziativ in Bantusprachen
[4956]   Dammann, Ernst (1954/56) : Verwendung und Bedeutung von B. gi
[4957]   Dammann, Ernst (1956) : Das situative Formans ki in einigen Bantusprachen
[4960]   Dammann, Ernst (1957) : Studien zum Kwangali: Grammatik, Texte, Glossar
[4962]   Dammann, Ernst (1958/59) : Die sogenannten Kausativa auf -eka in Bantusprachen
[4963]   Dammann, Ernst (1959) : Inversiva und Repetitiva in Bantusprachen
[4966]   Dammann, Ernst (1961) : Das Applikativum in den Bantusprachen
[4968]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Kontaktiva in Bantusprachen
[4969]   Dammann, Ernst (1962/63) : Zur Kenntnis des Kwambi
[4970]   Dammann, Ernst (1963/64) : Tierbezeichungen in der 3/4 Nominalklasse der Bantusprachen
[4971]   Dammann, Ernst (1966) : Das Determinativum im Swahili
[4972]   Dammann, Ernst (1967) : Der ‘inhumane Akkusativ’ und das Applikativum der Bantusprachen
[4974]   Dammann, Ernst (1969) : Der sog. Artikel im Zaramo
[4982]   Dammann, Ernst (1971) : Vom Satz zum Wort in Bantusprachen
[4987]   Dammann, Ernst (1977) : Das ‘-o of reference’ in Bantusprachen
[4989]   Dammann, Ernst (1978) : Das Futurum in einigen Bantusprachen
[4991]   Dammann, Ernst (1983) : Extensiva in Bantusprachen
[4994]   Damtew Daniel (2000) : Compounding in Konso
[4997]   Dangel, R. (1929) : Grammatische Skizze der Yergum-Sprache
[4999]   Danon-Boileau, Laurent & Aliou Mohamadou (1994) : Façons de penser, façons de parler: les classes nominales du peul
[5001]   Danti, Alexis Lagivoro (2001) : Kasem word-formation processes
[5004]   Darden, Bill (1992) : The Cairene Arabic verb without form classes
[26151]   Darmon, Chloé (2012) : Light Verb Constructions in Xamtanga and in the Ethiopian Linguistic Area
[26532]   Darmon, Chloé (2014) : Benefactive Applicative Periphrases with yiw- ‘give’ in Xamtanga
[5011]   Davey, Anthony S. (1965) : Morphology of the substantive in Subiya
[5012]   Davey, Anthony S. (1973) : The moods and tenses of the verb in Xhosa
[5014]   Davey, Anthony S. (1984) : Adjectives and relatives in Zulu
[5015]   Davey, Anthony S. (1988) : The tone of the past subjunctive negative in Zulu
[5023]   Davidson, J. (1953) : Les verbs défectives dans la langue ngombe
[5031]   Davies, William D. (1997) : Relational succession in Kinyarwanda possessorm ascension
[23419]   Davies, William D. (1994) : Resuscitating the relational succession law in Kinyarwanda
[5035]   Davis, Anthony R. (1985) : Syntactic binding and relative aspect markers in Hausa
[25460]   Davydov, Artem (2010) : Historical Morpholog'j of Personal Pronouns in Manding
[5039]   Dawkins, C. H. (1969) : The fundamentals of Amharic
[22941]   Dawson, Keith (1982) : Remarks on negation in Tepo Krou
[23599]   Day, Richard R. & Albert B. Saraka (1968) : An introduction to spoken Baoule: preliminary text
[24777]   De Cat, Cécile & Katherine Demuth (2008) : The Bantu-Romance Connection; A comparative investigation of verbal agreement, DPs, and information structure
[25372]   De Dominicis, Amedeo (2003) : Tone or Pitch Accent in Masa?
[24967]   De Jong, Nicky (2006) : The Verbal Matrix in Didinga
[26240]   De Luna, Kathryn M. (2010) : Classifying Botatwe: M60 languages and the settlement chronology of south central Africa
[26241]   De Schryver, Gilles‑Maurice & Minah Nabirye (2010) : A quantitative analysis of the morphology, morphophonology and semantic import of the Lusoga noun
[26895]   de Wit, Gerrit (2015) : Liko Phonology and Grammar - A Bantu language of the Democratic Republic of the Congo
[5045]   DeBose, Charles E. (1974) : Papiamento plurals
[5048]   Decapmaker, J. (1954) : L’emploi du passif dans le langage des Bakongo
[5254]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie (1992) : Inflection in Ìgbo and Yorùbá
[5256]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie (2001) : On the left edge of Yorùbá complements
[5255]   Déchaine, Rose-Marie & Victor B. Manfredi (Ed) (1997) : Object positions in Benue-Kwa: papers from a workshop at Leiden University, June 1994
[5051]   Deed, Florence Instone (1939) : Ideophones and onomatopoetics in Swahili
[5052]   Deed, Florence Instone (194-) : Giryama exercises
[5055]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2003) : Agreement-less declaratives in Nairobi Swahili
[23317]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2004) : The acquisition of inflectional prefixes in Nairobi Swahili
[23805]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2005) : The acquisition of Swahili
[23986]   Deen, Kamil Ud (2006) : Subject agreement in Nairobi Swahili
[25598]   Defina, Rebecca (2012) : Aspect and Modality in Avatime
[5058]   Dejeneie Leta (1975) : Oromo for beginners: language materials
[5059]   Dejeneie Leta (1980) : Verbs in Oromo sentence patterns
[5061]   Dekydtspotter, L. (1992) : The syntax of predicate clefts
[5062]   Delaforge, M. (1947) : Grammaire et méthode bambara
[5067]   Delafosse, Maurice (1927) : Classes nominales en wolof
[5069]   Delafosse, Maurice (1929) : La langue mandingue et ses dialectes (malinké, bambara, dioula), I: introduction, grammaire, lexique français-mandingue
[5075]   Delano, Isaac O. (1958) : Atúmò ede Yoruba (A short Yoruba grammar and dictionary)
[5077]   Delano, Isaac O. (1965) : A modern Yoruba grammar
[5080]   Deleu, (1934) : Essai de grammaire kilendu
[5086]   Delille, A. (1935) : Inleiding tot de Chichoksche spraakleer
[5087]   Delisle, Gilles L. (1975) : Non-standard concord and the marking hypothesis
[5088]   Delius, Siegfried (1927) : Grammatik der Suaheli-Sprache
[5089]   Delius, Siegfried (1939) : Wegweiser in die Suaheli-Sprache
[5092]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1989) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 1
[5093]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1991) : Clitic ordering, morphology and phonology in the verbal complex of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber ; part 2
[5095]   Dell, François & Mohamed Elmedlaoui (1992) : Quantitative transfer in the nonconcatenative morphology of Imdlawn Tashlhiyt Berber
[5103]   Delord, Jacques (19--) : Grammaire abrégée du kabiye
[5105]   Delord, Jacques (1963) : Morphologie abrégée du kabrè
[5109]   Delord, Jacques (1976) : La kabiye
[5110]   Delord, Jacques (1988) : Les dialectes kabiye: études synoptique et comparative
[5111]   Delord, Jacques (2000) : La langue kabiye et ses divers aspects: correspondance avec le Comité de Langue Nationale Kabiye (CLNK)
[5115]   Delplanque, Alain (1986) : Le syntagme verbal en dagara
[5116]   Delplanque, Alain (1987) : Les verbes de jugement en dagara (Burkina Faso)
[5117]   Delplanque, Alain (1990) : Assertion et mode en dagara
[5118]   Delplanque, Alain (1995) : Que signifient les classes nominales: l’exemple du mooré, langue gur
[5119]   Delplanque, Alain (1997) : L’adjectif et l’expression de la qualité en dagara
[5120]   Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Focalisation et identification en dagara
[5121]   Delplanque, Alain (2000) : Perspective temporelle et valeurs modales des marques de conjugaison: le cas de wa et ti en dagara
[5122]   Delplanque, Alain (2000) : La place du contexte dans une théorie de lʼénoncé: topicalisation et focalisation en dagara
[24317]   Delplanque, Alain (1987-88) : A propos du plan de description grammaticale de M. Houis
[24989]   Delplanque, Alain (1998) : Le mythe des “séries verbales”
[5123]   Deltel, J.-R. (1968) : Le créole de la Réunion
[5125]   Dem, Sierra (1995) : Wollof grammar manual
[5126]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1969) : Verbal constructions in the Korekore dialect
[5128]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1978) : Reduplication in Shona and its semantic effect
[5129]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : A syntactic classification of non-auxiliary verbs in Shona
[5130]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1979) : The syntax of sentential complements in Shona
[5131]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1981) : Remarks on some syntactic noun features in Shona
[5132]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : The structure and function of the noun phrase in Shona
[5133]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1987) : A linguistic study of the verb in Korekore
[5135]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1993) : C. M. Doke’s contribution to Shona linguistic studies
[5136]   Dembetembe, Norris Clemens (1995) : Secondary noun prefixes taken further with special reference to Shona
[23788]   Demeke, Girma A. (2002) : The syntax of DPs
[24650]   Demeke, Girma A. & Ronny Meyer (2007) : Topics and topicalization in Amharic
[5137]   Demolin, Didier & Didiers L. Goyvaerts (1986) : Some aspects of Madi phonology and morphology
[5152]   Dempwolff, Otto (1927) : Die Hervorhebung von Satzteilen als Anlass zur Verwendung besonderer Wortformen
[5153]   Dempwolff, Otto (1931/98) : Induktiver Aufbau des Urbantu
[5154]   Dempwolff, Otto (1934/35) : Einführung in die Sprache der Nama-Hottentotten
[5159]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1986) : Prompting routines in the language socialization of Basotho children
[5160]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1987) : Pragmatic functions of word order in Sesotho acquisition
[5161]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1988) : Noun classes and agreement in Sesotho acquisition
[5163]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1989) : Discourse functions of independent pronouns in Setswana
[5167]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1990) : Locatives, impersonals and expletives in Sesotho
[5169]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1992) : The acquisition of Sesotho
[5174]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (1998) : Argument structure and the acquisition of Sesotho applicatives
[5177]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2000) : Bantu noun class systems: loan word and acquisition evidence of semantic productivity
[5178]   Demuth, Katherine Alison (2003) : The acquisition of Bantu languages
[5172]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1996) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[5175]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Carolyn Harford [Perez] (1999) : Verb raising and subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[22624]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Christopher Odato (2002) : The acquisition of Sesotho double object constructions
[5171]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Jeffrey S. Gruber (1995) : Constraining XP-sequences
[5162]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Interaction between discourse functions and agreement in Setswana
[5165]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Mark Johnson (1989) : Discourse functions of agreement in Setswana
[5155]   Demuth, Katherine Alison & Tholoana Sekhesa (1978/79) : Basic Sesotho: an oral approach - lessons and glossary
[5157]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1985) : Niger-Congo noun class and agreement systems in historical and acquisition perspective
[5158]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , Nicholas G. Faraclas & Lynell Marchese (1986) : Niger-Congo noun classes and agreement systems in language acquisition and historical change
[5179]   Demuth, Katherine Alison , ʼMalillo Matshepo Machobane , Francina L. Moloi & Christopher Odato (2005) : Learning animacy hierarchy effects in Sesotho double object constructions
[5180]   Denais, Michel (1990) : Éléments de phonologie et de morphologie tigrina (éthiopien septentrional)
[5181]   Denais, Michel (1994) : “Éléments” pour une réinterprétation de la suffixation en tigrigna
[5184]   Denguika, Paul (1980) : Le phenomene de la derivation dans le conte kamba
[5192]   Dennis, James Peter Lindsay (1984) : A semantic study of aspect in Krio
[5194]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1976) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto-Bantu
[5195]   Denny, J. Peter & Chet A. Creider (1986) : The semantics of noun classes in Proto Bantu
[5196]   Denolf, P. (1932) : Lukuba, taal der Bakuba, in ’t bizonder de gewesttaal der Mpianga
[23647]   Denteh, A. Crakye (1974) : Spoken Twi for non-Twi speakers
[23649]   Denteh, A. Crakye & Abudulai al Hassan (1974) : Spoken Dagbani for non-Dagbani speakers
[23648]   Denteh, A. Crakye & K. K. Keelson (1974) : Spoken Fante for non-Fante speakers
[24086]   Denteh., A. C. (1982) : Some Genitive Constructions in Akyem/Asante Twi
[5205]   Depuydt, Leo (1993) : Conjunction, contiguity, contingency: on relationships between events in the Egyptian and Coptic verbal systems
[5207]   Depuydt, Leo (1999) : Fundamentals of Egyptian grammar
[5206]   Depuydt, Leo (Ed) (1996) : Catalogue of coordinates and satellites of the Middle Egyptian verb: material for Egyptian grammar
[5209]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1970) : The identity of nominal, verbal and adjective roots in Swahili
[5213]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1974) : The semantic content of class in Bantu and its syntactic significance
[5214]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem special skills handbook
[5215]   Der-Houssikian, Haig (1980) : Tem grammar handbook
[5258]   Déreau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikongo
[25301]   Dereau, Léon (1955) : Cours de kikôngo
[5216]   Dereje Sebsibie (2001) : Noun morphology of Shekka
[24277]   Derive, Marie-Joseph (1985) : Etude comparée des parlers manding de Côte-d'Ivoire
[24275]   Derive, Marie-Josephe (1981) : Variations dialectales de certaines marques prédicatives des parlers manding ivoiriens
[5225]   Desta Tito (1989) : Nominalisation patterns in Hadiyya
[5228]   Destaing, Edmond (1921) : Note sur l’élément démonstratif en berbère
[5230]   Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Sur les pronoms walli, wanna
[5231]   Destaing, Edmond (1934/37) : Note sur le verbe passif
[5235]   Destaing, Edmond (1937/40) : Remarques sur la qualification en Tachelhait du Sous (Maroc)
[5266]   Dévaud, E. (1928) : Études et notes de grammaire, de lexicologie, de paléographie égyptienne et coptes
[24763]   Devos, Maud (2007) : A Grammar of Makwe
[26246]   Devos, Maud (2008) : The expression of modality in Shangaci
[26308]   Devos, Maud & Johan van der Auwera (2013) : Jespersen cycles in Bantu: double and triple negation
[26225]   Devos, Maud & Koen Bostoen (2012) : Bantu do/say polysemy and the origins of a quotative in Shangaci
[26242]   Devos, Maud , Michael Kasombo & Johan Van Der Auwera (2010) : Jespersen cycles in Kanincin: double, triple and maybe even quadruple negation
[5247]   Dewees, John W. (1971) : The role of syntax in the occurence of the initial vowel in Luganda and some other Bantu languages
[5250]   Dez, Jacques (1977) : La syntaxe du malgache
[5251]   Dez, Jacques (1980) : Structure de la langue malgache
[5253]   Dezeeuw, Peter [Howard] & Rexanna Kruah (1981) : A learner directed approach to Mano: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[26236]   Di Carlo, Pierpaolo (2011) : Lower Fungom Linguistic Diversity and its Historical Development: Proposals from a Multidisciplinary Perspective
[26432]   Di Garbo, Francesca (2014) : Gender and its interaction with number and evaluative morphology: An intra- and intergenealogical typological survey of Africa
[5271]   Dia, Papa Amadou (19--) : Elaboration d’une terminologie grammaticale en wolof: metalangage en langue maternelle, manuel de grammaire pour les lycees
[5276]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1980) : Approche phonologiques et morphologique du parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie)
[5277]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1984) : Le parler soninké de Kaédi (Mauritanie): syntaxe et sens
[22497]   Diagana, Ousmane Moussa (1995) : La langue soninké: morphosyntaxe et sens
[5279]   Diagana, Yacouba (1994) : Eléments de grammaire du soninké
[24305]   Diagana, Yacouba (1987) : La focalisation en soninké
[6458]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2006) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[24838]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Le marquage de la focalisation en soninké
[24844]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2008) : Phonologie et morphologie du soninke : une analyse non linéaire
[26885]   Diagne, Anna Marie (2015) : Le palor et le ndut – deux langues atlantiques sans classes nominales
[24931]   Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Le Bayot : Langue Atlantique Nord, groupe bak, sous groupe jóola
[25062]   Diagne, Mbacké (2009) : Bref aperçu grammatical et lexical du bayot-kugere
[26881]   Diagne, Mbacké (2015) : Classes nominales en bayot kugere
[5281]   Diagne, Pathé (1971) : Grammaire du wolof moderne
[5283]   Diakifukila, Nl. (1981) : Quelques considérations morpho-sémantiques des formes pronominales en kimanyanga
[26382]   Diakité, Alhassane & Ibrahim Diakité (1974) : Étude descriptive du pular
[5293]   Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Apprentissage rapide du wolof (jàng wolof)
[5294]   Dial, Abdoulaye (1994) : Grammaire wolof (roofoo-gi-baat wolof)
[5296]   Diale, Makhanese Pienaar (2004) : The application of suffixes to Northern Sotho words: a morphological and semantic study
[5297]   Diall, Gouro Hamsamba (199-) : Paradigmatika i funksionirovanije pronominalnoj sistemy: na materiale fulfulde
[26928]   Diallo, Abdourahmane (2014) : Constructions copulatives en peul
[5300]   Diallo, Adourahmane (1989) : Les constraintes phonotactiques en pular: compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5304]   Diallo, Adourahmane (1999) : Grammaire descriptive du pular du Fuuta Jaloo (Guinée)
[26383]   Diallo, Kadidiatou (1974) : Réflexions sur les rapports entre classes nominales et catégorie sémantique en pular
[5301]   Diallo, M. S. (1989) : Le système vocalique et le système consonantique du peul (pulaar): compte-rendu critique de ‘Phonologie et morphologie lexicales: les classes nominales en peul (fula)’ de Carole Paradis
[5303]   Diallo, M. S. (1992) : La suffixation verbale en pulaar (peul): phonologie et morphologie des suffixes verbaux dans le P.F-D. (Guinée)
[26386]   Diallo, Mamadou Saliou (1976) : Étude comparative des systèmes nominaux pular et kisiei
[26387]   Diallo, Mamadou Sanoussi (1974) : Les substituts nominaux du pular
[5299]   Diallo, Mohamadou (1988) : Eléments de systématique et de dialectologie du marka-kan (Burkina-Faso)
[24292]   Diallo, Mohamadou (2000) : Les parlers marka au Burkina Faso: contrastes au niveau grammatical
[26388]   Diallo, Saliou (1978) : Étude du système nominal landuma
[26389]   Diallo, Yaya Pellel (1974) : L'expressivité du pular
[5306]   Dialo, A. (1981) : Structures verbales du wolof contemporain
[5307]   Dialo, A. (1983) : Éléments systématiques du wolof contemporain
[25022]   Dialo, Amadou (1985) : Les propositions subordonnées relatives du wolof contemporain
[26390]   Diané, C. Oumar (1975) : L'expressivité en maninka
[26764]   Diane, Oscar Ambemou (2012) : Les noms complexes de l’akyé, langue kwa de côte d’ivoire : composés ou syntagmes ?
[5342]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988?) : Gramática kimbundu
[5343]   Diarra, Boubacar (1989) : Gramática kikongo
[5345]   Diarra, Boubacar (1988) : Gramática cokwe
[5346]   Diarra, Boubacar (1990) : Gramática oxikwanyama
[5347]   Diarra, Sékou Oumar (1992) : Eléments de description du fuladugukakan de sébékoro (parler manding du Mali)
[5350]   Diata, M. (1981) : Étude descripto-comparative des démonstratifs soonde (H56), suku (H32) et mbala (H41)
[22495]   Diatta, Christian Sina (1999) : Parlons jola: langue et culture des Diolas (Sénégal)
[25125]   Diatta, Marie Michèle (2006) : La détermination nominale du diola Bliss, parler de Niomoune
[25126]   Diatta, Marie Michèle (2007) : Les pronoms en jóola bliss (parler de Niomoune)
[5358]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Grammar simplification via rule inversion: the effect of historical deletion of nasals on modern Sotho
[5359]   Dickens, Patrick John (1977) : Source and goal in !Xõ
[5362]   Dickens, Patrick John (1984) : Qhalaxari verb tone classes
[5365]   Dickens, Patrick John (1986) : Tone in Qhalaxarzi main verb constructions
[5369]   Dickens, Patrick John (1992) : Ju|’hoan manuscript grammar
[5372]   Dickens, Patrick John (1997) : Relative clauses in Ju|’hoan
[26427]   Dickens, Patrick John (2005) : A Concise Grammar of Ju/’hoan ; With a Ju/’hoan-English Glossary and a Subject Index
[5360]   Dickens, Patrick John & Anthony Traill (1977) : Collective and distributive in !Xõo
[5373]   Diem, Werner (1986) : Alienable und inalienable Possession im Semitischen
[5374]   Diem, Werner (1987) : Alienable und inalienable Relation in Semitischen
[23662]   Dienst, Stefan (2004) : Nominalmorphologie und Numerus im Bobo (Mande)
[26185]   Diercks, Michael (2011) : Incorporating Location in Argument Structure: The Lubukusu Locative Clitic
[26829]   Diercks, Michael , Rodrigo Ranero & Mary Paster (2015) : Evidence for a Clitic Analysis of Object Markers in Kuria
[5376]   Dieterlen, G. (1940) : Notes sur les Kourouma du Yatenga et de l’Empire de Wagadugu
[5377]   Dietsch, M. (1988) : Zum Kausativ amharischer Simplexverben
[25156]   Dièye, El Hadji (2009) : Morphologie Verbale Du Lehar
[25355]   Dièye, El Hadji (2011) : Description d’une langue Cangin du Sénégal : le laalaa (léhar)
[26886]   Dieye, El Hadji (2015) : Les classes nominales en laalaa (léhar)
[24399]   Dieye, Modou (1987) : Essai de description dʼune variante dialectale du soninke
[5384]   Dihoff, Ivan R. (1971) : The Hausa noun plural: a preliminary classification
[5390]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1977) : Le sango s’écrit aussi: esquisse linguistique du sango, langue nationale de l’Empire centrafricain
[5391]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1978) : Grammaire sango: phonologie et syntaxe
[5396]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1988) : Aspects, modes et temps en sango
[5400]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (1995) : Le sango
[22405]   Diki-Kidiri, Marcel (2003) : Ostension, topicalisation et focalisation en sängö
[5403]   Diller, Jason , Kari Jordan-Diller & Cameron Hamm (2002) : Sentence repetition testing (SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language
[22629]   Dillon, Caitlin (2003) : Verbs of motion in Nigerian Pidgin English: manner, direction and serial verb constructions
[25812]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2009) : Reconstructing the Historical Development of Nilotic: A Testcase for Cladistic and Rhizotic Models of Genetic Affinity
[26012]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit J. (2010) : Differential Object Marking in Nilo-Saharan
[5405]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1976) : Aspekt van het Basaá
[5407]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1981) : On verbal derivation in Nilotic: the case of Turkana
[5410]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The Turkana language
[5411]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : The two morphological classes in Nilotic
[5412]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Topics in the grammar of Turkana
[5413]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1983) : Turkana as a verb-initial language
[5416]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1985) : Prominence hierarchies and Turkana syntax
[5418]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1986) : Notes on Avokaya
[5421]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Drift and selective mechanisms in morphological changes: the Eastern Nilotic case
[5422]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1987) : Krongo: between universal, areal and genetic norms [= book review: ‘Die Krongo-Sprache’ by Mechthild Reh]
[5424]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1988) : Aspects du Basaa (bantou Zone A. Cameroun)
[5426]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1991) : The geometry of verb paradigms in Teso-Turkana
[5431]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1993) : Conversational implicatures, metonymy and attitude markers in Turkana speech acts
[5436]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1995) : The emergence of tense marking in the Nilotic-Bantu borderland as an instance of areal adaptation
[5439]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1996) : Attitude markers and conversational implicatures in Turkana speech acts
[5442]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (1998) : A syntactic typology of the Surmic family from an areal and historical-comparative point of view
[5443]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Morphology
[5444]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2000) : Number marking and noun categorization in Nilo-Saharan languages
[5446]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Language shift and morphological convergence in the Nilotic area
[5447]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2001) : Logophoric marking and represented speech in African languages as evidential hedging strategies
[5450]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2002) : Colourful psi’s sleep furiously: depicting emotional states in some African languages
[5451]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2003) : Locatives as core constituents
[23522]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2005) : Secondary predicates and adverbials in Nilotic and Omotic: a typological comparison
[25502]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (2007) : Africa's verb-final languages
[5415]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan (Ed) (1985) : Current approaches to African linguistics III: proceedings of the 14th annual conference on African linguistics, University of Wisconsin, Madison
[5438]   Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan & Franz Rottland (1996) : Projective space and spatial orientation in some Nilotic and Surmic languages
[25353]   Dingemanse, Mark (2011) : The Meaning and Use of Ideophones in Siwu
[24379]   Diop, Abdou Kounta (2001) : Dialectologie wolof : étude comparée du lebou de Ouakam et du wolof dit standard
[5459]   Diop, Amadou Moustapha (19--) : Les classificateurs et quelques operateurs de groupe nominal en wolof: étude metaoperationelle contrastive (wolof, anglais, francais)
[24376]   Diop, Arame , Maurice Calvet & Jean Léonce Doneux (1974) : La morphologie du wolof fondamental. Evaluation dʼune méthode statistique
[5468]   Dioubaté, S. (1988) : Les constructions thématiques en pular, vers une analyse fonctionelle
[5470]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1994) : Une approche du passif en wolof par la relation prédicative
[5471]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (1998) : Précis de grammaire wolof
[5473]   Diouf, Jean-Léopold (2001) : Grammaire du wolof contemporain
[5469]   Diouf, M. J.-B. (1985) : Das Verbalsystem des Wolof
[5474]   Dirive, L. (1981) : Eléments de la morphologie lendu
[8210]   Dittemer, Clarissa , Dimytr Ibriszimow & Karsten Brunk (2004) : Les pronoms en tchadique : vue d’ensemble
[5481]   Ditters, E. (1992) : A formal approach to Arabic syntax
[5482]   Divage, P. (2002) : Fonologia da causativização em Gitonga
[5484]   Djamba, Ndjeka (1983) : Idéophones en otetela (C.71): essai d’analyse
[5485]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (19--) : Description phonologique et grammaticale du bedjond, parler Sara de Bediondo/Tchad
[5486]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1988) : Le système tonal du bedjonde (sara/Tchad)
[5487]   Djarangar, Djita Issa (1989) : Description phonologique et grammaticale de bédjonde, parler sara de Bédiondo, Tchad
[23952]   Djiobie, Léopold (2001) : Morphologie nominale du ngombale
[25943]   Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2012) : A morpho-syntactic account of reduplication in Béèmbéléè
[26739]   Djomeni, Gabriel Delmon (2014) : A Descriptive Grammar of Bə̀mbələ̀
[23905]   Djouonzo, Bernadette Florette (2005) : Nom en tèbèyà: morphologie et syntaxe
[23834]   Djoupée, Bertille (2002) : Morphologie nominale du baka
[24152]   Djoupée, Bertille (2005) : Les nominaux à expansion en baka
[5505]   Dlali, Mawande (2003) : The speech act of complaint in IsiXhosa
[5507]   Dlayedwa, Ntombizodwa Cynthia (2002) : Valency-reducing processes in Xhosa
[5508]   Dlouhy, Robert John (1981) : A tagmemic analysis of conversational exchanges in a Swahili folktale
[23411]   Dobashi, Yoshihito (2001) : Agrement and word order in Sandawe
[5514]   Dodt, Wolfgang (1994) : Der Relativsatz
[5518]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1921) : Some notes on the infinitive in Bantu
[5519]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1922) : The grammar of the Lamba language
[5529]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5530]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1927) : The significance of class 1a of Bantu nouns
[5534]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1928) : The need for a Bantu classification in Bantu grammar
[5535]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1929) : The problem of word-division in Bantu, with special reference to the language of Mashonaland
[5537]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1931) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5546]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1935) : Bantu linguistic terminology
[5549]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1936) : Word division and grammatical classification in Swahili
[5551]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1937) : Language
[5553]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1938) : Textbook of Lamba grammar
[5555]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1939) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5560]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Text book of Lamba grammar
[5562]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1943) : Outline grammar of Bantu
[5563]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1944) : Conjunctive writing for Bantu languages
[5565]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1947) : Text-book of Zulu grammar
[5566]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1945) : Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicological studies
[5572]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1950) : Bantu languages, inflexional with a tendency towards agglutination
[5574]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5575]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1954) : The Southern Bantu languages
[5577]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1955) : Zulu syntax and idiom
[5590]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Graded Lamba grammar and exercises
[5591]   Doke, Clement Martyn (1963) : Text book of Zulu grammar
[5540]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1932) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5567]   Doke, Clement Martyn & E. W. Grant (1946) : Graded Zulu exercises
[5579]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1957) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5593]   Doke, Clement Martyn & S. M. Mofokeng (1985) : Textbook of Southern Sotho Grammar
[5603]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1973) : Glagolnye okonchaniia v vostochno-sidamskikh i irakvskikh iazykakh [Verb endings in the East Sidamo and Iraqw languages]
[5607]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1986) : Semitic nomina segolata in Ethiopian
[5610]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1988) : On etymology of pronouns and classification of the Chadic languages
[5611]   Dolgopolʼskij, Aron B. (1999) : On the origin of the Hebrew nota accusativi ?et-?Et and the t-accusative in Akkadian, Agaw and Saho
[5614]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1971) : A classification of Akan verb stems
[5619]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1986) : Tone and grammar in Akan: the tone of possessive constructions in the Asante dialect
[5620]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1987) : On negating the consecutive verb in Akan
[5623]   Dolphyne, Florence Abena (1996) : A comprehensive course in Twi (Asante), for the non-Twi learner
[26655]   Dom, Sebastian , Guillaume Segerer & Koen Bostoen (2015) : Antipassive/associative polysemy in Cilubà (Bantu, L31a) - A plurality of relations analysis
[5624]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1984) : Einige Beobachtungen zur Bildung von Verbalstämmen im Bilin
[5626]   Dombrowski, Franz Amadeus (1988) : Bilin and Awngi verbal systems: a critical evaluation of passive extensions
[5630]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1998) : Contact minyanka-bambara: l’exemple de la relativisation
[5631]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (1999) : Phénomènes de contact entre les langues minyanka et bambara (sud du Mali)
[24647]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2006) : La négation dans les énoncés simples et complexes en kar (Senufo)
[24808]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2007) : Motion events in Kar
[25524]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Grammaticalization of the deictic verbs ‘come’ and ‘go’ in Syer
[26027]   Dombrowsky-Hahn, Klaudia (2012) : Motion events in Bambara (Mande)
[24109]   Domché-Téko, Engelbert (2000-01) : Le locatif en ghomalaʼ
[5633]   Domenichini-Ramiaramanana, Bakoly (1976) : Le malgache: essai de description sommaire
[5634]   Domingue, N. (1984) : Syntactic innovations in Mauritian Bhojpuri
[5636]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (1988) : The influence of English on Afrikaans
[5637]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (1993) : A grammar of Afrikaans
[5638]   Donaldson, Bruce C. (2000) : Colloquial Afrikaans: the complete course for beginners
[5640]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Données sur la classe 15 nominale en bantou
[5641]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1967) : Le manjaku: classes nominales et questions sur l’alternance consonantique
[5643]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1968) : Esquisse grammaticale du dan
[5645]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1971) : Deux études sur les interrogatifs en zone J du bantu
[5646]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1974) : Approche morphophonologique de deux points limités dans les langues africaines du groupe atlantique
[24035]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1993) : Syllabus du cours de description du manjaku
[24042]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1984) : Eléments de grammaire balante
[24045]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1976) : Lʼensemble joola : 1. le kwatay.
[24046]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1991) : La place de la langue buy dans le groupe atlantique de la famille kongo-kordofan
[24349]   Doneux, Jean Léonce (1969) : La langue manjaku et lʼalternance consonantique initiale
[5653]   Dong, D. A. (1981) : The verb phrase in Dagaare
[5655]   Donne, A. C. (1929) : A guide and aid to Swahili examinations
[5657]   Donnelly, Simon Scurr (1991) : Phonology and morphology of the noun in Yeeyi
[5660]   Donwa-Ifode, Shirley O. (1976) : The phonology and noun class system of Agoi
[26479]   Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2014) : L'idéophone en Ebwela, language Bantoue du nord-ouest de la RD Congo
[26631]   Donzo Bunza, Jean-Pierre (2015) : Langues bantoues de l’entre Congo-Ubangi (RD Congo) : Documentation, reconstruction, classification et contacts avec les langues oubanguiennes
[5668]   Doret, Eric (1981) : Old and Middle Egyptian narrative verbal system
[5670]   Dornan, Samuel Shaw (1921) : Tati Bushmen
[24745]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Does Logba Have an Adjective Class?
[24920]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2008) : A Grammar of Logba (Ikpana)
[25103]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Noun class system and agreement patterns in Logba (Ikpana)
[26696]   Dorvlo, Kofi (2009) : Focus in Logba
[26394]   Doualamou, Germain (sd.) : Étude phonologique du kpelewo
[5675]   Dowling, Tessa (1998) : Speak Xhosa with us
[5676]   Downey, [Miss] (1---) : KiSukuma grammar, with a suggested seven-vowel orthography for kiSukuma
[5677]   Downing, Laura J. (1988) : Tonology of noun-modifier phrases in Jita
[5685]   Downing, Laura J. (1995/97) : Correspondence effects in Siswati reduplication
[5687]   Downing, Laura J. (1999) : Verbal reduplication in three Bantu languages
[5689]   Downing, Laura J. (2000) : Morphological and prosodic constraints on Kinande verbal reduplication
[5696]   Downing, Laura J. (2004) : Bukusu reduplication
[23230]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Morphology conditions minimality in Bantu languages
[23232]   Downing, Laura J. (2005) : Jita causative doubling and paradigm uniformity
[25699]   Downing, Laura J. (2010) : Prosodic Phrasing in Relative Clauses – A Comparative Look at Zulu, Chewa and Tumbuka
[26147]   Downing, Laura J. (2012) : On the (Non-)congruence of Focus and Prominence in Tumbuka
[26852]   Downing, Laura J. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Syntax Interface in African Languages
[26020]   Downing, Laura J. & Al Mtenje (2011) : Prosodic phrasing of Chichewa relative clauses
[5699]   Downing, Laura J. , Al[fred] D. Mtenje & Bernd Pompino-Marshall (2004) : Prosody and information structure in Chichewa
[26395]   Dramé, Malamine (1976) : Description générale du diakanké de Guinée
[5701]   Dramé, Mallafe (1981) : Aspects of Mandingo grammar
[25014]   Dramé, Mallafé (1985) : Les propositions relatives en mandinka
[5702]   Dramé, Man Lafi (Ed) (2003) : Parlons mandinka
[5705]   Dressler, W. (1968) : Studien zur verbalen Pluralität
[5707]   Drewes, A. J. (1960) : Le type verbal k’atala en gurage oriental
[5708]   Drexel, Albert (1921/22) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 1
[5709]   Drexel, Albert (1923/24) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teil 2
[5713]   Drexel, Albert (1925) : Gliederung der afrikanischen Sprachen ; Teile 3-4
[5717]   Drexel, Albert (1929) : Das grammatische Geschlecht im Nama und Sandawe
[5718]   Drexel, Albert (1929) : Von Entstehungswert der grammatischen Genuswörter
[5722]   Driberg, Jack H. (1923) : The Lango: a Nilotic tribe of Uganda
[5725]   Driever, Dorothea (1972) : Überlegungen zur Rollenstruktur deverbativer Verben im Swahili
[5726]   Driever, Dorothea (1976) : Aspects of a case grammar of Mombasa Swahili, with special reference to the relationship between informant variation and some sociological features
[5729]   Drolc, Ursula (1991) : Zum Perfekt im Swahili: theoretische Grundlagen und Corpusanalyse
[5730]   Drolc, Ursula (1992) : On the perfect in Swahili
[24809]   Drolc, Ursula (2007) : Motion verbs in Ki-Laala
[5735]   Dryer, Matthew S. (1983) : Indirect objects in Kinyarwanda revisited
[25188]   Dryer, Matthew S. (2009) : Verb-object-negative order in central Africa
[5736]   Drysdale, J. G. S. (1953) : Some notes on the Somali language for beginners
[5737]   Drysdale, J. G. S. (1959) : Somali primer
[26186]   Duarte, Fábio Bonfim (2011) : Tense Encoding, Agreement Patterns, Definiteness and Relativization Strategies in Changana
[23429]   Dube, Sibusisiwe (2000) : The nature of the initial state Zulu L2 grammar and subsequent interlanguage development
[5741]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Mazemba Nzwanga (1994) : A challenge to Burzio’s generalization: impersonal transitives in Western Bantu
[5742]   Dubinsky, Stanley & Silvester Ron Simango (1996) : Passive and stative in Chichewa: evidence for modular distinctions in grammar
[5740]   Dubinsky, Stanley , Maria-Rosa Lloret-Romañach & Paul Newman (1988) : Lexical and syntactic causatives in Oromo
[5743]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1970) : [Grammatical description of Bantu languages]
[5745]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1974) : [Systems of verbal tenses in the Rwanda language]
[5746]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1975) : [Verbal categories of mood and tense the Rwanda language]
[5748]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1976) : [Grammatical and phonetic essay on the Rwanda language]
[5750]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : Yazyk ruanda
[5751]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1979) : [The main word-building means in the Rwanda language]
[5752]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1984) : The Rwanda language
[5753]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Forms and functions of the article in the Somali language]
[5754]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : [Attributive verbs as a special word class in the Somali languages]
[5755]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1988) : Peculiarities of noun word-building in the Somali language
[5756]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (1990) : Sovremennyi somaliiskii iazyk [Modern Somali language]
[5759]   Dubnova, Elena Zinovʼevna (2003) : A grammatical sketch of Somali
[5761]   Ducati, Bruno (1936) : Corso di lingua galla in dodici lezioni
[5763]   Ducos, Gisèle E. (1971) : La structure du badiaranké de Guinée et du Sénégal: phonologie et syntaxe
[23083]   Duerksen, John (1996) : Two methods for modelling morphological fusion
[5771]   Duff, Frederico (1935) : Breve método de ensino nyaneka-português para os catequistas
[5777]   Dugast, Idelette (1971) : Grammaire du tùnen
[5784]   Duke, Daniel [Joseph] (2001) : Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence
[5786]   Dumestre, Gérard (1971) : Cours de dioula à l’usage des volontaires du corps de la paix
[5798]   Dumestre, Gérard (1987/94) : Le bambara du Mali: essais de déscription linguistique
[5804]   Dumestre, Gérard (1998/99) : Cours de grammaire bambara
[5805]   Dumestre, Gérard (2003) : Grammaire fondamentale du bambara
[24188]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : ŋ / w en bambara
[24190]   Dumestre, Gérard (1985) : L'argot bambara: une première approche
[24193]   Dumestre, Gérard (1986) : Les syntagmes à formants permutables du bambara
[24198]   Dumestre, Gérard (1987-88) : Remarques sur la construction attributive en bambara
[24201]   Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : Quelques observations à propos des circonstants et des postpositions en bambara
[24202]   Dumestre, Gérard (1989) : A propos de l'ordre des compléments en bambara
[24204]   Dumestre, Gérard (1981) : La morphologie verbale en bambara
[24205]   Dumestre, Gérard (1990) : Note sur le morphème de l'hypothétique négatif bìlen en bambara
[24213]   Dumestre, Gérard (1997) : A propos d'éléments transcatégoriels en bambara
[24214]   Dumestre, Gérard (1999) : Des auxiliaires en bambara
[24218]   Dumestre, Gérard (2001) : Les locutions postpositives du bambara
[24219]   Dumestre, Gérard (2004) : Note sur un tropisme móri bámanan en bambara
[24220]   Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Relations entre propositions dans l'énoncé complexe en bambara
[24222]   Dumestre, Gérard (1983) : Les conglomérés en bambara
[24225]   Dumestre, Gérard (1984) : Contribution à l'étude des tons du bambara
[24289]   Dumestre, Gérard (1982) : Note sur les adverbes idéophoniques du mandinka
[24433]   Dumestre, Gérard (2006) : Bamanankan Mab?n [grammaire du bambara, en bambara, rédigée avec un groupe de linguistes et pédagogues maliens]
[24903]   Dumestre, Gérard (2008) : Typologie des énoncés complexes en bambara : traits généraux
[24992]   Dumestre, Gérard (1998) : Les idéophones : le cas du bambara
[25486]   Dumestre, Gérard (2011) : A propos des adverbes du bambara, ou de l’art d’accommoder les restes.
[5789]   Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1974) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[5793]   Dumestre, Gérard & Georges L. A. Retord (1981) : Kó dì? Cours de dioula
[24229]   Dumestre, Gérard & Michiyo Hosaka (2000) : Observations sur le parler bambara de Kolona (sud Mali)
[5812]   Dunham, Margaret (1994) : Première approche des sons du tshitshopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5813]   Dunham, Margaret (1995) : Esquisse syntaxique du cicopi, langue bantu S61 du Mozambique
[5816]   Dunham, Margaret (2005) : Éléments de description du langi, langue bantu F.33 de Tanzanie
[5817]   Dunham, Margaret (2004) : On The Verbal System In Langi, A Bantu Language Of Tanzania (F.33)
[5818]   Dunigan, M. (1994) : The clausal structure of Wolof: a study of focus and cliticization
[5820]   Dunn, E. N. (1974) : Hausa plurals: a stratificational restatement
[5823]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1963) : Conjugation in Ngwe
[5831]   Dunstan, Elizabeth (1971) : Noun class systems in Mbam-Nkam
[5832]   Duperray, Bernard (1953) : Grammaire ngambay elementaire
[21776]   Durand, Olivier (1998) : Lineamenti di lingua berbera: varietà tamazight del Marocco centrale
[5843]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Relative clauses
[5844]   Duranti, Alessandro (1977) : Contributi delle lingue bantu alla teoria della grammatica relazionale
[5845]   Duranti, Alessandro (1979) : Object clitic pronouns in Bantu and the topicality hierarchy
[5842]   Duranti, Alessandro & Ernest Rugwa Byarushengo (1977) : On the notion of ‘direct object’
[5849]   Duthie, Alan S. (1996) : Introducing Ewe linguistic patterns: a textbook of phonology, grammar and semantics
[5853]   Dwyer, David J. (1968) : An introduction to West African Pidgin English
[5857]   Dwyer, David J. (1976) : The analysis of Bambara polarization
[5861]   Dwyer, David J. (1981) : Lorma: a reference handbook of phonetics, grammar, lexicon and learning procedures
[5864]   Dwyer, David J. (1985) : The evolutionary morphology of southwestern Mande definite articles
[5867]   Dwyer, David J. (1989) : Mande
[5852]   Dwyer, David J. & David Smith (1966) : An introduction to West African Pidgin-English
[5860]   Dwyer, David J. , P. Bodegie & J. D. Bague (1981) : A learner directed approach to Lorma: a handbook on communication and culture with dialogs, texts, cultural notes, exercises, drills, and instructions
[26396]   Dyallo, Ibrahima Sory (1973) : La dérivation en pular du Futa Dyalo et recherche d'une méthode de création de nouveaux mots
[5875]   Dyk, P. R. van (1960) : ’n Studie van Lala: sy fonologie, morfologie en sintaksis
[5878]   Dysart, J. P. (1---) : Chindau lessons
[24141]   Dzameshie, Alex K. (1998-99) : Structures of Coordination in Ewe
[5883]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1979) : Dictionnaire lingala-français suivi d’une grammaire
[5887]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (1995) : Grammaire pratique du lingala illustrée
[25025]   Dzokanga, Adolphe (2003) : Grammaire pratique du lingala
[5884]   Dzokanga, Mwana-mboka (1979) : Dictionnaire sémantique illustré lingala-français
[5880]   Dzʼba, Dheli Susa (1972) : Esquisse grammaticale du bira
[5895]   Eastlack, Charles (1968) : The noun classes in Ngemba
[5896]   Eastlack, Charles (1972) : The personal pronouns of Ngemba
[5898]   Eastman, Carol M. (1967) : An investigation of verbal extension in Kenya coastal dialects of Swahili, with special emphasis on KiMwita
[5899]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : A descriptive statement of the operative verbal extensions in Swahili
[5900]   Eastman, Carol M. (1969) : The status of the reversive extension in modern Kenya coastal Swahili
[5904]   Eastman, Carol M. (1980) : Concordial agreement in Lamnso
[5912]   Eastman, Carol M. (1991) : Loanwords in Swahili nominal inflection
[25160]   Eaton, Helen (2010) : Information structure in Sandawe texts
[25892]   Eaton, Helen (2008) : Object marking and aspect in Sandawe
[5917]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (1997) : The Barabaig noun
[5918]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (2001) : Word order and focus in the Sandawe irrealis
[5919]   Eaton, Helen Catherine (2002) : The grammar of focus in Sandawe
[23866]   Ebah, Lydia Ebude (1990) : The noun class system of Lefo’
[5921]   Ebanda, wa Kalema (1991) : Le kpala, un parler oubanguien
[5925]   Eberle, [P.] Erich (1953) : Kiswahili: ein Führer in die Anfangsgründe
[5926]   Eberle, [P.] Erich & [Kapitän] Hilmar Pfenniger (1961) : Kiswahili: ein systematischer Lehrgang
[23351]   Eberle, Andrea & Regina Schulz (2004) : Koptisch: ein Leitfaden durch das Saïdische
[5927]   Eberle, Eva-Maria (2001) : Zur Grammatikalisierung von Adpositionen in den Mande-Sprachen: ein Vergleich
[5929]   Ebermann, Erwin (1990) : Possessivsätze im Samo von Bangasoko (Burkina Faso)
[5931]   Ebermann, Erwin (1993) : Zur Entstehung des Kausativpräfixes ‘la-’ im Manding
[25186]   Ebermann, Erwin (2009) : From double negation to portmanteau: Comparative sentence negation in Northern Samo
[5938]   Ebert, James I. (1978) : Lexical root and affixes in Kera
[5935]   Ebert, Karen H. (1976) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil II: Lexicon/Lexique
[5936]   Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Definiteness in Kera
[5937]   Ebert, Karen H. (1977) : Some aspects of the Kera verbal system
[5939]   Ebert, Karen H. (1979) : Sprache und tradition der Kera (Tschad). Teil III: Grammatik
[5940]   Ebert, Karen H. (1987) : Discourse function of motion verbs in Chadic
[5941]   Ebert, Karen H. (2003) : ‘Come’ and ‘go’ as discourse connectors in Kera and other Chadic languages
[5942]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1951) : Grammatik des Neu-Kingoni
[5944]   Ebner, Fr. Elzear P. (1957) : Grammatik der kiMatengo-Sprache
[5946]   Ebobissé, Carl (1979) : Die Morphologie des Verbs im Ost-Dangaleat (Gurea, Tschad)
[5947]   Ebobissé, Carl (1985) : Les classes nominales de la langue oli
[5948]   Ebobissé, Carl (1987) : Les verbaux de dangaleat de l’est (Guera, Tchad): lexique français-dangaléat et allemand-dangaléat
[5952]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1960) : Morfologia y sintaxis de la lengua bujeba
[5954]   Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez (1967) : Evolución de la clasificación nominal en las lenguas bantúes de la zona norte-oeste
[5955]   Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1995) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[5957]   Echeruo, Michael J. C. (1998) : The case-tone factor in Igbo nouns, with special reference to the Igbo associative construction
[5962]   Edegbe, J. U. (1936) : Benin English grammar
[5963]   Edel, Elmar (1955/64) : Altägyptische Grammatik
[25252]   Edelsten, Peter & Chiku Lijongwa (2010) : A Grammatical Sketch of Chindamba. A Bantu language (G52) of Tanzania
[5967]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2000) : Locative nouns in four Bantu languages
[5968]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2001) : Focus control in Kirundi
[5969]   Edenmyr, Niklas (2004) : The semantics of Hadza gender assignment: a few notes from the field
[5971]   Edgar, John T. (1989) : A Masalit grammar, with notes on other languages of Darfur and Wadai
[5974]   Edgar, John T. (1991) : Allomorphy of the second person singular prefix in Maba group verbs
[5977]   Edgerton, William F. (1935) : On the origin of certain Coptic verbal forms
[5979]   Edmiston, Althea Brown (1940) : Grammar and dictionary of the Bushonga or Bukuba language, as spoken by the Bushonga or Bukuba tribe who dwell in the Upper Kasai District, Belgian Congo, Central Africa
[5982]   Edmondson, Eileen (1966) : Nouns of Etung classified by their singular-plural prefix pairs
[23064]   Edmondson, Eileen & Kenneth Lee Pike (1970) : Ranking in singular-plural prefix pairs
[5981]   Edmondson, Tom (1966) : Preliminary description of some verb structures in Etung
[26535]   Edzard, Lutz (2014) : The Finite / Infinite Dichotomy in a Comparative Semitic Perspective
[5989]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1936) : The grammar of Soli
[5990]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1941) : Inleiding tot die studie van Suid-Sotho
[5991]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1943) : Praktiese Suid-Sotho-lesse
[5992]   Eeden, B. I. C. van (1956) : Zoeloe-grammatika
[5993]   Efebo, L. A. (1967) : Nembe language made easy: Mie lokomote nembe bibi
[6001]   Egbe, Daniel I. (1981) : Aspects of English grammar and usage
[6002]   Egberipou, O. A. & Kay [Ruth] [Margaret] Williamson (1994) : Izon tolumo/Learn Izon
[6008]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2000) : Consonant meanings in Emai ideophones
[22676]   Egbokhare, Oisaghaede Francis (2001) : Phonosemantic correspondences in Emai attributive ideophones
[6011]   Egner, Ingeborg (1980) : Prolongation du radical verbal et changement de la valence du verbe en wobé
[6012]   Egner, Ingeborg (1988) : Analyse conversationelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: parler wee de Côte d’Ivoire
[6013]   Egner, Ingeborg (1989) : Précis de grammaire wobé
[22929]   Egner, Ingeborg (1995) : Le rôle de l’intermédiaire dans l’échange de nouvelles en godié (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[6010]   Egner, Ingeborg & Verena Hofer (1978) : Information marquée dans la proposition wobé
[6014]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (1971) : Esquisse de la langue mambai
[6015]   Eguchi, Paul Kazuhisa (Ed) (1974) : Fulfulde (West Africa, northern Camerounian dialect)
[25349]   Eichholzer, Erika (Ed) (2002) : Version préliminaire d’un Dictionnaire Ghomala’ - Français / Français - Ghomala’
[6069]   Einhorn, E. & L. Siyengo (1990) : Xhosa: a concise manual
[6071]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Time reference, tense and formal aspect in Cairene Arabic
[6072]   Eisele, John C. (1992) : Cairene Arabic auxiliaries and the category AUX
[6074]   Eisele, John C. (1999) : Arabic verbs in time: tense and aspect in Cairene Arabic
[22638]   Eisele, John C. (1990) : Aspectual classification of verbs in Cairene Arabic
[6076]   Eiselen, W. W. M. (1927) : Nasalverbindungen im Thonga
[6079]   Ejele, P. E. (1986) : Transitivity, tense and aspect in Esan
[6080]   Ejele, P. E. (1990) : Morphological characterizations relevant for syntactic constructions: the case in Esan
[6081]   Ejele, P. E. (1995) : The semantics of negation
[6082]   Ejele, P. E. (2000/01) : The syntax and semantics of tense markers in Esan
[24127]   Ejele, P. E. (2000-01) : Durativity, Punctuality, and the Imperfective Paradox: The Case in Esan
[24128]   Ejele, P. E. (2002) : Temporal Distinctions as Bases for the Semantic Classification of Verbs: Insights from Esan
[24129]   Ejele, P. E. (2003) : Aspectual Contrasts in Esan
[6084]   Eke, U. K. (1985) : Eléments de description de l’igbo d’Ohafia
[6085]   Ekere, Michael (1987) : The ideophone in Ibibio
[6086]   Ekere, Michael (1991) : The tense system of English
[6087]   Eklo, Alubue Amavi (1987) : Le kposso de tomégbé (Togo): phonologie, grammaire, textes, lexiques kposso-français
[6092]   Eksell Harning, Kerstin (1980) : The analytic genitive in the modern Arabic dialects
[6093]   Eksteen, L. C. (1966) : Die leksikale definisie: ’n leksikografiese ondersoek
[6097]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1976) : An alternative to lexical insertion for Yorùbá complex nouns
[6098]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1977) : Lexical nominalizability restriction in Yorùbá
[6099]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde (1981) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraint
[6100]   Ekúndayò, S. Ayotunde & Festus Niyi Akinnaso (1983) : Yoruba serial verb string commutability constraints
[353]   El Aissati, Abderrahman (2001) : Word order change in Berber
[26644]   El-Guzuuli, El-Shafie (2015) : The Uses and Orthography of the Verb “Say” in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[6103]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1972) : The verb in Dahalo
[6105]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1974) : The phonology of the syllable and the morphology of the word in Dahalo
[6109]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1983) : Tanzanian and Ugandan isolates
[6110]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1986) : Diachronic inferences from basic sentence and noun structure in central Khoisan and Sandawe
[6113]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : A note on ? as a plural marker in Iraqw nouns
[6114]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1988) : Person and number markers in Iraqw verbs
[6116]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (1991) : Clause structure and tone in Sandawe
[6124]   Elderkin, Edward Derek (2003) : Herero (R31)
[6125]   Elders, Stefan (1989) : Jabeessituu: focus in het Wellegga Oromo
[6127]   Elders, Stefan (2000) : Grammaire mundang
[6128]   Elders, Stefan (2004) : Distributed predicative syntax in Doyayo: constituent order alternations and cliticization
[22678]   Elders, Stefan (2001) : Defining ideophones in Mundang
[24878]   Elders, Stefan (2008) : Grammaire kulango (parler de Bouna, Côte dʼIvoire)
[6126]   Elders, Stefan & Maarten Mous (1991) : The adverbial qo in Iraqw
[12228]   Elfitoury, Abubaker Abdalla (1976) : A descriptive grammar of Libyan Arabic
[24575]   Elias, David Lyndon (2005) : Tigre of Habab: Short Grammar and Texts From the Rigbat People
[26933]   Elias, David Lyndon (2014) : The Tigre Language of Gindaˁ, Eritrea
[6135]   Elias, Philip (1979) : The paradigm of the noun in Oromo (Wollega)
[6143]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[6144]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : Pluralization and noun-class remnants in Etsako
[6145]   Elimelech, Baruch (1978) : A tonal grammar of Etsako
[24576]   Elimelech, Baruch (1976) : A Tonal Grammar of Etsako
[6150]   Ellis, Jeffrey & Lawrence A. Boadi (1968) : “To be” in Twi
[6151]   Ellison, Randall Erskine (1937) : An English-Kanuri sentence book
[6157]   Elmslie, Walter Angus (1923) : Introductory grammar of the Tumbuka language
[6158]   Elokey, Emadiba (1986) : Formes verbales et pronominales comparées des dialectes ngombe de Dianga et de Bonjale
[22648]   Elomari, Abdessalam (1998) : The unoptionality of resumptive pronouns: the case of Moroccan Arabic
[6161]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1946) : Road to Swahili
[6162]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1949) : The standard Swahili examination
[6163]   Elphinstone, [Sir] Howard (1951) : Road to Swahili
[6164]   Elson, Benjamin F. (Ed) (1986) : Language in global perspective: papers in honor of the 50th anniversary of the Summer Institute of Linguistics 1935-1985
[6175]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1983) : Noun class prefixes in proto-Edoid
[6176]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1984) : Morphology of the gerund in Degema and its reconstruction in proto-Edoid
[6181]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1989) : Edoid
[24664]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] (1976) : Noun class vestiges in Dẹgẹma
[6169]   Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe] & Klaus Schubert (1976) : Noun class and concord in Oloma
[6189]   Emanatian, Michele (1990) : The Chaga consecutive construction
[6190]   Emanatian, Michele (1991) : Point of view and prospective aspect
[6191]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Chagga ‘come’ and ‘go’: metaphor and the development of tense-aspect
[6192]   Emanatian, Michele (1992) : Point of view and prospective aspect (corrected version)
[26685]   Eme, Cecilia A. & Davidson U. Mbagwu (2008) : Igbo na + participle: a semantic examination
[6195]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1975) : Aspects of the Igbo verb
[6196]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1978) : Elements of modern Igbo grammar: a descriptive approach
[6199]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1983) : Verb derivational inflection
[6202]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1985) : Auxiliaries in Igbo syntax: a comparative study
[6208]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue (1991) : The tense system of Igbo
[6209]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue & Ozo-mekuri Ndimele (Ed) (1995) : Issues in African languages and linguistics: essays in honour of Kay Williamson
[6206]   Emenanjo, Emmanuel ʼNolue , J. U. Ugoji , I. A. O. Umeh & others (Ed) (1990) : Igbo metalanguage
[6215]   Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (2000/01) : Functional categories and verb movement in Ivie
[25101]   Emuekpere-Masagbor, Grace (1997) : Preverbal subject markers in Ivie
[6216]   Endemann, Ch. (1---) : Versuch einer Venda-Grammatik
[6219]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1939) : Handleiding by die aanleer van Transvaal-Sotho (Sepedi)
[6227]   Endemann, Theodor Martin Helmuth (1966) : ’n Voorlopige ondersoek na aspekverskynsels in Noord-Sotho
[6241]   Engda Wolde-Semayat (1992) : The structure of the noun phrase in Ari
[6243]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1925) : Suffixbildung in den südafrikanischen Bantusprachen mit besonderen Berücksichtigung hottentottischer Einflüsse
[6245]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1928) : Studies oor die Korannataal
[6246]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1943) : Zoeloe-leerboek
[6247]   Engelbrecht, Jan Antonie (1957) : Notes on the imperative in Zulu
[6250]   Engelmann, Gudrun (1966) : Umtersuchungen zum Verbsystem des Altsuaheli
[6253]   England, Nora C. & William A. Ladusaw (1985) : Question formation in Kusaal
[6257]   Englund, Gertie (1988) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6258]   Englund, Gertie (1995) : Middle Egyptian, an introduction
[6263]   Ennaji, Moha (1985) : Contrastive syntax: English, Moroccan Arabic and Berber complex sentences
[6265]   Ennaji, Moha (2001) : The construct state in Berber
[6267]   Ennaji, Moha (2003) : The structure of clitic constructions in Berber
[25666]   Ennaji, Moha (2011) : Le causatif en amazighe
[6266]   Ennaji, Moha & Fatima Sadiqi (2003) : Subject, accusative and dative clitics in Berber
[6270]   Ennulat, Jürgen & Hélène Ennulat (1971) : Outline grammar of Fali
[6271]   Epale, S. J. (1973) : Essentials in Douala grammar
[6272]   Epanga, Pombo (1981) : Les codes dialogiques en lingala de la zone de Bumba
[6273]   Epée, Roger (1973) : Notes on deverbal derivational morphology in Duala
[6274]   Epée, Roger (1975) : The case for a focus position in Duala
[6275]   Epée, Roger (1976) : On some rules that are not successive cyclic in Duala
[6276]   Epée, Roger (1976) : Generative syntactic studies in Duala
[6278]   Erasmus, J. S. & Kenneth L. Baucom (1976) : Fanakalo through the medium of English: a language laboratory course
[6283]   Erickson, D. H. (1988) : The morphology and syntax of Shona: a lexical approach
[6280]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 1
[6281]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili 2
[6282]   Erickson, Helen L. & Marianne Gustafsson (198-) : Kiswahili grammar notes
[24234]   Erman, Anna (2005) : Le grammaticalisateur -ga en dan-blo
[6287]   Ermann, Adolf (1928) : Ägyptische Grammatik
[6288]   Ermann, Adolf (1933) : Neuägyptische Grammatik
[25780]   Ermisch, Sonja (2009) : Focus and topic constructions in Akan
[25054]   Ermisch, Sonja (Ed) (2009) : Focus and Topic in African Languages
[6292]   Ernst, Urs (1991) : Temps et aspects en kako
[6294]   Ernst, Urs (1992) : Esquisse grammaticale du kako
[6295]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kako
[25248]   Ernst, Urs (1998) : Le groupe verbal et ses éléments en kakɔ (1ère partie)
[25249]   Ernst, Urs (1994) : Impératif et injonctif en kakɔ
[25250]   Ernst, Urs (1995) : Les formes verbales du kakɔ
[25525]   Ernszt, Martina (2012) : On the different uses of the deictic directional verbs ‘go’ and ‘come’ in N||ng
[6300]   Eshetu Alem (1998) : Amharic for foreign beginners
[6301]   Eshetu Kebede (1981) : The verb ‘to be’ in Oromo
[6302]   Esono, Salvador Ndongo (1956) : Gramática pamue
[23901]   Essamba, Michelle (2002) : Le syntagme nominal du sámbá
[26167]   Essegbey, James (2012) : Aspectual Contrasts in Tutrugbu (Nyagbo)
[26693]   Essegbey, James (2009) : Noun classes in Tutrugbu
[26712]   Essegbey, James (2010) : Locative expression in Tutrugbu: Losing typological characteristics due to contact
[26870]   Essegbey, James (2013) : Touch Ideophones in Nyagbo
[6304]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1993) : The X-bar theory and the Ewe noun phrase
[6305]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : Towards a multi-faceted account for the binding of the logophor ‘ye’ in Ewe
[6306]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (1994) : The anaphoric phenomena of Ewe
[6307]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2004) : Auxiliaries in serialising languages: on COME and GO verbs in Sranan and Ewe
[22406]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2003) : On definiteness asymmetry in double object constructions
[25225]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2008) : The potential morpheme in Ewe
[25238]   Essegbey, James A. B. K. (2010) : Inherent Complement Verbs and the Basic Double Object Construction in Gbe
[6314]   Essen, Otto von (1966) : Zur Intonation der Frage im Nama-Hottentottischen
[6320]   Essien, Okon E. (1972) : The reflexive in Efik
[6321]   Essien, Okon E. (1974) : Pronominalization in Efik
[6322]   Essien, Okon E. (1975) : Personal pronouns in indirect discourse in Efik
[6323]   Essien, Okon E. (1978) : Possessive pronominalization and the so-called picture nouns in Efik
[6328]   Essien, Okon E. (1982) : The so-called reflexive pronouns and reflexivization in Ibibio
[6331]   Essien, Okon E. (1983) : Verbal derivation in Ibibio
[6332]   Essien, Okon E. (1983) : The tense system of Ibibio
[6336]   Essien, Okon E. (1985) : Negation in Ibibio: a syntactic-phonological process
[6337]   Essien, Okon E. (1990) : A grammar of the Ibibio language
[6338]   Essien, Okon E. (1990) : La construction syntaxique avec l’opérateur ’kè en ibibio
[6340]   Essien, Okon E. (1991) : The tense system of Ibibio revisited
[6339]   Essien, Okon E. (Ed) (1991) : The tense systems of Nigerian languages and English
[6327]   Essien, Udo [Ekanem] & Thomas Louis Cook (1982) : A brief introduction to Efik
[6345]   Essilfie, Thomas (1999) : Space, time and agency in Akan: syntactic and semantic interconnections in locative sentences
[6347]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1972) : L’ewondo par la grammaire et l’exercice
[6349]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1980) : Morphologie nominale du tuki (langue sanaga)
[6351]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (1993) : Description synchronique de l’ewondo (bantou A 72a du Cameroun): phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6352]   Essono, Jean-Jacques [Marie] (2000) : L’ewondo, langue bantu du Cameroun: phonologie, morphologie, syntaxe
[6354]   Essuah, J. Amihere (1965) : Nzema grammar
[6366]   Etsio, Edouard (2003) : Parlons lingala: tobala lingala
[22494]   Etsio, Edouard (1999) : Parlons teke: langue et culture Congo et Gabon
[6367]   Etuembo, N. (1981) : Essai d’une analyse descriptivo-comparative des démonstratifs en bolia (C35b), sengele (C33) et ngombe (C41)
[6369]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : A new look at the predication particles in Hausa
[6370]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1971) : Conjunction reduction and reduplication in African languages
[6371]   Eulenberg, John Bryson (1972) : Complementation phenomena in Hausa
[6368]   Eulenberg, John Bryson & J. T. Ritter (197-) : A generative characterisation of the subjunctive in Hausa
[6374]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (19--) : Unpublished notes on the Anuak language
[6381]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1962) : Ideophones in Zande
[6383]   Evans-Pritchard, Edward Evan (1965) : An Efik grammar
[6373]   Evans, M. S. (1980) : A surface word-order typology of Tswana
[6384]   Everbroeck, N. van (19--) : Schets van spraakkunst van het lokonda
[6386]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1958) : Grammaire et exercises lingala
[6387]   Everbroecke, René V. van (1969) : Le lingala: parlé et écrit
[6389]   Ewayi, Alou (1983) : Classification et conjugaison des verbes kabiye
[6391]   Eyassu Nega (2003) : The morphology of Endegegne
[6392]   Eyasu Haylu (2001) : The structure of noun phrases and dependent clauses in Tenaro
[6394]   Eynde, F. van der (1944) : Grammaire swahili, suive d’un vocabulaire
[6395]   Eynde, F. van der (1949) : Swahili spraakkunst
[22551]   Eynde, J. van den (1955) : Grammatikale studie van het Tshishokwe met een proeve van vergelijkende klankleer van het Tshishokwe
[6396]   Eynde, Karel van den (1960) : Fonologie en morfologie van het Cokwe
[6397]   Eynde, Karel van den (1968) : Éléments de grammaire yaka: phonologie et morphologie flexionelle
[24822]   Eyob Kelemework (2006) : Word formation in Gedeo
[6398]   Eze, Smart N. (1980) : Nigerian Pidgin English sentence complexity
[6403]   ɛ́va, Hompó (1990) : Grammatical relations in Gamo: a pilot sketch
[25997]   Faaß, Gertrud , Ulrich Heid , Elsabe Taljard & Danie Prinsloo (2009) : Part-of-Speech Tagging of Northern Sotho: Disambiguating Polysemous Function Words
[6405]   Fabb, Nigel (1992) : The licensing of Fon verbs
[6406]   Fabb, Nigel (1992) : Reduplication and object movement in Ewe and Fon
[6410]   Faber, Alice (1991) : The diachronic relationship between negative and interrogative markers in Semitic
[6420]   Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2003) : Étude du samba leko parler d’Allani (Cameroun du Nord, famille Adamawa)
[25350]   Fabre, Anne Gwenaëlle (2001) : Étude du samba leko - parler, d’Allani (Nord du Cameroun, famille Adamawa)
[26010]   Fabre, Gwenaëlle (2009) : Sérialisation et hiérarchisation dans le système verbal du samba leko, langue adamawa du nord-cameroun
[6421]   Fabrio, R. del & F. Petterlini (1977) : Gramática kikongo
[6518]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2001) : Notes on tense and aspect in the Ijesa dialect of Yoruba
[6519]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2003) : A GPSG appraisal of sequential distribution of auxiliary verbs in Ìjesà dialect of Yorùbá
[26101]   Fábùnmi, Felix Abídèmí (2009) : A GPSG Structure of Aspect in Yorùbá Àkókó
[6422]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1988) : Das Nominalsyntagma im Gola
[6423]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1990) : The noun phrase in Gola
[6424]   Fachner, Regine Koroma (1994) : Die Morphosyntax des Gola
[22491]   Fadaïro, Dominique (2001) : Parlons fon: langue et culture ddu Bénin, bilingue français-fon
[6430]   Fagan, E. (1984) : An examination of prison gang language: analysis of a letter
[6433]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1993) : Concession and atemporal nígbàtí in Yoruba
[6434]   Fagborun, J. Gbenga (1994) : The Yoruba koiné: its history and linguistic innovations
[6437]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1982) : Syntactic expansions in text: beyond SVO in Pulaar oral narrative performance
[6438]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1983) : Discourse strategies in Pulaar: the use of focus
[6439]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1984) : A practical guide and reference grammar to the Fulfulde of Maasina
[6440]   Fagerberg-Diallo, Sonja Marie (1987) : Pular: a guide for the dialect of Fuuta Djalon (Guinea)
[6442]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1993) : Affix order in Fulfulde and the scope in interpretation
[6443]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1994) : Verbal derivations in Fulfulde
[6444]   Fagerli, Ole T. (1995) : Benefactive constructions: a typological study
[6450]   Fajen, J. (1970) : A manual of Kukele
[24706]   Fakoya, Adeleke A. (2006) : Response-Comment Elements in Yorùbá Conversational Discourse
[6456]   Fal, Arame (1999) : Précis de grammaire fonctionnelle de la langue wolof
[24347]   Fal, Arame (1980) : Les nominaux en serer-siin (parler de Jaxaaw)
[25933]   Fannami, Muhammad & Mohammed Aminu Mu'azu (2012) : An introduction to morphology and syntax of the Kanuri language
[6467]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : Tone, stress and the Obolo verb focus system
[6469]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1984) : A grammar of Obolo
[6475]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Cross River as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class/concord systems
[6476]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1986) : Pronouns, creolization and decreolization in Nigerian Pidgin
[6478]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1987) : Creolization and the tense-aspect-modality system of Nigerian Pidgin
[6480]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1989) : Cross River
[6482]   Faraclas, Nicholas G. (1991) : The pronoun system in Nigerian Pidgin: a preliminary study
[6486]   Farghaly, Ali Ahmed Sabry (1981) : Topics in the syntax of Egyptian Arabic
[6488]   Farina, Felice (19--) : Karimojong grammar and dictionary
[6491]   Farina, Felice (1964) : Karimojong grammar
[6489]   Farina, J. (1927) : Grammaire de l’ancien égyptien
[6495]   Farinha, António Lourenço (1946) : Elementos de gramática landina
[6498]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1952) : A Kamba grammar
[6499]   Farnsworth, E. M. (1957) : A Kamba grammar
[6507]   Faulkner, Raymond Oliver (1929) : The plural and dual in old Egyptian
[6510]   Faure, P. (1969) : Introduction au parler arabe de l’est du Tchad
[24355]   Faye, Souleymane (1982) : Morphologie du verbe sérère
[26281]   Faye, Souleymane (2013) : Grammaire dialectale du seereer
[26215]   Faye, Souleymane & Hillebrand Dijkstra (2005) : Glottalisées du sereer-siin, du saafi-saafi et du noon du Sénégal
[24918]   Faye, Souleymane & Maarten Mous (2006) : Verbal system and diathesis derivations in Seereer
[6514]   Faye, W. (1983) : Quelques aspects syntaxiques du wolof et du sérère
[6513]   Faye, Waly Coly (1979) : Etude morphosyntaxique du sereer singandum (région de Jaxaaw-Ñaaxar)
[24356]   Faye, Waly Coly (1981) : Précis grammatical de sérère
[25015]   Faye, Waly Coly (1985) : La relative dans les langues du groupe ouest-atlantique : Le cas du sereer et wolof
[26213]   Faye, Waly Coly (1993) : Les pronoms personnels en sereer siingandum
[26214]   Faye, Waly Coly (2005) : La classification nominale en sereer singadum
[6583]   Fédry, Jacques (1969) : Syntagmes de détermination en dangaléat
[6587]   Fédry, Jacques (1971) : Masculine, féminin et collectif en dangaléat
[6590]   Fédry, Jacques (1981) : Le dangaléat
[6592]   Fédry, Jacques (1990) : Verbes monosyllabiques en dangaléat
[6591]   Fédry, Jacques , K. Danay , M. N. Makodé & Tondo (1981) : Jì-ndóò ká tàjéy (kíyobe)/Initiation à la langue kaba (kyabé)
[6524]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1962) : Descriptive grammar of the Kituba language: a dialectal survey
[6525]   Fehderau, W. Harold (1967) : The origin and development of Kituba, lingua franca kikongo
[6527]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1981) : La linguistique arabe: forme et interpretation
[6528]   Fehri, Abdelkader Fassi (1993) : Issues in the structure of Arabic words and clauses
[6530]   Fekadie Baye (1988) : Shinasha noun and verb morphology
[6531]   Fekede Menuta (1989) : Noun morphology of K’ebena
[6532]   Fekede Menuta (2001) : Morphology of Eza
[24824]   Fekede Menuta (2007) : An overview of Qebena noun morphology
[6535]   Fell, J. R. (1928) : Second Tonga primer: buku diabili dia ku bala
[6597]   Féral, Carole de (1989) : Pidgin English du Cameroun: description linguistique et sociolinguistique
[6539]   Feral, G. (1951) : Morphologie du verbe dans le dialecte hassane
[6543]   Fermo, Giuseppe da (1938) : Grammatica della lingua cunama
[6556]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Grammatica cinyungwe
[6557]   Ferrão, Domingos (1970) : Curso de cinyungwe - ‘Método progressivo’
[26039]   Ferrari-Bridgers, Franca (2009) : Luganda verb morphology: a new analysis of the suffixes [-YE] and [-A] and their distribution across the indicative, subjunctive and imperative moods
[6547]   Ferrario, Benigno (1923) : La conjugazione cuscitica ed il problema della affinità e delle origini
[6549]   Ferrario, Benigno (1940) : Il pronome personale cuscitico
[6560]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1948) : Klank- en vormleer van Lovedu
[6562]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1961) : Die gesnedenheid van foneemverbindings in Sotho
[6564]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1964) : ’n Leerboek vir suid-Sesotho
[6568]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1973) : Order-prioriteite vir die kwalifikatiewe in Suid-Sotho
[6571]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham (1977) : Morfologie van die voornaamwoorde in die Sothotale
[6565]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1968) : Tswana-leerboek
[6570]   Ferreira, Jan Abraham & Adam Tsele Malepe (1977) : Tswana-leerboek
[6559]   Ferreira, M. (1937) : Cinyanja hulpboekie
[22612]   Ferreira, Marcelo & Heejeong Ko (2003) : Questions in Buli
[6573]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1968) : Deux langues tenda du Sénégal oriental, basari et bedik
[6575]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1971) : Les affixes nominaux et leur rôle grammatical dans la phrase basari
[6576]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1972) : L’expression du temps chez les bedik et les basari du Sénégal oriental
[6577]   Ferry, Marie-Paule (1981) : Le basari
[24082]   Ferry, Marie-Paule & Konstantin Pozdniakov (2001) : Dialectique du régulier et de lʼirrégulier : le système des classes nominales dans le groupe tenda des langues atlantiques
[6581]   Fetters, Emma Lou (1983) : A contrastive analysis of the simple locative construction in Siswati and English
[6598]   Fiedler, Ines (1994) : Zur Bildung des progressivs im Aja
[24925]   Fiedler, Ines (2007) : Focus Expressions in Foodo
[25572]   Fiedler, Ines (2012) : Predicate-centered focus in Gbe
[25615]   Fiedler, Ines (2011) : Attributive possession and the alienability split in Gbe
[26564]   Fiedler, Ines (2013) : Complex predicates in Ama
[23559]   Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2005) : Out-of-focus encoding in Gur and Kwa
[26694]   Fiedler, Ines & Anne Schwarz (2009) : Focal aspects in the Lelemi verb system
[26310]   Fiedler, Ines & Stefanie Jannedy (2013) : Prosody of focus marking in Ewe
[6601]   Fiedorova, N. G (1963) : [A Swahili textbook]
[6603]   Fikhman, B. S. (1963) : Materialy po izucheniyi glagola v yazyke Khausa [Materials on the analysis of the verb in the Hausa language]
[26862]   Finer, Daniel (2013) : Deriving Turkana Word Order: Head-Movement and Topicality
[25995]   Finkel, Raphael & Odetunji Ajadi Odejobi (2009) : A Computational Approach to Yorùbá Morphology
[6620]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1992) : From past to present dynamics in Xhosa
[6622]   Finlayson, Rosalie (1995) : Women’s language of respect: isihlonipha sabafazi
[6623]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “I’ll meet you halfway with language”: code-switching within a South African urban context
[6624]   Finlayson, Rosalie & Sarah Slabbert (1997) : “We just mix”: code switching in a South African township
[6629]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (1991) : Verb serialization and theta role assignment in Krio
[6631]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2003) : Substratal influence on the morphosyntactic properties of Krio
[24160]   Finney, Malcolm Awadajin (2002) : Compounding and Reduplication in Krio
[6634]   Firchow, O. (1953) : Grundzüge der Stilistik in den alt-ägyptischen Pyramidentexten
[6635]   Firehiwat Takele (2001) : The noun phrase in Nayi
[6643]   Firoo, Londoo (2003) : Mandinka kango taamañaa
[6644]   Fisch, Maria (1977) : Einführung in die Sprache der Mbukushu, Ost Kavango, Namibia
[6649]   Fisch, Maria (1998) : Thimbukushu grammar
[24559]   Fisch, Rudolf (1912) : Grammatik der Dagomba-Sprache
[6650]   Fischer, [Père] François (1949) : Grammaire-dictionnaire comorien
[22968]   Fisher, Alan (1980) : La marque du déclaratif en guéré
[6660]   Fisseha Hailu (1984) : Noun morphology of Yamsa
[6661]   Fivaz, Derek (1963) : Some aspects of the ideophone in Zulu
[6663]   Fivaz, Derek (1970) : Shona morphophonemics and morphosyntax
[6667]   Fivaz, Derek (1984) : Predication in Ndonga
[6668]   Fivaz, Derek (1986) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6669]   Fivaz, Derek (2003) : A reference grammar of Oshindonga
[6662]   Fivaz, Derek & Jeanette Ratzlaff (1969) : Shona language lessons
[23437]   Flaherty, F. (1974) : The N-prefix in Swahili
[6675]   Fleisch, Axel (1995) : Tempusaspekt und Modalität im Herero anhand von fiktiven und dokumentarischen erzähltexten
[6676]   Fleisch, Axel (2000) : Lucazi grammar: a morphosemantic analysis
[23401]   Fleisch, Axel (2005) : A cognitive semantic approach to the linguistic construal of UPPER SPACE in Southern Ndebele
[24810]   Fleisch, Axel (2007) : Orientational clitics and the expression of path in Tashelhit Berber (Shilha)
[25526]   Fleisch, Axel (2012) : Directionality in Berber – Orientational clitics in Tashelhiyt and related varieties
[25669]   Fleisch, Axel (2011) : Construing motion in Berber
[25842]   Fleisch, Axel (2009) : Structure de l'information : une comparaison du tachelhit avec le taqbaylit
[6670]   Fleisch, Henri (1944) : Les verbes à allongement vocalique interne en sémitique
[6677]   Fleischer, C. F. (1924) : A new English-Ga method
[22933]   Fleming, Caroline Brevard (1995) : An introduction to Mona grammar
[6696]   Fleming, Harold C. (1990) : A grammatical sketch of Dime (Dim-Af) of the lower Omo
[22918]   Flik, Eva (1978) : Dan tense-aspect and discourse
[6709]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : The spirit world and spiritual beings in Mwani culture and language: perspectives on the worldview of an African Islam-animistic people
[6710]   Floor, Sebastian (1999) : Confirmative demonstratives
[23036]   Floor, Sebastian (2000) : Mwani grammatical sketch
[23039]   Floor, Sebastian (2004) : Tense-aspect switching in Mwani: the consecutive -ki- and the perfect verbs in narratives
[6711]   Florez, Fr. J. (1---) : An introduction to the Pokot grammar
[6713]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1981) : The uses of three prepositions in Mandara
[6714]   Fluckiger, Cheryl A. & Annie H. Whaley (1983) : Four discourse particles in Mandara
[26398]   Fofana, Mori Saïdou (1977) : Description générale d'une variante du soso : le soso de Möriya
[6726]   Fofana, Mori-Seyidou (1993) : [Syntax of a simple sentence in an analytical language]
[25727]   Fogwe Chibaka, Evelyn (2010) : The Invisible Perception Verbs Comparison in Mankon and Metaʔ Succession-Induction Traditional Rites
[26493]   Fogwe Chibaka, Evelyn (2014) : Akum, Ala’atening and Mankon: Dialects or Languages? A Scientific Contribution to the Language-Dialect Problem.
[26934]   Fogwe Chibaka, Evelyn (2006) : A Grammatical Description of Metta (Cameroon) in Relation to Focus Parametric Variation: Evident in Focalisation and wh-fronted Questions
[26935]   Fogwe Chibaka, Evelyn (1998) : The noun class system of Metaʔ
[6732]   Folarin, Antonia Yetunde (1988) : Prefix oni in Yoruba
[23056]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1994) : Thematic development and prominence in Tyap discourse
[23057]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1995) : ‘hinneh’ and focus function with application to Tyap
[23068]   Follingstad, Carl M. (1991) : Aspects of Tyap syntax
[6733]   Folorunso, Abayomi Kizito (19--) : Pronoms et reprises dans le discours ecrit en français et en yoruba
[6832]   Fölscher, S. (1990) : Die adjektief in Zulu
[6737]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe lexical
[6738]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1980) : Le verbe
[6739]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1984) : Notes towards a description of Teke (Gabon)
[6740]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1988) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 1
[6741]   Fontaney, V. Louise (1989) : Mboshi: steps towards a grammar ; part 2
[6752]   Ford, Carolyn M. (1991) : Notes on the phonology and grammar of Chaha Gurage
[6743]   Ford, Kevin C. (1971) : Aspects of Avatime syntax
[6753]   Fordyce, James F. (1978) : Grammatical parameters of the idiophone in Yoruba
[6755]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (196-) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6756]   Forgar, H. & J. de Fruyt (1968) : Tswana for English-speaking students
[6757]   Forges, Germaine (1977) : Le kela, langue bantoue du Zaïre (zone C): esquisse phonologique et morphologique
[6758]   Forges, Germaine (1978) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6759]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : La classe de l’infinitif en bantou
[6760]   Forges, Germaine (1983) : Phonologie et morphologie du kwezo
[6767]   Fortier, Joseph (1971) : Grammaire mbaye-moïssala
[6769]   Fortune, George (1949) : The conjugation of inchoative verbs in Shona
[6770]   Fortune, George (1950) : “To be” and “to have” in Shona
[6771]   Fortune, George (1950) : The morphology of central Shona
[6772]   Fortune, George (1955) : An analytical grammar of Shona
[6773]   Fortune, George (1957) : Elements of Shona (Zezuru dialect)
[6775]   Fortune, George (1962) : Ideophones in Shona: an inaugural lecture
[6779]   Fortune, George (1968) : Predication of ‘being’ in Shona
[6780]   Fortune, George (1969) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6782]   Fortune, George (1970) : The references of primary and secondary noun prefixes in Zezuru
[6784]   Fortune, George (1971) : Some notes on ideophones and ideophonic constructions in Shona
[6787]   Fortune, George (1973) : Transitivity in Shona
[6789]   Fortune, George (1977) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6790]   Fortune, George (1977) : An outline of Lozi
[6792]   Fortune, George (1980) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6793]   Fortune, George (1984) : Shona grammatical constructions II
[6794]   Fortune, George (1985) : Shona grammatical constructions I
[6798]   Foster, C. S. (1960) : Lessons in Kikaonde
[6800]   Foster, Deborah Dene (1984) : Structure and performance of Swahili oral narrative
[6802]   Foucauld, [Frère] Charles de (1920) : Notes pour servir à un essai de grammaire touarègue, dialecte de l’Ahaggar
[6806]   Fourie, David J. (1989) : Modality in Isizulu
[6807]   Fourie, David J. (1990) : Die hulpwerkwoord in Zulu
[6809]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : The noun classes and nominal extensions of Mbalanhu
[6810]   Fourie, David J. (1991) : On the modal system of Ndonga
[6813]   Fourie, David J. (1992) : Nominal qualifiers in Mbalanhu: quantitatives and enumeratives
[6815]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu absolute and demonstrative “pronouns”
[6816]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Mbalanhu
[6817]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The subject-, object- and possessive concords of Mbalanhu
[6818]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : The nominal classes of Ngandjera
[6820]   Fourie, David J. (1993) : Basic conjugation of the Mbalanhu verb
[6821]   Fourie, David J. (1994) : Kwambi subject, object and possessive concords
[6823]   Fourie, David J. (1997) : The linguistic position of Oshimbalanhu within the Wambo group
[6830]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1939) : Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammar of the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia
[6831]   Fox-Pitt, [Commander] Thomas Stanley Lane (1950) : Chibemba note book
[6827]   Fox, I. (1950) : Juta’s first Zulu manual with vocabulary
[6829]   Fox, Joshua (1997) : Handbook of Semitic languages
[6828]   Fox, Samuel E. (1982) : The structure of the morphology in Cairene Arabic
[25322]   Frajzyngier, Zygmund (2011) : Point of View of the Subject: Possessive Subject Pronouns in Wandala
[6835]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of intensive forms in Hausa verbs
[6836]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1965) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6837]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1968) : An analysis of the Awutu verb
[6840]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : On the intransitive copy pronouns in Chadic
[6841]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1977) : The plural in Chadic
[6844]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1981) : Pre-pronominal markers in Chadic: problems and hypotheses
[6845]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : Another look at West Chadic verb classes
[6846]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1982) : The underlying form of verb in proto-Chadic
[6847]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : Marking syntactic relations in proto-Chadic
[6848]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1983) : On the form and function of pre-pronominal markers in Chadic
[6849]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : On the proto-Chadic syntactic pattern
[6850]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Theory and method of syntactic reconstruction: implications from Chadic
[6851]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1984) : Ergativity and nominative-accusative features in Mandara
[6853]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : ‘Causative’ and ‘benefactive’ in Chadic
[6854]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Interrogative sentences in Chadic
[6855]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1985) : Borrowed logophoricity?
[6856]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1986) : From preposition to copula
[6857]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : Encoding locative in Chadic
[6858]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1987) : The relative clause in proto-Chadic
[6859]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1988) : Semantic determinants of syntactic frames in Mopun (Nigeria)
[6860]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1989) : A grammar of Pero
[6862]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : Typology of complex sentence in Mupun
[6863]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1991) : A man and a woman, or gender marking in a nominal system
[6865]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1993) : A grammar of Mupun
[6866]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1995) : Two complementizers in Lele
[6867]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1996) : Grammaticalization of the complex sentence: a case study in Chadic
[6868]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (1997) : Bidirectionality of grammaticalization
[6869]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2000) : Coding of the reciprocal function: two solutions
[6870]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2001) : A grammar of Lele
[6872]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2002) : Studies in Chadic morphology and syntax
[24170]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2003) : Tense and aspect as coding means for information structure: A potential areal feature
[25541]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2012) : Coding relations between the verb and noun phrases in Afroasiatic – A sketch of typological explanations
[26290]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (2013) : Indirect object and benefactive predications in Chadic: A typological sketch
[6861]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt (Ed) (1989) : Current progress in Chadic linguistics: proceedings of the international symposium on Chadic linguistics, Boulder, Colorado, 1-2 May, 1987
[23488]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Eric Johnston (2005) : A grammar of Mina
[6871]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Erin Shay (2002) : A grammar of Hdi
[6873]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Point of view of the subject as a grammatical category
[6874]   Frajzyngier, Zygmunt & Muhammad M. Munkaila (2004) : Grammatical and semantic relations in Hausa: the categories ‘point of view’, ‘goal’ and ‘affected object’
[23687]   Francis, Timothy P. & Stephen Hanchey (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: grammar handbook
[6879]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1993) : The indifference to gender in Swahili and other Bantu languages
[6881]   Frankl, P. J. L. & Sh. Yahya Ali Omar (1994) : Diminutives and insignificance, augmentatives and “monstrosity”: examples of class re-assignment in Swahili
[6885]   Fransen, Margo A. E. (1995) : A grammar of Limbum, a Grassfields Bantu language spoken in the North-West Province of Cameroon
[6886]   Frantz, Donald G. (1983) : Advancements to direct object in Chi-Mwi:ni
[6890]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Thellenyane: ’n handleiding van Noord-Sotho vir beginners in Afrikaans
[6891]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich (1931) : Motsosha-lenyôra (seripa sa I, sa II): pukana ya thutô ya polêlô ya Sesotho e e lekanetshexo
[6888]   Franz, Gottfried Heinrich & T. P. Mathabathe (1924?) : An outline of English-Transvaal-Sesotho grammar and composition
[6902]   Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Practically Kiswahili sanifu (Practically pure Swahili): a study on Swahili-English code-switching in Tanzania
[6903]   Fredriksson, Pontus (1998) : Notes on Ika verbs
[6912]   Frick, Esther (1978) : The verbal system in Dghwede
[6914]   Friedländer, Marianne (1974) : Lehrbuch des Susu
[6916]   Friedländer, Marianne (1992) : Lehrbuch des Malinke
[25461]   Friedman, Harold (2010) : Quelques remarques sur les marques personnelles de l'Ebira
[25247]   Frieke-Kapper, Claertje (2007) : The Creative Use of Genre Features: Continuity and Change in Patterns of Language Use in Budu, a Bantu Language of Congo (Kinshasa)
[6922]   Friesen, Lisa (2002) : Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect)
[6925]   Froger, Fernand (1923) : Manuel pratique de langue môré (mossi du cercle de Ougadougou, colonie de la Haute-Volta, A.O.F.)
[6937]   Frydenlund, M. & K. Svensen (1967) : Amharic for beginners
[6938]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2000/01) : Contrastive focus in the Ganja dialect of Balanta
[6939]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (2004) : Adjectival agreement vs adverbial inflection in Balanta
[23417]   Fudeman, Kirsten A. (1999) : Topics in the morphology and syntax of Balanta, an Atlantic language of Senegal
[6940]   Fujii, S. (Ed) (1989) : Egyptian Arabic
[6947]   Fulass Hailu (1968) : Notes on the verbal noun and possession markers
[6948]   Fulass Hailu (1972) : On Amharic relative clauses
[22727]   Funck, Angelica von (1986) : Fur, a Nilo-Saharan language of the Sudan Republic: phonology and morphology
[22740]   Funnell, Barry John (2004) : A contrastive analysis of two standardised varieties of Sena
[6952]   Furere, M. (1967) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue nande
[6955]   Furniss, Graham (1981) : Hausa disyllabic verbs: comments on base forms and extensions
[6956]   Furniss, Graham (1983) : The 4th grade of the verb in Hausa
[6957]   Furniss, Graham (1983) : Aspects of style and meaning in the analysis of a Hausa poem
[6959]   Furniss, Graham (1991) : Second level Hausa: grammar in action
[6958]   Furniss, Graham & Philip John Jaggar (Ed) (1988) : Studies in Hausa language and linguistics (in honour of F. Parsons)
[6961]   Fusella, L. & A. Girace (1937) : Dizionario pratico e frasario per conversazione italiano-amarica (con elementi di grammatica)
[6965]   Fyodorova, N. G. (1965) : Osnovnye sposoby imennogo slovoobrazovaniya v yazyke suahili
[6970]   Gachanja, Muigai wa (1987) : The Gikuyu folk story: its structure and aesthetics
[6972]   Gadalla, Hassan A. H. (2000?) : Comparative morphology of Standard Egyptian Arabic
[6974]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1997) : Languages - Appendix I
[6976]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A sketch of Xitshwa grammar
[6977]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998) : A typological comparison between West African and Bantu languages
[6978]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1998/99) : Collected working notes on Ìká: grammar; clause structure; argument structure; more on clause structure
[6979]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (1999) : Comparação entre variedades de língua emákhuwa faladas no província de Nampula, Moçambique
[6981]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2002) : Pronominal syntax in Maputo Portuguese from a comparative Creole and Bantu perspective
[22407]   Gadelii, Karl Erland (2003) : Why are Chomskyan linguists not interested in Bantu languages?
[24327]   Gaden, [Le Commandant] Henri (1908) : Essai de grammaire de la langue baguirmienne (territoire du Tchad), suivi de dialogues et de vocabulaires baguirmien-français et français-baguirmien
[6985]   Gadou, Henri (1992) : Quelques aspects des processus phonologiques, morphologiques et énonciatifs de la langue yaouré
[6988]   Gajdos, Martina (2004) : Fulfulde: Lehrbuch einer westafrikanischen Sprache
[6989]   Gakinabay, Mayange & Ursula Wiesemann (1986) : Les styles de discours en sar et leur mode d’emploi
[6990]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1969) : The simple Hausa nominal phrase
[6991]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1971) : Ideophones in Hausa
[6992]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1972) : The structure and syntactic function of compound nouns in Hausa
[6993]   Galadanci, Muhammad Kabir Mahmud (1976) : An introduction to Hausa grammar
[7012]   Galand-Pernet, Paulette (1987) : S berbère, phonème, morphème
[6997]   Galand, Lionel (1966) : Les pronoms personnels en berbère
[7002]   Galand, Lionel (1987) : Les emplois de l’aoriste sans particule en berbère
[7006]   Galand, Lionel (1992) : Le problème du mot en berbère
[7007]   Galand, Lionel (1994) : La négation en berbère
[25412]   Galand, Lionel (2008) : Sur la finale instable -u de certains parlers touaregs méridionaux
[7013]   Galbané, Adama (1985) : Éléments de phonologie et de grammaire du bisa (étude synchronique du bisa barka)
[7015]   Galley, Samuel (1964) : Dictionnaire fang-français et français-fang, suivi d’une grammaire fang
[24281]   Galtier, Gérard (1981) : Problèmes dialectologiques et phonographématiques des parlers mandingues
[24384]   Galvagny, Marie-Hélène (1984) : Lʼorganisation syntaxique et énonciative de la phrase en diola karon
[7020]   Gamal-Eldin, Saad M. (1967) : A syntactic study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[26864]   Gambarage, Joash Johannes (2013) : The Pre-prefix in Nata: An Interface Account
[7022]   Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Mandinka grammar
[7023]   Gamble, David Percy (1949) : Notes on Mandinka
[7024]   Gamble, David Percy (1958) : Elementary Wolof grammar
[7029]   Gamble, David Percy (1987) : Elementary Mandinka
[7031]   Gamble, David Percy (1991) : Elementary Gambian Wolof grammar
[7027]   Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1982) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[7032]   Gamble, David Percy , Linda K. Salmon & Mary Umah Baldeh (1993) : Firdu-Fula grammar (Gambian dialect)
[7043]   Ganzania, R. (1972) : Aspects phonologiques et morphologiques du koyo
[25357]   Garad, Abdurahman & Ewald Wagner (1998) : Harari -Studien. Texte mit Übersetzung, grammatischen Skizzen und Glossar
[7048]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1980) : Word order change and the Senufo languages
[7050]   Garber, Anne Elizabeth (1998) : Participant reference in Sicite (Tagba Senufo): the role of the emphatic pronoun in narrative discourse
[7055]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : The relative form in Egyptian in the light of comparative syntax
[7056]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1921) : On certain participial formations in Egyptian
[7058]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1923) : A hitherto unnoticed negative in Middle Egyptian
[7059]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1924) : The term pr-n-st’ in Pap. Mayer
[7060]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1927) : Egyptian grammar, being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7061]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1928) : The Egyptian split infinitive and the origin of the Coptic conjunctive tense
[7064]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1930) : The origin of certain Coptic grammatical elements
[7065]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1933) : The supposed particle n
[7066]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1934) : Two employments of the independent pronoun
[7079]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1948) : Adversaria grammatica, I: the negative relative adjective
[7080]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1950) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7081]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1957) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7082]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson (1966) : Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the study of hieroglyphs
[7067]   Gardiner, Alan Henderson & [Mme] Gauthier-Laurent (1935) : Supplement to Gardiner’s Egyptian grammar
[7091]   Garrett, Andrew (1990) : Applicatives and preposition incorporation
[7092]   Garry, Jane & Carl Rubino (Ed) (2001) : Facts about the world’s languages: an encyclopedia of the world’s major languages, past and present
[7096]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Object formation rules in several Bantu languages
[7097]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1977) : Implications for universal grammar of object-creating rules in Luyia and Mashi
[7098]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt (1978) : Objectivization in Bantu languages: a comparative analysis of Kinyarwanda, Mashi and Luyia
[7093]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1976) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7094]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : Grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda and universal grammar
[7095]   Gary, Judith Olmstedt & Edward L. Keenan (1977) : On collapsing grammatical relations in Kinyarwanda
[7099]   Gasana, Anastase (1981) : Dérivation verbale et nominale en kinyarwanda, langue bantoue du Rwanda
[7100]   Gasana, Anastase (1983) : Détermination de catégories grammaticales du kinyarwanda
[7102]   Gaskin, E. A. L. (1928) : Outline of Duala grammar
[7104]   Gaskins, Leanne Jean (1980) : The syntax of Middle Egyptian relative clauses
[7105]   Gasparini, Armido (1978) : Grammatica pratica della lingua sidamo
[7107]   Gasparini, Armido (1994) : Grammatica gede’o
[22729]   Gasparini, Armido (1947) : Elementi di grammatica Gumus con frasi, testo e dizionario
[22672]   Gasser, Marcel (1983) : Topic continuity in written Amharic narrative
[23098]   Gasser, Marcel (1988) : The use of completive and incompletive aspect in Nawdm narrative discourse
[23108]   Gasser, Marcel (1984) : Manuel pour apprendre la langue nawdm
[7112]   Gauton, Rachélle (1990) : Adjektiewe en relatiewe in Zulu
[7113]   Gauton, Rachélle (1994) : Towards a recognition of a word class ‘adjective’ for Zulu
[7114]   Gauton, Rachélle (1999) : Locative prefix stacking as an earlier viable locatising strategy in Bantu
[7115]   Gauton, Rachélle (2000) : Locative classes in Bantu: the case for recognizing two additional locative noun class prefixes
[7116]   Gauton, Rachélle , Gilles-Maurice de Schryver & Linkie Mohlala (2004) : A corpus-based investigation of the Zulu nominal suffix -kazi: a preliminary study
[7118]   Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba grammar
[7119]   Gaye, Jules A. de & W. S. Beecroft (1923) : Yoruba composition
[7120]   Gaye, Pape-Amadou (1980) : Practical course in Wolof: an audio-aural approach, student’s manual
[24340]   Gaynor, Lili (sd) : Structure and function of Papel
[26226]   Gbegble, Nada & Jan Nuyts (2012) : The expression of epistemic modality in Ewe
[7123]   Gbéto, Flavien (1995) : Le trait voisé et son fonctionnement dans un cas spécifique de redoublement en maxi, dialecte gbe
[7126]   Gbéto, Flavien (1997) : Morphophonologische Untersuchung des Maxi, Dialekt des Gbe: ein Abriss
[7129]   Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1995) : Description systématique de l’igo, langue du sud-ouest du Togo
[23107]   Gblem [Poidi], Honorine Massanvi (1989) : Le système nominal de l’igo-ahlo: étude preliminaire
[7131]   Gebert, Lucyna (1984) : Absolute constructions in Somali
[7132]   Gebert, Lucyna (1986) : Focus and word order in Somali
[7133]   Gebert, Lucyna (1988) : Universal hierarchy of topicality and Somali syntax
[7130]   Gebert, Lucyna & Mansuur Cabdallah Cumar (1984) : Struttura del focus in dabarre
[7134]   Gebhart, Ute (1991) : Vergleichende Untersuchungen zu seriellen Verbalkonstruktionen im West African Pidgin English and Krio
[68]   Gebre-Tsadik, Abebe , Margaret Sim , Ronald J. Sim , Charlotte Wedekind & Klaus Wedekind (Ed) (1985) : The verb morphophonemics of five Highland East Cushitic languages, including Burji
[26150]   Gebregziabher, Keffyalew (2012) : The Alienable-Inalienable Asymmetry: Evidence from Tigrinya
[7137]   Gebrew Tulu (2003) : The morphology of Gawwada
[7138]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1953) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7140]   Gecaga, Bethuel Mareka & William Hay Kirkaldy-Willis (1955) : A short Kikuyu grammar
[7150]   Gelderen, Elly van (1996) : Parametrizing agreement features in Arabic, Bantu languages and varieties of English
[7153]   Gensler, Orin David (1980) : Verbal morphotonemics of Bakweri
[7154]   Gensler, Orin David (1981) : The representation of vocalic object-affixes and tense-affixes in the Bakweri verb
[7155]   Gensler, Orin David (1994) : On reconstructing the syntagm S-Aux-O-V-Other to Proto-Niger-Congo
[7156]   Gensler, Orin David (1997) : Grammaticalization, typology and Niger-Congo word order: progress on a still-unsolved problem
[12661]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1971) : The a construction in Nupe: perfective, stative, causative or instrumental
[12662]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1975) : A grammar of Kwa-type verb specialization: its nature and significance in current generative theory
[12664]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1976) : Verb serialization and lexical decomposition
[12665]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : Auxiliary verbs in Nupe and diachrony
[12666]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1979) : The Nupe verb and diachrony
[12667]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The na...na construction in Nupe
[12668]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1982) : The Yoruba ní-object construction in pragmatic perspective
[12669]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1984) : Quantifiers and negation in Nupe
[12670]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1985) : Complex verbs in Nupe and Yoruba
[12671]   George Madugu, Isaac S. (1995) : Category incorporation in West African languages
[7160]   Georgi, C. (1934) : Kisuaheli
[7230]   Gérard, [Révérend] [Père] (1924) : La langue lebéo, grammaire et vocabulaire
[7168]   Gerber, C. (1955) : Die relatiefkonstruktie in Suid-Sotho
[7170]   Gerbinis, M. L. (Ed) (1964) : La langue malgache enseignée suivant la méthode directe
[7172]   Gerdts, Donna B. & Lindsay J. Whaley (1991) : Locatives vs. instrumentals in Kinyarwanda
[7173]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen
[7174]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1967/68) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 1
[7175]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1968/69) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teile 2-4
[7177]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1969/70) : Analytische und vergleichende Untersuchungen zu einigen zentralnigerianischen Klassensprachen ; Teil 5
[7178]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1971) : Stammerweiterungen in den Verben einiger zentralnigerianischer Klassensprachen
[7180]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1972/73) : Abriss der Nominalenklassen im Koro, North-Central State, Nigeria
[7182]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1974) : Pi-, hi-, fi-, bi- und bu- in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias: Klasse neun/zehn oder Klasse neunzehn?
[7196]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1984) : More on the verbal system of Zarek (northern Nigeria)
[7204]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : A note on verbal extensions in Jarawan Bantu
[7205]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Auf- und Abbau von nominalen Klassensystemen
[7206]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1988) : Bemerkungen zur Morpho(no)logie des Kwoi
[7207]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1989) : Kainji and Platoid
[7211]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Serialverbkonstruktionen in den Plateausprachen Nordnigerias
[7212]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (1994) : Western Plateau as a model for the evolution of Benue-Congo nominal class systems
[7215]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2002) : Pluraktionale Verben in einigen Benue-Congo-Sprachen des nigerianischen Plateaus, I: allgemeines, das suffix *S, seine Varianten, seine Kombinationen
[25104]   Gerhardt, Ludwig (2005) : Bemerkungen zum Ayu (Südwest-Plateau, Nigeria)
[7202]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1987) : Aspect in Nugunu
[7208]   Gerhardt, Phyllis (1989) : Les temps en nugunu
[23078]   Gero, Marcia L. & Stephen H. Levinsohn (1993) : The -mi and -e morphemes in Joola-Fogny
[26807]   Gerrit, Dimmendaal (2012) : Metrical structures: A neglected property of Nilotic (and other African language families)
[7222]   Gessner, Suzanne , S. Oh & K. Shiobara (Ed) (2001) : Current research on African languages and linguistics
[7225]   Getahun Amare (1991) : The noun phrase structure in Hamer
[7226]   Getatchew Haile (1967) : Demonstrative pronouns in Amharic
[7227]   Getatchew Haile (1971) : The suffix pronouns in Amharic
[24746]   Gibbard, George , Hannah Rohde & Sharon Rose (2009) : Moro Noun Class Morphology
[26568]   Gilley, Leoma (2013) : Katcha noun morphology
[7253]   Gilley, Leoma G. (2000) : Singulars and plurals in Shilluk: a search for order
[7256]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire synthétique de lontomba, suivie d’un vocabulaire
[7257]   Gilliard, L. (1928) : Grammaire pratique lontomba
[7259]   Gillis, A. (1973) : Mwendela Kiluba: grammaire pour debutants
[7261]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Convergence in Lingala and Zairian Swahili
[7262]   Gilman, Charles (1979) : Cameroonian Pidgin English: a neo-African language
[7268]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (1995) : Pluractionals in Bole
[7270]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2001) : Verbal pluractionality in Bole
[24547]   Gimba, Alhaji Maina (2000) : Bole verb morphology
[7271]   Gingiss, P. (1973) : Worodugukan: a comparative and descriptive study
[7283]   Girault, L. (1963) : Le verbe en dagara et les familles de verbes dérivés
[25793]   Girei, Abubakar Umar (2009) : Hausa loanwords in Adamawa Fulfulde: A question of prestige or sociolinguistic necessity
[7285]   Girma Halefom (1981) : Tigrigna cases and functions
[7286]   Girma Mammo (1986) : Yemba verb morphology: some inflections and derivations
[7288]   Girmay Berhane (1991) : Issues in the phonology and morphology of Tigrigna
[7289]   Gital, Garba Mohammed (1987) : Typology of dative ordering: a case study of Bausanci dative movement in Hausa dialectology
[7293]   Givón, Talmy (1969) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7294]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The resolution of gender conflict in Bantu conjunction: when syntax and semantics clash
[7295]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : On ordered rules and the modified base of ChiBemba verbs
[7296]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The magical number two, Bantu pronouns and the theory of pronominalization
[7297]   Givón, Talmy (1970) : The SiLuyana language: a preliminary linguistic description
[7298]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : On the verbal origin of the Bantu verb suffixes
[7299]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Some historical changes in the noun-class system of Bantu, their possible causes and wider applications
[7300]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Dependent modals, performatives, factivity, Bantu subjunctives and what not
[7303]   Givón, Talmy (1971) : Historical syntax and synchronic morphology: an archaeologist’s field trip
[7304]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Studies in ChiBemba and Bantu grammar
[7306]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : Pronoun attraction and subject postposing in Bantu
[7308]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : The magical number two: Bantu pronouns and the theory of nominalization
[7309]   Givón, Talmy (1972) : A note on subject postposing
[7310]   Givón, Talmy (1974) : Syntactic change in Lake Bantu: a rejoinder
[7312]   Givón, Talmy (1975) : Serial verbs and syntactic change: Niger-Congo
[7313]   Givón, Talmy (1975) : Focus and scope of assertion: some Bantu evidence
[7314]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : On the SOV reconstruction of southern Nilotic: internal evidence from Toposa
[7315]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Some constraints on Bantu causativization
[7316]   Givón, Talmy (1976) : Topic, pronoun and grammatical agreement
[7317]   Givón, Talmy (1979) : Language typology in Africa: a critical review
[7318]   Givón, Talmy (1984) : The Krio numeral ‘one’ and the pragmatics of reference
[7311]   Givón, Talmy & Alexandre Kimenyi (1974) : Truth, belief and doubt in Kinyarwanda
[7319]   Givón, Talmy & Boniface Kaumba Kawasha (2001?) : Indiscrete grammatical relations: the Lunda passive
[7320]   Gjerlow-Johnson, Kristine C. & Edward B. G. Ayom (1985) : The passive in Bor Dinka
[7323]   Gleason jnr, Henry Allan (1960) : Bantu classes 1a and 2a
[7324]   Gleeson, Joseph , Omer Awad & David Rorick (1968) : Is ka wahh u qabso: wahaa dhigey
[22905]   Glidden, Suellyn (1984) : The Koh verbal system
[7328]   Gluckman, Max (1942) : Prefix concordance in Lozi, lingua franca of Barotseland
[7330]   Gnalibouly, Boureïma A. & Antonina Ivanovna Koval (1982) : Les questions controversées de la conjugaison verbale en peul
[7331]   Gnamba, Bertin Mel (1994) : Le móbù-mri, langue aïzi d’Abra, sous-préfecture de Jacqueville: étude phonologique et grammaticale
[7507]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1988) : Textanalyse zu Tempus (T), Aspekt (A) und Modalität (M) im Swahili: das TAM-System in der Prosasprache des Shabaan bin Robert
[7509]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1991) : Towards a structural analysis of the Swahili TAM-formatives
[7510]   Göbelsmann, Claus (1994) : Tempus, Aspekt und Modalität
[25007]   Godé, Gohi Victor (2006) : Le dādɟlìwàlɩ̄ «dadjriwalé», un dialecte du godié, langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire : phonologie, grammaire, lexique
[25008]   Godé, Gohi Victor (2008) : Le dadjriwalé: langue kru de la Côte d'Ivoire
[7332]   Godi, Patricia Sizani (2002) : Focus constructions in Xitsonga
[7334]   Godon, E. (1998) : Aspects de la morphologie nominale du somali: la formation du pluriel
[7336]   Goemaere, A. (19--) : Spraakleer van het londengese
[7339]   Goemaere, A. (1984) : Grammaire du londengese
[22919]   Goerling, Fritz (1985) : Marqueurs initiaux et finaux dans les contes dioula
[22920]   Goerling, Fritz (1986) : Le discours exhortatif en dioula
[22921]   Goerling, Fritz (1988) : Contrast in Jula discourse
[7342]   Goetze, Albrecht (1942) : The so-called intensive of the Semitic languages
[7345]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1964) : On the Amharic tense-system
[7346]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1965) : Studies in Amharic syntax
[7347]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1966) : [The Amharic tense-system]
[7354]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1983) : Nominalization in Amharic and Harari: adjectivization
[7358]   Goldenberg, Gideon (1998) : Studies in Semitic linguistics: selected writings
[26832]   Goldman, Nora , Will Orman , Elodie Paquette , Kathryn Franich , Rachel Hawkes , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Interspeaker Variation in Noun Class Realization in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[7365]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1981) : The structure of wh-questions in Igbo
[7371]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Tone in CiRuri present continuous
[7372]   Goldsmith, John Anton (1985) : Bantu -a-: the far past in the far past
[7370]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1985) : The Kirundi verb
[22523]   Goldsmith, John Anton & Firmard Sabimana (1989) : The Kirundi verb
[7376]   Goldsmith, John Anton , Karen Peterson & Joseph Drogo (1989) : Tone and accent in the Xhosa verbal system
[25059]   Gomes, Cleonice Candida (2008) : O sistema verbal do Balanta : Um estudo dos morfemas de tempo
[7385]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1989) : A fixação do sistema de marcação casual do português em Moçambique
[7387]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1990) : A construção de uma gramática de português em Moçambique: aspectos da estrutura argumental dos verbos
[7388]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (1996) : Português de Moçambique: uma variedade em formação
[7389]   Gonçalves, Perpétua (2004) : Toward a unified vision of classes of language acquisition and change: arguments from the genesis of Mozambican African Portuguese
[7384]   Gonçalves, Perpétua , N. Carlos & Armindo Saul Atelela Ngunga (1986) : O português em Moçambique: análise de erros em construções de subordinação
[7391]   Good, A. I. (1936) : Bulu handbook supplement
[25161]   Good, Jeff (2010) : Topic and focus fields in Naki
[7392]   Good, Jeff Craig (2003) : Strong linearity: three case studies towards a theory of morphosyntactic templatic constructions
[22603]   Good, Jeff Craig (2005) : Reconstructing morpheme order in Bantu: the case of causativization and applicativization
[22604]   Good, Jeff Craig (200-) : Whe arguments become adjuncts: negation and object preposing in Leggbó
[26237]   Good, Jeff , Jesse Lovegren , Jean Patrick Mve , Carine Nganguep Tchiemouo , Rebecca Voll & Pierpaolo Di Carlo (2011) : The Languages of the Lower Fungom Region of Cameroon: Grammatical Overview
[7407]   Gore, [Reverend] [Canon] E. C. (1926) : A Zande grammar
[7411]   Gorman, W. A. R. (1950) : Simple Silozi: a guide for beginners
[24811]   Goshu, Debela (2007) : Path in Oromo motion construction
[24803]   Goshu, Debela & Ronny Meyer (2006) : Conditional expressions in Oromo
[7419]   Goslin, B. du P. (1980) : The major differences between Zulu and Swazi
[7422]   Gosori, K. , L. A. Noronha & Walter Schicho (1981) : Kiswahili cha kisasa [Modern Swahili]
[7428]   Gottschligg, Peter (1992) : Verbale Valenz und Kasus in Ful
[7429]   Gottschligg, Peter (1995) : Determination und Referenz in der Entwicklung der Nominalklassensysteme des Ful und anderer atlantischer Sprachen
[7431]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Zur Spezialisierung pronominaler Reliktformen im Ful
[7432]   Gottschligg, Peter (1997) : Nominale Morphophonologie des Ful von Klingenheben bis Paradis: keine Rezeptionsgeschichte
[7433]   Gottschligg, Peter (1998) : Nominale Formen im Adamawa-Ful
[7435]   Gottschligg, Peter (2000) : La morphologie nominale peule dans le cadre dialectal et nord-(ouest)-atlantique
[7437]   Gouffé, Claude (1962) : Observations sur le degré causatif dans un parler haoussa du Niger
[7439]   Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : A propos de la phrase relative et de la phrase nominale en berbère et en haoussa
[7440]   Gouffé, Claude (1964/66) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 1: introduction; le problème de l’aorist et de accompli
[7443]   Gouffé, Claude (1966/67) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 2: le problème de l’inaccompli I et II
[7446]   Gouffé, Claude (1967/69) : Les problèmes de l’aspect en haoussa, 3: l’inaccompli négatif et l’ingressif
[7447]   Gouffé, Claude (1968/69) : Deux notes grammaticales sur le parler haoussa de Dogodoutchi (République du Niger)
[7449]   Gouffé, Claude (1969/70) : Compléments et précisions concernant le haoussa dans le cadre de l’essai comparatif de M. Marcel Cohen
[7452]   Gouffé, Claude (1970/71) : Sur les emplois grammaticalisés du verbe ‘dire’ en haoussa
[7453]   Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Remarques sur le syntagme démonstratif en haoussa
[7454]   Gouffé, Claude (1971) : Observations sur les emprunts au français dans les parlers haoussa du Niger
[7457]   Gouffé, Claude (1975) : Redoublement et réduplication en haoussa: formes et fonctions
[7460]   Gouffé, Claude (1981) : La langue haoussa
[7461]   Gouffé, Claude (1988) : Fonction de la diathèse dans le verbe haoussa
[7462]   Gough, David H. (1986) : Xhosa narrative: an analysis of the production and linguistic properties of discourse with particular reference to Iintsomi texts
[7463]   Gough, David H. (1992) : Demonstratives and word order: aspects of discourse reference in Xhosa narrative
[7464]   Gough, David H. (1993) : A change of mood: towards a re-analysis of the Dokean classification
[7465]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Some problems for politeness theory: deference and directness in Xhosa performative requests
[7466]   Gough, David H. (1995) : Xhosa beyond the textbook: an analysis of grammatical variation of selected Xhosa constructions
[26168]   Gould, Isaac (2012) : Spatial Absence in Lamnso': A Preliminary Description of the Absentive Morpheme siiy
[7468]   Gould, Laurie J. (19--) : The grammar of Ikikuria
[7469]   Gould, Laurie J. (1987) : Evidence for ambiguous targets in Kuria advancement strategies
[7470]   Gould, Laurie J. (1988) : Liberation and Kikuria relative clauses
[7471]   Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1982) : Éléments de description grammaticale du gbeya
[7472]   Goungaye Wanfiyo, Nganatouwa (1986) : Étude descriptive du gbeya, parler gbaya de la région de Bossangoa en République centrafricaine
[7479]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1964) : Morphology of the substantive in Lozi
[7480]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1967) : Morphology of the verb in Lozi
[7481]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1968) : Some secret languages of children of South Africa
[7482]   Gowlett, Derek F. (1970) : Verbal extensions in Mbuunda
[7489]   Gowlett, Derek F. (2003) : Zone S
[7486]   Gowlett, Derek F. (Ed) (1992) : African linguistic contributions presented in honour of Ernst Westphal
[7492]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1983) : Some aspects of Logo phonology and morphology
[7494]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : Some aspects of Kaliko phonology and morphology
[7500]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1986) : A Kaliko text with grammatical notes and comments
[23438]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (1972) : Ordered rules and the morphophonemics of the N-class in Swahili
[7493]   Goyvaerts, Didiers L. (Ed) (1985) : African linguistics: essays in memory of M. W. K. Semikenke
[7515]   Graefe, Erhart (1987) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7516]   Graefe, Erhart (1988) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7517]   Graefe, Erhart (1990) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7518]   Graefe, Erhart (1994) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7519]   Graefe, Erhart (1997) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7520]   Graefe, Erhart (2001) : Mittelägyptische Grammatik für Anfänger
[7521]   Graffin, R. & François Pichon (1930) : Grammaire éwondo
[7528]   Gragg, Gene B. (1997) : Ge‘ez (Ethiopic)
[7530]   Grah, Claire (1983) : Approche systèmatique du nèwòlè
[24406]   Grandʼeury, Sylvie (1991) : Le Parler ngbaka minagende, langue oubanguienne du Zaïre : Unités de base, prédication et énonciation
[7537]   Grannis, Oliver Culver (1970) : Relative constructions in Acholi
[7542]   Grapow, Hermann (1936) : Sprachliche und schriftliche Formung ägyptischer Texte
[7544]   Grapow, Hermann (1938) : Untersuchungen über Stil und Sprache des koptischen Kambysesromans
[7551]   Grapow, Hermann (1950) : Zur Wortbildung des Ägyptischen
[7552]   Grapow, Hermann (1952) : Untersuchungen zur ägyptischen Stilistik, I: der stilistische Bau der Geschichte des Sinuhe
[7561]   Gray, G. P. (1966) : The morphology of the substantive in Herero
[7563]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli noun classes
[7564]   Gray, Ian R. (1978) : Buli concords
[7562]   Gray, Louis H. (1971) : Introduction to Semitic comparative linguistics: a basical grammar of the Semitic languages
[7559]   Gray, Robert F. (1951) : A short word-list and grammatical sketch [of Mbugwe]
[7677]   Grébaut, S. (1945) : Cahiers pour l’enseignement de la langue éthiopienne, I: le verbe fort trilittère qatala (schèmes et flexions)
[22875]   Grebe, Karl H. (1975) : Verb clusters in Lamnsok
[22889]   Grebe, Karl H. (1976) : Relational grammar applied to Nsoq
[7566]   Grebe, Karl H. & Winifred Grebe (1975) : Verb tone patterns in Lamnsok
[7570]   Greef, M. M. (1980) : The passive in Xhosa
[25573]   Green, Christopher R. (2012) : Paradigm uniformity in Luwanga derived nouns
[26065]   Green, Christopher R. & Ashley Farris-Trimble (2010) : Voice contrast and cumulative faithfulness in Luwanga Nouns
[7575]   Green, E. Clive (1956) : An introduction to Shambala grammar
[7572]   Green, Margret Mackeson (1937-1974) : Linguistic papers, chiefly concerning the Igbo language
[7576]   Green, Margret Mackeson & G. Egemba Igwe (1963) : A descriptive grammar of Igbo
[7581]   Green, Melanie (1997) : Focus and copular constructions in Hausa
[24764]   Green, Melanie (2007) : Focus in Hausa
[7582]   Green, Melanie & Philip John Jaggar (2003) : Ex-situ and in-situ focus in Hausa: syntax, semantics and discourse
[7580]   Green, Michael (1987) : Coptic share pattern and its ancient Egyptian ancestors: a reassessment of the aorist pattern in the Egyptian language
[7597]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1950) : The patterning of root morphemes in Semitic
[7599]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1952) : The Afro-Asiatic (Hamito-Semitic) present
[7605]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1955) : Internal a-plurals in Afroasiatic (Hamito-Semitic)
[7608]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1959) : The origin of the Masai passive
[7613]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1960) : An Afro-Asiatic pattern of gender and number agreement
[7638]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1972) : Linguistic evidence regarding Bantu origin
[7642]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1977) : Niger-Congo noun class markers: prefixes, suffixes, both or neither
[7643]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1978) : How does a language acquire gender markers?
[7645]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article
[7646]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1981) : Nilo-Saharan movable k- as a stage III article (with a Penutian typological parallel)
[7647]   Greenberg, Joseph Harold (1983) : Some areal characteristics of African languages
[7652]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1961) : Luo: a grammar
[7653]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1967) : Prefix and pronoun in Bantu
[23447]   Gregersen, Edgar Alstrup (1999) : Noun class systems in African and Pacific languages
[7680]   Grégoire, Claire (1975) : Les locatifs en bantou
[7684]   Grégoire, Claire (1976) : Les suffixes verbaux et les finales de la conjugaison simple en laadi
[7686]   Grégoire, Claire (1979) : Les voyelles finales alternantes dans la conjugaison affirmative des langues bantoues centrales
[7688]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structures relative en mandé: tentative de comparaison
[7689]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les structure sous-jacente des relatives en mandé-nord
[7690]   Grégoire, Claire (1980) : Les locatifs en bantou: reconstruction et évolution régionales
[7691]   Grégoire, Claire (1983) : Quelques hypothèses comparatives sur les locatifs dans les langues bantoues du Cameroun
[7692]   Grégoire, Claire (1985) : L’expression du passif en maninka
[7698]   Grégoire, Claire (1994) : A Diachronic Approach to Classes 10 and 11 in Bantu With Special Reference to North-Western Languages
[7702]   Grégoire, Claire (2003) : The Bantu languages of the forest
[24303]   Grégoire, Claire (1981) : Morphologie de l'opposition accompli/inaccompli dans le verbe soninké
[24306]   Grégoire, Claire (1987) : Morphophonologie et morphologie nominales en soninké
[7701]   Grégoire, Claire & Baudoin Janssens (1999) : L’augment en bantou du nord-ouest
[7699]   Grégoire, Claire & Jean-Paul Rekanga (1994) : Nouvelles hypothèses diachronique sur la cl. 10b du myènè-nkomi (B11e)
[7715]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (1999) : The formation of questions in Oromo and Somali: a comparative analysis
[7716]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2001) : A grammatical sketch of written Oromo
[7717]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine (2004) : Lehrbuch des Somali: eine praktische Einführung
[7706]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1994) : Lehrbuch des Oromo: eine praktische Einführung
[7708]   Griefenow-Mewis, Catherine & Tamene Bitima (1995) : Übungsbuch Oromo
[7718]   Griesel, G. J. (1982) : Zoeloe vir beginners
[7719]   Griesel, G. J. (2001) : Irregular forms of the Zulu locativised noun
[7723]   Griffin, A. W. (1937) : Grammar and exercise-book of the Kipende language
[7725]   Griffini, E. (1936) : L’arabo parlato della Libia: cenni grammaticali e repertorio di oltre 10.000 vocaboli, frasi e modi di dire raccolti in Tripolitania; con appendice: primo saggio di un elenco alfabetico di tribù della Libia italiana
[7749]   Grinevald, Colette & Frank Seifart (2004) : Noun classes in African and Amazonian languages: towards a comparison
[7750]   Grobbelaar, J. C. (1952) : Junior Sepedi: ’n handleiding met oefeninge vir die aanleer van Noord-Sotho vir standerd 7 en standerd 8
[7755]   Groenewald, P. S. (1960) : Morfologiese verdubbeling in Noord-Sotho
[25265]   Grollemund, Rebecca (2006) : Les Okandé du Gabon, locuteurs d’une langue en danger (langue bantoue du groupe B 30) - Langue et culture
[26177]   Grollemund, Rebecca & Jean-Marie Hombert (2012) : Use of Plant Names for the Classification of the Bantu Languages of Gabon
[7759]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1965) : O printsipakh vydeleniya imeni sushchestvitel’nogo v yazyke suahili [On the principles of definition of the noun as a part of speech in Swahili]
[7760]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1966) : Chasti rechi v iazykakh bantu i printsipy ikh razgranicheniia
[7761]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1975) : The syntax of the ‘infinitive’ in Swahili (abstract)
[7764]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1983) : On correlation of the categories of class and number in some Bantu languages
[7765]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Die Erweiterung der Funktion einiger Nominalklassenpräfixe in den Bantusprachen
[7766]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1988) : Leksikologiia i slovobrazovanie afrikanskikh iazykov
[7767]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (1990) : Vitenzi vipya katika Swahili [New verbs in Swahili]
[7771]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna (2004) : The infinitive as a part of speech in Swahili
[7763]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1978) : Osobennosti relytivnykh konstruktsii v suahili
[7768]   Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna & Natalya Veniaminovna Okhotina (1995) : Teoreticheskaja grammatika jazyka suakheli [Swahili theoretical grammar]
[7772]   Groot, Martien de (1988) : Description of the Digo verb system
[24581]   Grossmann, Rebecca Suzanne (1992) : Discourse Grammar of Bandi
[7784]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1973) : A story in |Gwi with some linguistic descriptions
[7785]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1975) : Plural predicates in €Hòã
[7787]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1992) : Proper argument projection in Igbo and Yoruba
[7788]   Gruber, Jeffrey S. (1995) : Thematic configurationality and serial verb constructions
[7797]   Guarisma, Gladys (1969) : Études bafia: phonologie, classes d’accord et lexique bafia-français
[7799]   Guarisma, Gladys (1972) : A propos de la détermination des catégories grammaticales en bafia par la méthode de l’énoncé minimal
[7800]   Guarisma, Gladys (1973) : Le nom en bafia: étude syntagme nominal d’une langue bantoue du Cameroun
[7803]   Guarisma, Gladys (1978) : Études vouté (langue bantoïde du Cameroun): phonologie et alphabet pratique, synthématique, et lexique vouté-français
[7807]   Guarisma, Gladys (1981) : Le prédicat en bafia
[7809]   Guarisma, Gladys (1982) : Le syntagme verbal à modalité de temps et à modalité d’aspect en bafia
[7811]   Guarisma, Gladys (1985) : Types d’énoncés, classes de verbes et nombre de participants au procès en bafia
[7815]   Guarisma, Gladys (1990) : La negation en bafia: langue bantoue A53 du Cameroun
[7818]   Guarisma, Gladys (1997) : La qualification en bafia
[7819]   Guarisma, Gladys (2003) : Kpa? (A53)
[25971]   Guarisma, Gladys (2004) : Les indices d'accord en bantou : le cas du bafia
[7808]   Guarisma, Gladys , Gabriel M. Nissim & Jan Voorhoeve (Ed) (1982) : Le verbe bantoue: actes de journées d’étude tenues à l’Université de Leyde (Pays-Bas), 19-21 janvier 1981, et au Centre de Recherche Pluridisciplinaire du CNRS, Ivry (France), 27 février et le 26 juin 1981
[23848]   Gueche, Fotso Hugues Carlos (2004) : Noun morphology of Befang
[7837]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1976) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les Fon du Dahomey
[7840]   Guédou, Georges A. G. (1985) : Xó et gbè: langage et culture chez les fon (Bénin)
[7841]   Guéhoun, N. Augustin (1993) : Description systématique du dida de lakota (langue kru de Côte d’Ivoire)
[26775]   Guérois, Rozen (2015) : A grammar of Cuwabo (Mozambique, Bantu P34)
[7825]   Guerreiro, Manuel Viegas (1963) : Rudimentos de língua maconde
[7828]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1983) : A phonological analysis of construct state in Berber
[7831]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1986) : On Berber verbs of change: a study in transitivity alternations
[7833]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1987) : The status of the lexical category preposition in Berber: implications for the nature of the construct state
[7834]   Guerssel, Mohamed (1992) : The phonology of Berber derivational morphology by affixation
[7832]   Guerssel, Mohamed & Ken Hale (Ed) (1987) : Studies in Berber syntax
[7835]   Gueunier, Noël-Jacques (1976) : Notes sur le dialecte malgache de l’île de Mayotte
[10812]   Gugelchuk, Gary Michael (1985) : A generative-transformational analysis of the plots of Limba (West Africa) dilemma tales
[7843]   Guidi, Ignazio (1924) : Elementa linguae copticae
[7845]   Guidi, Ignazio (1936) : Grammatica elementare della lingua amarica, con esercizi di traduzione e glossario
[26399]   Guilavogui, André Gouma (1975) : Étude morphosyntaxique du loghomagoi
[26400]   Guilavogui, Catherine Koly (1976) : Étude du système nominal du loma
[7848]   Guillet, Gérard (1972) : Initiation à la tonalité met à la grammaire de la langue fon
[7849]   Guillet, Gérard & Michel Dujarier (1978?) : Eléments de grammaire fongbe
[7850]   Guillot, R. (19--) : Petite grammaire de l’usalampasu
[7851]   Guilmin, M. (1925) : Grammaire lingombe
[7917]   Güldemann, Tom (1992) : Ist Swahili eine monogenetische Einheit? Betrachtungen aus der Sicht peripherer Varietäten unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Verbmorphologie
[7918]   Güldemann, Tom (1996) : Verbalmorphologie und Nebenprädikationen im Bantu: eine Studie zur funktional motivierten Genese eines konjugationalen Subsystem
[7919]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodic subordination as a strategy for complex sentence construction in Shona: Bantu moods revisited
[7920]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7921]   Güldemann, Tom (1997) : Prosodische Markierung als sprachliche Strategie zur Hierarchisierung verknüpfter Prädikationen am Beispiel des Shona
[7923]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The relation between imperfective and simultaneous taxis in Bantu: late stages of grammaticalization
[7924]   Güldemann, Tom (1998) : The Kalahari Basin as an object of areal typology: a first approach
[7925]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : The genesis of verbal negation in Bantu and its dependency on functional features of clause types
[7926]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Toward a grammaticalization and typological account of the ka-possessive in southern Nguni
[7927]   Güldemann, Tom (1999) : Head-initial meets head-final: nominal suffixes in eastern and southern Bantu from a historical perspective
[7930]   Güldemann, Tom (2000) : Noun categorization systems in non-Khoe lineages of Khoisan
[7932]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : When “say” is not say: the functional versatility of the Bantu quotative marker ti with special reference to Shona
[7933]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Die Entlehnung pronominaler Elemente des Khoekhoe aus dem !Ui-Taa
[7934]   Güldemann, Tom (2002) : Using older Khoisan sources: quantifier expressions in Lower Nossop varieties of Tuu
[7935]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Grammaticalization
[7936]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Present progressive vis-à-vis predication focus in Bantu: a verbal category between semantics and pragmatics
[7937]   Güldemann, Tom (2004) : Reconstruction through ‘de-construction’: the marking of person, gender and number in the Khoe family and Kwadi
[22580]   Güldemann, Tom (2003) : Khoisan languages
[23523]   Güldemann, Tom (2005) : Asyndetic subordination and deverbal depictive expressions in Shona
[24779]   Güldemann, Tom (2008) : Quotative Indexes in African Languages: A Synchronic and Diachronic Survey
[25162]   Güldemann, Tom (2010) : The relation between focus and theticity in the Tuu family
[25498]   Güldemann, Tom (2007) : The Macro-Sudan belt: towards identifying a linguistic area in northern sub-Saharan Africa
[25815]   Güldemann, Tom (2009) : Greenberg's “Case” for Khoisan: The Morphological Evidence
[7928]   Güldemann, Tom & Rainer Vossen (2000) : Khoisan
[26559]   Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2013) : Converbs in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26648]   Gulfan, Gumma Ibrahim (2015) : Possessor Ascension in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[7858]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1951) : A comparative study of the ideophone in Suthu
[7859]   Guma, Samson Mbizo (1971) : An outline structure of Southern Sotho
[7861]   Gunn, B. (1924) : Studies in Egyptian syntax
[7939]   Günther, Theophilus (1969) : Die Pronomina im Hottentottischen
[7866]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1918-1972) : Unpublished field data, grammar and vocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages
[7868]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1939) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala: la langue universelle actuellement parlée sur la partie centrale du fleuve Congo, avec un manuel de conversation français-lingala
[7872]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Gender, number and person in Bantu languages
[7873]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1948) : Bantu word division: a new study of an old problem
[7875]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1951) : Grammaire et dictionnaire de lingala
[7877]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Observations on nominal classes in Bantu languages
[7878]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1956) : Some features of the Mfinu verbal system
[7882]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1960) : Teke radical structure and Common Bantu
[7883]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1961) : Bantu sentence structure
[7887]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1962) : The status of radical extensions in Bantu languages
[7893]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Variations in the range of classes in the Bantu languages
[7894]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 1: the comparative linguistics of the Bantu languages
[7895]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1967/71) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages
[7896]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1968) : Notes on Nzebi (Gabon)
[7897]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1969) : Features of verbal structure in S. W. Fang
[7898]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 3: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7899]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4: a catalogue of Common Bantu with commentary
[7900]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1970) : Collected papers on Bantu linguistics
[7902]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : The western Bantu languages
[7903]   Guthrie, Malcolm (1971) : Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and indexes
[7867]   Guthrie, Malcolm (Ed) (1935) : Lingala grammar and dictionary
[7904]   Guthrie, Malcolm & John F. Carrington (1988) : Lingala: grammar and dictionary
[7907]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1985) : A multi-tiered approach to Silt’i verb morphology
[7911]   Gutt, Ernst-August (1997) : The Silte group (East Gurage)
[7913]   Guy-Grand, V.-J. (1923) : Dictionnaire français-volof, précédé d’un abrégé de la grammaire volofe
[7916]   Guzman, Videa P. de (1987) : Indirect objects in Siswati
[7942]   Gxilishe, D. S. (1992) : Conversational code switching
[25511]   Gya, Daniel (2012) : Focus in Rigwe syntax
[7947]   Haacke, Catherine (1970) : Die Konjunktionen im Galla: eine syntaktisch-semantische Analyse
[25686]   Haacke, Wilfrid (2010) : Naro Syntax from the perspective of the desentential hypothesis – The minimal sentence
[7949]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1976) : A Nama grammar: the noun-phrase
[7950]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1977) : The so-called “personal pronoun” in Nama
[7951]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1978) : Subject deposition in Nama
[7952]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1980) : Nama “coreferential copulative sentences” reassessed
[7954]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1983) : The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama
[7956]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1985) : Noun phrase accessibility to relativization in Herero and Nama
[7957]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1986) : Preliminary observations on a dialect of the Sesfontein Damara
[7960]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1987) : A typological survey of Nama/Damara
[7961]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1988) : How to perpertuate misconceptions of a language [= review article based on ‘Khoe-Kowap’ by Gerhard Böhm]
[7962]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (199-) : Khoekhoe
[7964]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Compound noun phrases in Nama
[7965]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Die Sprache der Nama und Damara
[7966]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1992) : Dislocated noun phrases in Khoekhoe (Nama/Damara): further evidence for the sentential hypothesis
[7969]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] (1995) : Instances of incorporation and compounding in Khoekhoegowab (Nama/Damara)
[7971]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & Edward Derek Elderkin (Ed) (1997) : Namibian languages: reports and papers
[7948]   Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard] & John Boois (1975-1984) : //Khaa//khaasen da ge ra Namagowaba II-V [Nama school grammars]
[7985]   Haberland, Eike & Marcello Lamberti (1988) : Ibaaddo ka-Bai’so: culture and language of the Bai’so
[7991]   Hachipola, Simooya Jerome (1991) : A historico-comparative study of Zambian Plateau Tonga and seven related lects
[8000]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1935) : Notes on Swahili grammar
[8001]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1937) : The perfect tense in the eastern Bantu languages
[8002]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1951) : The locative in Bantu (Baganda)
[8004]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Swahili lessons
[8005]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : Note on the verbal -e stem in East African Bantu
[8006]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1955) : The verbal -e stem in eastern Bantu
[8007]   Haddon, Ernest B. (1956) : Some notes on the initial vowel pre-prefix
[8003]   Haddon, Ernest B. & H. E. Lambert (1954) : Notes and queries - continued
[8009]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Les marques -yo- et -to- dans la conjugasion de quelques langues bantoues de zone C
[8010]   Hadermann, Pascale (1994) : Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de l’infinitif dans les langues bantoues
[8011]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Formes verbales complexes et grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe(conjugués) dans quelques langues bantues de zone B et H
[8012]   Hadermann, Pascale (1996) : Grammaticalisation de la structure infinitif+verbe conjugué dans quelques langues bantoues
[8013]   Hadermann, Pascale (1997) : L’infinitif et la fonction sujet dans quelques langues bantoues
[8014]   Hadermann, Pascale (1999) : Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 dans les langues bantoues du Nord-Ouest
[23249]   Hadermann, Pascale (2005) : Eléments segmentaux et supra-segmentaux pour marquer la fonction ‘object’ dans quelques langues bantoues
[8026]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1969) : Esquisse linguistique du tikar, Cameroun
[8028]   Hagège, Claude [André] (197-) : Esquisse de présentation du guidar, langue tchadique
[8030]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1970) : La langue mbum de Nganha (Cameroun): phonologie, grammaire
[8032]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1974) : The “adjective” in some African languages
[8033]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1975) : Some contributions of central African languages to African linguistics, linguistic theory and language universals
[8035]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1981) : Le mbum
[8036]   Hagège, Claude [André] (1982) : The significance of central African languages for linguistic theory and universals
[8018]   Hagen, Eva (1981) : Das Kagoma: Untersuchungen zu einer zentralnigerianischen Klassensprache
[8017]   Hagen, Gunther Tronje von (1940) : Lehrbuch der Bulu Sprache
[8038]   Hagman, Roy Stephen (1973) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[8039]   Hagman, Roy Stephen (1977) : Nama Hottentot grammar
[8091]   Haïdara, Youssouf Mohammed (199-) : Grammaticeskaja struktura jazyka mezetniceskogo obscenija: na materiale jazyka songaï
[8094]   Haïk, Isabelle & Laurice Truller (Ed) (1989) : Current approaches to African linguistics VI: proceedings of the 18th annual conference on African linguistics, Montréal
[8042]   Haile Leul Yigebru (1991) : VP-complementation in Awngi
[8046]   Hailu Daniel (1988) : The verb morphology of Zayse
[8047]   Hailu Kassaye (1988) : Gidole verb morphology
[8045]   Hailu, H. F. (1985) : Cleft constructions
[8048]   Hainzl, Gerald (1996) : Grammatische Strukturen südafrikanischer Nicht-Bantu-Clicksprachen
[24157]   Halaoui, Nazam (2003) : Les syntagmes nominaux en soninké
[24158]   Halaoui, Nazam (2006) : Singulier et pluriel dans le nom en soninke
[24308]   Halaouï, Nazam (1990) : La morphologie du numéral en soninké
[8101]   Hale, Ken , Peter Uzodinma Ihìónú & Victor B. Manfredi (1995) : Igbo bipositional verbs in a syntactic theory of argument structure
[8103]   Halila, Hafedh (1985) : Some syllable structure based rules of Tunisian Arabic
[8122]   Haller, Beat (1989) : La relative en zulgo
[8120]   Haller, Beat & John Robert Watters (1984) : Topic in Zulgo
[8119]   Haller, Beat , Sylvia Hedinger & Ursula Weisemann (1981) : The verbal complex in Zulgo
[8123]   Hallowes, D. P. (1942) : A grammar of Baca
[8127]   Halme, Riikka (2004) : A tonal grammar of Kwanyama
[26174]   Halpert, Claire (2012) : Zulu Counterfactuals in and out of Conditionals
[8128]   Halwa, Lawan Danladi (1995) : Issues in the syntax of Hausa complementation
[24405]   Hamani, Abdou (sd) : La Structure grammaticale du zarma : essai de systématisation.
[8129]   Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1993) : Maasai auxiliaries and infinitival constructions
[8130]   Hamaya, Mitsuyo (1996) : Non-embedded complement clauses in Maasai
[8131]   Hambally, Mohammadu (1966) : [Description comparative de la langue littéraire haoussa et ses dialectes]
[26583]   Hamid Ahmed, Mohammed-Tahir (2013) : Les articles définis en bedja, dialecte du Gash
[8135]   Hamilton, Mark R. (1982) : Verbal marking systems in Chadic
[22463]   Hamimi, Gaya (1997) : Grammaire et conjugaison amazigh
[8136]   Hamlyn, William Temple (1935) : A short study of the western Mandinka language
[26570]   Hammarström, Harald (2013) : Noun class parallels in Kordofanian and Niger-Congo – evidence of genealogical inheritance?
[8143]   Hammond, Michael (1988) : Templaic transfer in Arabic broken plurals
[8144]   Hamouha, H. (1987) : Manuel de grammaire berbère (Kabyle)
[8145]   Hamp, Eric H. (1970) : On Bantu and comparison
[8147]   Hanafiou, Hamidou Seydou (1995) : Éléments de description du kaado d’Ayorou-Goungokore (parler songhay du Niger)
[23690]   Hanchey, Stephen & Timothy P. Francis (1979) : Mauritanian Arabic: communication and culture handbook
[8160]   Handekyn, E. (1927) : Spraakkunst der Wankutshu-taal
[8161]   Hands, Arthur L. (1952) : The elements of Runyarwanda for English-speaking students
[8162]   Hankievicz, S. (1928) : Praktyczna gramatyka jezyka Nianja
[8163]   Hanna, H. Morcos (1967) : The phrase structure of Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[8169]   Hannig, Rainer (1991) : Pseudopartizip und sd?m.n=f: der Kernbereich des mittelägyptischen Verbalsystems
[8171]   Hanouz, Saïd (1969) : Grammaire berbère: la langue, les origines du peuple berbère
[23001]   Hansford, Gillian (1990) : A grammar of Chumburung: a structure-function hierarchical description of the syntax of a Ghanaian languages
[26713]   Hansford, Gillian F. (2010) : Red is a verb: the grammar of colour in Chumburung
[8179]   Harding, D. A. (1966) : The phonology and morphology of Chinyanja
[8180]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1983) : Locative pseudo-subject in Shona
[8181]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1985) : The Shona passive and government-binding theory
[8182]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1986) : Aspects of complementation in three Bantu languages
[8183]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1990) : Locative inversion in Chishona
[8184]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1991) : Object asymmetries in Kitharaka
[8185]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1993) : The applicative in Chishona and lexical mapping theory
[8186]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1997) : Empty operator raising in Kitharaka
[8188]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (1999) : Shona monosyllabication and the prosody-syntax interface in optimality theory
[8189]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn (2003) : Perfective stems in Shona
[5176]   Harford [Perez], Carolyn & Katherine Alison Demuth (1999) : Prosody outranks syntax: an optimality approach to subject inversion in Bantu relatives
[8191]   Hargus, Sharon , Manuel da Conceição & Susan McBurney (1999) : Noun classes and agreement in Ronga
[8194]   Harjula, Lotta (2004) : The Ha language of Tanzania: grammar, texts and vocabulary
[23709]   Harjula, Lotta (2006) : The Ha noun class system revisited
[25227]   Harley, Matthew (2008) : Tense, Aspect and Mood in Tuwuli
[26695]   Harley, Matthew W. (2009) : Focus constructions in Tuwuli
[8225]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1981) : Pula 1: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8226]   Harman, F. J. N. & others (1983) : Pula 2: Noord-Sothotaalkunde/Northern Sotho grammar
[8230]   Harrell, Richard S. (1962) : A short reference grammar of Moroccan Arabic
[8232]   Harrell, Richard S. (1965) : A basic course in Moroccan Arabic
[8258]   Harries, Jeanette (1971) : Verbless sentences and ‘verbs of being’ in Tamazight
[8260]   Harries, Jeanette (1974) : Tamazight basic course
[8235]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1940) : An outline of Mawiha grammar
[8240]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1950) : A grammar of Mwera, a Bantu language of the eastern zone, spoken in the south-eastern area of Tanganyika Territory
[8243]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1955) : Grammar of Gesogo
[8245]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1958) : Kumu, a sub-Bantu language
[8247]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1959) : Nyali, a Bantoid language
[8249]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1961) : Some grammatical features of recent Swahili prose
[8250]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1965) : Locative agreements in Swahili
[8254]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1969) : Swahili sentence structure
[8256]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970) : The phrasal predicate in Swahili
[8257]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1970/71) : Inalienable possession in Swahili
[8259]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1973) : Syntactic features of Swahili sentences
[8262]   Harries, Lyndon [Pritchard] (1977) : The syntax of Swahili locatives
[8266]   Harris, J. S. (19--) : Grammar and vocabulary of Kiluguru
[8273]   Harris, John (1987) : Mono-valency and opacity: Chichewa height harmony
[8280]   Harro, Gretchen (1989) : Extensions verbales en yemba (Bamileke-Dschang)
[8278]   Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1985) : Leçons d’apprentissage de la langue yemba (dschang)
[25102]   Harro, Gretchen & Nancy Haynes (1991) : Grammar sketch of Yemba
[8281]   Harry, Otelemate Gaibo (1995) : Pronouns in language classification: a case study of East Ijo
[8286]   Hartering, J. & C. Tokindʼino (1---) : Les Bongando nous parlent
[24765]   Hartmann, Katharina & Malte Zimmermann (2007) : Focus Strategies in African Languages; The Interaction of Focus and Grammar in Niger-Congo and Afro-Asiatic
[8297]   Haruna, Andrew (1997) : Separable aspect markers in Gùrdùn (Gùrùntùm)
[8299]   Haruna, Andrew (2003) : A grammatical outline of Gùrdùn/Gùrùntùm (southern Bauchi, Nigeria)
[8303]   Hasheela, Paavo & Wolfgang Zimmermann (1998) : Oshikwanyama grammar
[8305]   Hashim, Kamal M. Z. (1980) : Sentential complements in Egyptian colloquial Arabic
[8310]   Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1995) : CVC reduplication and the phonology and semantics of intensives in Hausa with implications for Chadic
[8311]   Hassan, Bello Sodangi Yaro al (1998) : Reduplication in the Chadic languages: a study of form and function
[8309]   Hassan, Mohamed Moallin (1994) : Aspects de la phonologie et de la morphologie du somali
[8315]   Hasselbring, Sue (1994) : Kalanga word division readability study
[8325]   Hattersley, Charles W. & Henry Wright Duta (1921) : Luganda phrases and idioms
[8326]   Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1981) : Morphosyntaxe du groupe nominal dans un corpus de français populaire d’Abidjan
[8328]   Hattiger, Jean-Louis (1984) : La série verbale en français populaire d’Abidjan
[8333]   Hauner, Magdalena (1985) : Complex tenses and style in the novels of E. Kezilahabi
[8344]   Havenga, B. (1988) : Die samestelling van die Sotho-taalgroep
[26834]   Hawkes, Rachel , Elodie Paquette , Nora Goldman , Ariane Ngabeu & Catherine O'Connor (2015) : Animacy Constraints on Prepositional Objects in Medumba, a Grassfields Language
[8349]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1976) : A semantic characterization of verbal agreement and word order in several Bantu languages
[8351]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Homonymy versus unity of form: the particle -a in Swahili
[8352]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1986) : Bakweri verb morphology
[23594]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: communication and culture handbook
[23595]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: special skills handbook
[23596]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine (1979) : Tanzanian Swahili: grammar handbook
[8348]   Hawkinson, Ann Katherine & Larry Michael Hyman (1974) : Hierarchies of natural topic in Shona
[8353]   Haymanot Moges (1984) : Pronouns and pronominalization in Oromo
[8359]   Hayward, Richard J. (1975) : Middle voice verb forms in eastern Cushitic
[8360]   Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : A question in Oromo morphophonology
[8361]   Hayward, Richard J. (1976) : Categories of the predicator in Afar, with special reference to the grammar of radical extensions
[8362]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The stative conjugation in ‘Afar
[8364]   Hayward, Richard J. (1978) : The prefix conjugation in Afar
[8367]   Hayward, Richard J. (1979) : Some inferences from an irregular imperative form in Saho
[8369]   Hayward, Richard J. (1980) : Participles in ‘Afar: evidence for the restructuring of verb suffixes
[8370]   Hayward, Richard J. (1981) : Nominal suffixes in Dirayta (Gidole)
[8375]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : The proto-Omotic verb formative *d-
[8376]   Hayward, Richard J. (1984) : A reconstruction of some root extensions of the eastern Cushitic verb
[8378]   Hayward, Richard J. (1985) : The Arbore language: a first investigation (including a vocabulary)
[8381]   Hayward, Richard J. (1988) : Is there a language with an indefinite nominative: Burji?
[8385]   Hayward, Richard J. (1989) : The notion of ‘default gender’: a key to interpreting the evolution of certain verb paradigms in East Ometo, and its implications for Omotic
[8400]   Hayward, Richard J. (1996) : Compounding in Qafar
[8404]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : The origins of the North Ometo verb agreement systems
[8407]   Hayward, Richard J. (1998) : Vowel reduction, tone and nominal declension in D’irayta
[8408]   Hayward, Richard J. (1999) : East Ometo verb paradigms: the grammaticalization of a syntactic pattern?
[8409]   Hayward, Richard J. (2000) : Afroasiatic
[8388]   Hayward, Richard J. (Ed) (1990) : Omotic language studies
[8384]   Hayward, Richard J. & Greville G. Corbett (1988) : Resolution rules in Qafar
[8377]   Hayward, Richard J. & John Ibrahim Saeed (1984) : NP focus in Somali and Dirayta: a comparison of baa and p’a
[8394]   Hayward, Richard J. & Martin Orwin (1991) : The prefix conjugation in Qafar-Saho: the survival and revival of a paradigm ; part 1
[8406]   Hayward, Richard J. & Yoichi Tsuge (1998) : Concerning case in Omotic
[8415]   Haywood, David (1970) : South African English pronunciation
[8429]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tense and aspect in Makaa
[8430]   Heath, Daniel (1991) : Tone in the Makaa associative construction
[8422]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Notes on the Mekaa noun class system
[8423]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1982) : Relative clauses in Mekaa
[8425]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1984) : Relative clauses in Makaa
[22877]   Heath, Daniel & Teresa Heath (1994) : Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse
[8432]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : A grammar of Koyra Chiini: the Songhay of Timbuktu
[8433]   Heath, Jeffrey (1999) : A grammar of Koyraboro (Koroboro) Senni: the Songhay of Gao, Mali
[22511]   Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : A grammar of Tamashek (Tuareg of Mali)
[24780]   Heath, Jeffrey (2008) : A Grammar of Jamsay
[24787]   Heath, Jeffrey (2005) : Tondi Songway Kiini (montane Songhay, Mali): Reference grammar and TSK-English-French Dictionary
[24788]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koyra Chiini, Songhay of Timbuktu, Mali
[24789]   Heath, Jeffrey (1998) : Texts in Koroboro Senni, Songhay of Gao, Mali
[8436]   Heath, Teresa (2003) : Makaa (A83)
[8437]   Hebo, P. Agostino (1955) : Grammatica amharica
[8441]   Hedinger, Robert (1977) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8442]   Hedinger, Robert (1980) : The noun classes of Akoose (Bakossi)
[8445]   Hedinger, Robert (1981) : Pronouns in Akoose
[8447]   Hedinger, Robert (1983) : Locatives in Akoose (Bakossi)
[8448]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8449]   Hedinger, Robert (1984) : Reported speech in Akoose
[8450]   Hedinger, Robert (1985) : The verb in Akoose
[8451]   Hedinger, Robert (1987) : The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon
[8453]   Hedinger, Robert (1992) : Verbal extensions in Akoose: their form, meaning and valency changes
[26076]   Hedinger, Robert (2008) : A Grammar of Akoose: A Northwest Bantu Language
[8444]   Hedinger, Robert , Joseph Ekandjoum & Sylvia Hedinger (1981) : Petite grammaire de la langue mboó
[8454]   Heepe, Martin (1920) : Die Komorendialekte Ngazidja, Nzwani und Mwali
[8456]   Heepe, Martin (1926) : Darstellung einer Bantusprache aus den Jahren 1821-1822 von Elliott, nach einer Handschrift der Grey Library in Kapstadt
[8460]   Heerden, P. W. van (1953) : Taalleerboeke en Noord-Sotho vir Transvaalse middelbare skole vir Blanke kinders tot 1951
[8464]   Heikkinen, Terttu (19--) : !Xu grammar
[8467]   Heikkinen, Terttu (1987) : An outline grammar of the !Xû language spoken in Ovamboland and West Kavango
[8469]   Heimbeck, Cora (1987) : Lokativkonstruktionen im Bemba
[8487]   Heine, Bernd (1973) : A sketch of Turkana grammar
[8491]   Heine, Bernd (1975) : Language typology and convergence areas in Africa
[8492]   Heine, Bernd (1975) : The study of word order in African languages
[8497]   Heine, Bernd (1976) : A typology of African languages based on the order of meaningful elements
[8504]   Heine, Bernd (1978) : Some generalizations on African-based pidgin languages
[8509]   Heine, Bernd (1979) : Some linguistic characteristics of African-based pidgins
[8513]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Language typology and linguistic reconstruction: the Niger-Congo case
[8516]   Heine, Bernd (1980) : Determination in some East African languages
[8529]   Heine, Bernd (1982) : African noun class systems
[8544]   Heine, Bernd (1986) : Bemerkungen zur Entwicklung der Verbaljunkturen im Kxoe und anderen Zentralkhoisan-Sprachen
[8557]   Heine, Bernd (1988) : Zur Entstehung des Klassensprachentyps: August Klingenheben und die Nominalklassenforschung
[8558]   Heine, Bernd (1989) : Adpositions in African languages
[8561]   Heine, Bernd (1990) : The dative in Ik and Kanuri
[8563]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : The Hausa particle naa
[8565]   Heine, Bernd (1991) : Auxiliaries in African languages: the Lingala case
[8573]   Heine, Bernd (1994) : On the genesis of aspect in African languages: the proximative
[8575]   Heine, Bernd (1997) : Grammaticalization theory and its relevance to African linguistics
[8578]   Heine, Bernd (1999) : The //Ani: grammatical notes and texts
[8580]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : Polysemy involving reflexive and reciprocal markers in African languages
[8582]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : On the rise of new-event markers in Kxoe
[22645]   Heine, Bernd (2000) : Grammaticalization chains across languages: an example from Khoisan
[26805]   Heine, Bernd (2012) : A peculiar personal pronoun in Labwor
[8519]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1980) : The non-Bantu languages of Kenya
[8524]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1981) : The Waata dialect of Oromo: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8531]   Heine, Bernd (Ed) (1982) : The Nubi language of Kibera, an Arabic creole: grammatical sketch and vocabulary
[8584]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2004) : !Xun as a type B language
[22397]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2005) : Grammatical hybrids: between serialization, compounding and derivation in !Xun (North Khoisan)
[26816]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2010) : The Labwor language of Northeastern Uganda : a grammatical sketch
[26936]   Heine, Bernd & Christa König (2015) : The !Xun Language: A Dialect Grammar of Northern Khoisan
[24766]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (2007) : A Linguistic Geography of Africa
[8581]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2000) : African languages: an introduction
[22508]   Heine, Bernd & Derek Nurse (Ed) (2004) : Les langues africaines
[8538]   Heine, Bernd & Franz Rottland (1983) : On the origin of gender in eastern Nilotic
[8576]   Heine, Bernd & Kézié Koyenzi Lébikaza (1997) : On attributive possession in Kabiye
[25700]   Heine, Bernd & Margaret Dunham (2010) : Grammaticalization in Bantu Languages with Special Reference to Swahili
[8540]   Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1983) : Diachronic observations on completive focus marking in some African languages
[8542]   Heine, Bernd & Mechthild Reh (1984) : Grammaticalization and reanalysis in African languages
[8515]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1980) : Language structures in Kenya
[8523]   Heine, Bernd & Rainer Vossen (1981) : Sprachtypologie
[8583]   Heine, Bernd & Tania A. Kuteva (Ed) (2001) : World lexicon of grammaticalization
[8545]   Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1986) : On the rise of grammatical categories: some examples from Maa
[8548]   Heine, Bernd & Ulrike Claudi (1988) : On the use of the nominal strategy for coding complex complements in some African languages
[8472]   Heine, Bernd & Wilhelm Johann Georg Möhlig (1968) : Grundkursus des Swahili für den Unterricht im Sprachlabor
[8522]   Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas
[8528]   Heine, Bernd , Thilo C. Schadeberg & H. Ekkehard Wolff (Ed) (1981) : Die Sprachen Afrikas. Bd 3: Nilosaharanisch
[8571]   Heine, Bernd , Tom Güldemann , Christa Kilian-Hatz , Donald Andreas Lessau , Heinz Roberg , Mathias Schladt & Thomas Stolz (1993) : Conceptual shift: a lexicon of grammaticalization processes in African languages
[23041]   Heins, Barbara (1999) : Preliminary observations on the Sena demonstrative system
[24747]   Hellenthal, Anne-Christie (2009) : The Morphology of Adverbial Clauses in Sheko
[26447]   Hellenthal, Anneke Christine (2010) : A grammar of Sheko
[23807]   Hellwig, Birgit (2005) : Serial verb constructions in Goemai
[25323]   Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : The Semantics of Copy Pronouns in Goemai
[25394]   Hellwig, Birgit (2011) : A grammar of Goemai
[26028]   Hellwig, Birgit (2012) : Lexicalization of property concepts: Evidence for language contact on the southern Jos Plateau (Central Nigeria)?
[26551]   Hellwig, Birgit (2013) : Verbal morphology in Katla
[26702]   Hellwig, Birgit (2010) : Different types of data: A case study of Goemai demonstratives
[26633]   Hellwig, Birgit & Gertrud Schneider-Blum (2014) : Tabaq: In a State of Flux
[8596]   Hellwig, Birgit & Joseph A. McIntyre (2000) : Hausa plural systems:a diachronic presentation
[24703]   Henderson, Brent (2006) : Multiple Agreement, Concord and Case Checking in Bantu
[24752]   Henderson, Brent (2009) : Anti-Agreement and [Person] in Bantu
[26181]   Henderson, Brent (2011) : African Languages and Syntactic Theory: Impacts and Directions
[8600]   Henderson, J. E. (1---) : Easy Gikuyu lessons
[8601]   Henderson, James & Anne Henderson (1979) : Essentials of Yele grammar
[8603]   Hendrickse, H. (1981) : The concepts ‘mood’ and ‘sentence type’ in a Herero grammar with theoretical aims
[8605]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1975) : Aspects of Xhosa sentential complementation: a grammatical inquiry within a framework of modern linguistic theory
[8606]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1978) : The explanatory power of the feature referential in a grammar of Xhosa
[8607]   Hendrikse, A. P. (1990) : Number as a categorizing parameter in Southern Bantu: an exploration in cognitive grammar
[8611]   Hendrikse, A. P. (2001) : Systemic polysemy in the southern Bantu noun class system
[8608]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1992) : A continuum interpretation of the Bantu noun class system
[8610]   Hendrikse, A. P. & George Poulos (1994) : Word categories: prototypes and continua in southern Bantu
[8609]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. N. L. Mkhatshwa (1993) : The metaphorical basis of Zulu auxiliaries
[8604]   Hendrikse, A. P. & S. W. Zotwana (1975) : Topics in Xhosa relativization: some traditional analyses re-examined
[8612]   Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1927) : Teso notes, I: the copula ka
[8613]   Hendriksen, Fr. A. W. (1958) : Notes on the Teso verb
[8614]   Hendrix, Melvin K. (1982) : An international bibliography of African lexicons
[8616]   Hennin, R. (1---) : Kizimba--binja-sud
[8619]   Henriksen, Fr. (1---) : Grammar of Teso
[24767]   Henrix, Marcel , Karel van den Eynde & Michael Meeuwis (2007) : Description grammaticale de la langue Ngbaka; Phonologie, tonologie et morphosyntaxe
[25701]   Henson, Bonnie (2010) : Second Position Effects in Kol, a Bantu Language of Cameroon
[25081]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2007) : The Phonology and Morphosyntax of Kol
[26231]   Henson, Bonnie J. (2012) : The development of copulas in Kol
[24554]   Henstra, Heleen (1984) : Het Naamwoord In Het Mampruli
[8757]   Hérault, Georges (1967) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou
[8758]   Hérault, Georges (1969) : Étude phonétique et phonologique de l’Adioukrou
[8762]   Hérault, Georges (1976) : Quelques conjugaisons verbales en adioukrou (examples d’applications des règles tonales)
[8763]   Hérault, Georges (1978) : Eléments de grammaire adioukrou
[8764]   Hérault, Georges (1981) : Les langues kwa
[14213]   Hérault, Georges (1983) : Systèmes des pronoms personnels et comparaison lexicale dans les langues Kwa de Côte dʼIvoire
[5768]   Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte dʼIvoire 2
[8766]   Hérault, Georges (Ed) (1983) : Atlas des langues kwa de Côte d’Ivoire 1
[8631]   Herbert, Robert K. (1977) : Prefix restructuring, lexical representation and the Bantu noun
[8635]   Herbert, Robert K. (1978) : Morphological re-analysis in the Bantu nasal class
[8637]   Herbert, Robert K. (1985) : Gender systems and semanticity: two case histories from Bantu
[8645]   Herbert, Robert K. (1991) : Patterns in language change, acquisition and dissolution: noun prefixes and concords in Bantu
[8626]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1975) : Proceedings of the 6th conference on African linguistics, held at the Ohio State University, Columbus, April 12-13, 1975
[8648]   Herbert, Robert K. (Ed) (1993) : Not with one mouth: continuity and change on southern African language studies (C. M. Doke centenary)
[8644]   Herbert, Robert K. & Senna Bogatsu (1990) : Changes in Northern Sotho and Tswana personal pronouns
[8660]   Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Twi grammar with English-Twi-French vocabulary
[8661]   Herman, H. Auguste (1939) : A short Ewe-grammar with English-Ewe-French vocabulary
[26743]   Hermann, C. (2015) : Lusiba, die Sprache der Länder Kisiba, Bugabu, Kjamtwara, Kjanja und Ihangiro, speziell der Dialekt der Bayossa im Lande Kjamtwara
[8669]   Herms, Irmtraud (1986) : Die Kategorie der Belebtheit im Rahmen des Klassensystems des Swahili
[8672]   Herms, Irmtraud (1989) : Zur Bildung von Diminjtiv- und Augmentattivformen im Swahili
[8674]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Diminutiva und Augmentativa
[8675]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Unpersönliche Konstruktionen
[8676]   Herms, Irmtraud (1994) : Adjektiva
[8681]   Herzog, Robert (1957/60) : Les compléments verbaux en somali
[8683]   Hess, Charles (1---) : Notes on Sukuma
[8691]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1922) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[8692]   Hetherwick, Alexander (1932) : A practical manual of the Nyanja language
[26737]   Hetherwick, Alexander (2014) : Manual of the Nyanja Language
[8693]   Hetzron, Robert (1963) : Le rection du thème factitif en amharique
[8695]   Hetzron, Robert (1965) : The particle bàa in northern Somali
[8697]   Hetzron, Robert (1966) : Pronominalization in Amharic
[8699]   Hetzron, Robert (1968) : Main verb-markers in northern Gurage
[8701]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : Third person singular pronoun suffixes in proto-Semitic
[8702]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The evidence for perfect *y’aqtul and jussive *yaqt’ul in proto-Semitic
[8703]   Hetzron, Robert (1969) : The verbal system of southern Agaw
[8705]   Hetzron, Robert (1970) : Toward an Amharic case-grammar
[8707]   Hetzron, Robert (1971) : Presentative function and presentative movement
[8708]   Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Ethiopian Semitic: studies in classification
[8709]   Hetzron, Robert (1972) : Phonology in syntax
[8710]   Hetzron, Robert (1973) : The element -mm in the Amharic verbal system
[8711]   Hetzron, Robert (1973/79) : Les affixes casuels couchito-sémitiques
[8713]   Hetzron, Robert (1974) : An archaism in the Cushitic verbal conjugation
[8714]   Hetzron, Robert (1975) : The t-converbs in western Gurage (the role of analogy in historical morphology)
[8720]   Hetzron, Robert (1977) : Formal rules and historical reality
[8722]   Hetzron, Robert (1978) : The nominal system of Awngi (Southern Agaw)
[8729]   Hetzron, Robert (1994) : A note on genitival agreement in Awngi
[8730]   Hetzron, Robert (1996) : The two futures in Central and Peripheral Western Gurage
[8732]   Hetzron, Robert (1997) : Outer South Ethiopic
[8731]   Hetzron, Robert (Ed) (1997) : The Semitic languages
[8696]   Hetzron, Robert & Marcos Habte-Mariam (1966) : Des traits pertinents superposés en ennemor
[8739]   Heusden, P. R. van (193-) : Grammaire et exercises pratiques chibemba-français
[8740]   Heusing, Gerald (1991) : Fokus und Wortstellung in tschadischen Sprachen
[8741]   Heusing, Gerald (1999) : Aspects of the morphology-syntax interface in four Nigerian languages
[8742]   Heusing, Gerald (2000) : Defective double object constructions in Lamang (Central Chadic)
[8743]   Hewer, Judy (1976) : Interrogative sentences in Kasem
[8744]   Hewer, Philip L. (1976) : A lexical approach to clause series in Kasem
[8745]   Hewer, Philip L. (1981) : A basic grammar of Kasem
[8746]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (1998) : Chronogenetic staging in the Swahili verbal system
[23245]   Hewson, John & Derek Nurse (2005) : The relationship of tense and aspect in the Gikuyu verb
[8747]   Hewson, John , Derek Nurse & Henry R. T. Muzale (2000) : Chronogenetic staging of tense in Ruhaya
[8752]   Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : Grammar of the Loma language, with some Kono words in the vocabulary
[8753]   Heydorn, R. von (1970/71) : The Vai language in Liberia
[8754]   Heyler, André (1966/67) : ‘Articles’ méroitiques
[8755]   Heyworth-Dunne, J. & Thomas Muir Johnstone (1961) : Spoken Egyptian Arabic
[8782]   Hidden, Rudolf W. H. (1986) : The tones of monosyllabic nouns in the associative construction in Bissa
[8790]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Word order and word order change in western Nilotic
[8791]   Hieda, Osamu (1991) : Plural formation of nouns in western Nilotic
[8793]   Hieda, Osamu (1992) : A grammaticval sketch of the Koegu language
[8797]   Hieda, Osamu (1998) : A sketch of Koegu grammar: towards reconstructing proto-southeastern Surmic
[8798]   Hieda, Osamu (2002) : [Tense and aspect in Saamia]
[26808]   Hieda, Osamu (2012) : Complementation and evidential strategy in Acooli
[26803]   Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2010) : Descriptive Studies of Nilotic Morphosyntax
[26812]   Hieda, Osamu (ed.) (2011) : Descriptive studies of Nilotic languages
[8802]   Higdon, Lee (1998) : The line of importance in Gangam narrative discourse
[8803]   Higdon, Lee (2001) : An overview of Gangam grammar
[23104]   Higdon, Lee (1996) : Tense, aspect, and modality in Gangam narrative and hortatory discourse
[8805]   Hilaire, Jean-Charles (1995) : Analyse interdialectale de la détermination verbale en peul (parlers centraux du Nigéria)
[8806]   Hilberth, John (1934) : Kortfattad gbaya-grammatik
[8809]   Hilberth, John (1959) : Notes sur la grammaire gbaya
[8810]   Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1956) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[8811]   Hilders, J. H. & J. C. D. Lawrance (1957) : An introduction to the Ateso language
[22963]   Hill, Harriet (1995) : Pronouns and reported speech in Adioukrou
[8829]   Hine, Sonia (19--) : Bimoba morphology
[8830]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1973) : Prefixes, sound changes and subgrouping in the coastal Kenyan Bantu languages
[8832]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1975) : A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class 9/10
[8840]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1981) : Northeast coastal Bantu
[8841]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. (1989) : Bantu
[8837]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Robert S. Kirsner (1980) : On the inference of ‘inalienable possession’ in Swahili
[8835]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1979) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8843]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. & Sarah M. Mirza (1997) : Kiswahili, msingi wa kusema kusoma na kuandika = Swahili, a foundation for speaking, reading and writing
[8838]   Hinnebusch, Thomas J. , Derek Nurse & Martin [Joel] Mould (1981) : Studies in the classification of Eastern Bantu languages
[8854]   Hintze, Fritz (1979) : Beiträge zur meroitischen Grammatik
[22613]   Hiraiwa, Ken (2003) : Relativization in Buli
[8859]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1988) : The noun morphology of Zayse
[8860]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1993) : Word formation in Yam
[8861]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1994?) : Verb formation in Yam
[8862]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (1996) : An autosegmental approach to the Geez-based Amharic nouns
[8863]   Hirut Wolde-Mariam (2000) : Number marking in Tirma
[8867]   Hiwot Tefera (1988) : Kollo verb morphology
[8868]   Hiwot Teffera (2001) : The verb phrase in Gofa
[8869]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1971) : The Zulu clause
[8870]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1983) : The clause in the Zulu sentence
[8871]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1995) : Growth of the Zulu language and its structural changes
[8872]   Hlongwane, J. B. (1996) : The narrative tense in Zulu
[8873]   Hoben, Susan Y. (1976) : The meaning of the second-person pronouns in Amharic
[23922]   Hobgood, H. C. (1----) : Lokundo English grammar
[8875]   Hobley, June (1964) : A preliminary analysis of the Bassa language
[8876]   Hobley, June (1965) : Bassa verbal formations
[8878]   Hobson, Carol Bonnin (2000) : Morphological development in the interlanguage of English learners of Xhosa
[8879]   Hoch, Ernst (195-) : Bemba grammar notes for beginners
[8881]   Hoch, Ernst (1963) : Bemba grammar with exercises
[8885]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1972) : Dictionnaire buma-français, avec un aperçu grammatical
[8887]   Hochegger, Herrmann (1981) : Grammaire du kikongo ya leta
[8892]   Hocking, B. D. W. (1974) : All what I was taught and other mistakes: a handbook of common errors in English
[8893]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1943) : Phonology and morphology of the noun and verb in Hausa
[8895]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1945) : Morpheme alternants and the noun phrase in Hausa
[8896]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1947) : An outline of Hausa grammar
[8902]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Hausa naà- ‘to be’ or not ‘to be’?
[8903]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1969) : Afroasiatic pronoun problems
[8905]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1970) : The linguistic cycle
[8909]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1971) : Afroasiatic S-causatives
[8911]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor (1975) : The nominal sentence in Semitic
[8898]   Hodge, Carleton Taylor & Ibrahim Umaru (1963) : Hausa basic course
[8929]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1976) : Object relations in Kimeru causatives
[8930]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed (1977) : Causatives, transitivity and objecthood in Kimeru
[8931]   Hodges, Kathryn Speed & Suzanne U. Stucky (1979) : On the inadequacy of a grammatical relation referring rule in Bantu
[8932]   Hodson, Arnold Wienholt & Crawen H. Walker (1922) : An elementary and practical grammar of the Galla or Oromo language
[8934]   Hoerner, Elisabeth (1980) : Ninzam: Untersuchungen zu einer Klassensprache des zentralnigerianischen Plateaus
[8935]   Hoeth, Sabine (2001) : Comportement linguistique des locuteurs du samo du sud
[22922]   Hofer, Verena (1978) : Types et séquences de propositions en wobé
[25604]   Hoff, Ansie (2011) : The /Xam and the Rain. Views by a Group of Southern San
[8939]   Hoffmann, C. (19--) : Grundriss zu einer Sotho-Grammatik
[8941]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1955) : Untersuchungen zur Struktur und sprachlichen Stellung des Bura
[8943]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1957) : A grammar of Bura
[8944]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : The noun-class system of central Kambari
[8945]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1963) : A grammar of the Margi language
[8947]   Hoffmann, Carl F. (1967) : An outline of the Dakarkari noun class systems and the relation between prefix and suffix noun class systems
[8948]   Hoffmann, H. B. (1968) : Grammaire de la langue somalie
[24060]   Hofman, Inge (1983) : Einführung in den nubischen Kenzi Dialekt
[8966]   Hofmann, Inge (1981) : Material für eine meroitische Grammatik
[9139]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1971) : The structure of Lelemi language, with text and glossary
[9143]   Höftmann, Hildegard (2003) : Dictionnaire fon-français, avec une esquisse grammaticale
[25002]   Höftmann, Hildegard (1993) : Grammatik des Fɔn
[25597]   Höftmann, Hildegarde, en collaboration avec M. Ahohounkpanzon et C. Boko (2012) : Dictionnaire Français–Fon
[8973]   Hoge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[8974]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1929/30) : Zur Lautlehre und Grammatik des Asu
[8978]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1975) : The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8979]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1976) : Zur Pluralbildung mit Vokalwechsel im Saho-Afar und in der Nandi-Gruppe
[8982]   Hohenberger, Johannes (1980) : Anmerkungen zu Rainer Vossen’s Besprechung meines Buches: The nominal and verbal affirmatives of Nilo-Hamitic and Hamito-Semitic
[8983]   Hohenwart-Gerlachstein, Anna (1979) : Nubienforshungen: Dorf- und Sprachstudien in der Fadídja-Zone
[8985]   Holes, Clive (1995) : Modern Arabic: structures, functions and varieties
[8986]   Holes, Clive (1996) : The passive in Omani Arabic
[22893]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1991) : Tense and aspect in Mofu-Gadar
[22896]   Hollingsworth, Kenneth R. (1986) : Modal categories in Mofu-Gadar
[8987]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1944) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[8988]   Hollingsworth, L. W. & Yahya Alawi (1953) : Advanced Swahili exercises
[23791]   Holmberg, Anders (2002) : Prepositions and PPs in Zina Kotoko
[8998]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1976) : Noun classes and tone in Ngie
[9002]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Noun classes of the Beboid languages
[9003]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1980) : Le groupe noun
[9004]   Hombert, Jean-Marie (1981) : From Proto-Benue-Congo to Proto-Bantu noun classes
[9020]   Hombert, Jean-Marie & Larry Michael Hyman (Ed) (1999) : Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives
[9021]   Hombo, Mandjwandju (1979) : Esquisse grammaticale de la langue ngbandi
[9024]   Homburger, Lilias (1925) : Le groupe sud-ouest des langues bantoues
[9027]   Homburger, Lilias (1929) : Les préfixes nominaux dans les parlers peuls, haoussa et bantou
[9032]   Homburger, Lilias (1931) : La morphologie nubienne et l’égyptienne
[9034]   Homburger, Lilias (1935) : Le genre sexuel dans le sous-group Choli-Shillouk des langues nilotiques
[9036]   Homburger, Lilias (1938) : Le genre dans les langues nilotiques
[9037]   Homburger, Lilias (1939) : Études de linguistique négro-africaine, I: les formes verbales
[9050]   Honken, Henry (1984) : Word groups in the click languages
[9048]   Honken, J. (1977) : Change of word order in Zhu|’hõasi
[9049]   Honken, J. (1979) : Internal reconstruction in Zhu|’hõasi
[9057]   Hooge, J. (1932) : Ondersoekings oor die gebruik van die verkleinwoord in Afrikaans
[9062]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1940) : Tonga grammar, a practical introduction to the study of Citonga
[9063]   Hopgood, Cecil Robert (1953) : Tonga grammar: a practical introduction to Tonga
[9064]   Hopkin-Jenkins, K. (1947) : Basic Bantu
[22934]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Le système aspecto-modal du Yaouré
[22959]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1986) : Pronouns and pronoun fusions in Yaouré
[22960]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1987) : Aperçu sur le système pronominal du yaouré (Mandé sud): les pronoms personnels
[23071]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1990) : La phrase complexe en diola-fogny (ouest-atlantique): propositions relatives
[23074]   Hopkins, Brad L. (1995) : Contribution a une étude de la syntaxe diola-fogny
[23587]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: communication and culture handbook
[23588]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: special skills handbook
[23589]   Hopkins, David B. (1979) : Setswana: grammar handbook
[9070]   Horn, Jeanne (1974) : Bua Sesotho
[9071]   Horn, Uta (1994) : Zur Entstehung und Gebrauch des lokativsuffixes -o im Baatonum
[9072]   Horn, Uta (1998) : A propos de la morphologie verbale du baatonum
[9074]   Horsfall, S. (1981) : The verb in Nigerian Pidgin and in Standard English: a contrastive analysis
[9075]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1941) : A grammar of the Lwena language
[9076]   Horton, Alonzo E. (1949) : A grammar of Luvale
[9082]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1974) : Prosodies and verb stems in Gude
[9085]   Hoskison, James Taylor (1983) : A grammar and dictionary of the Gude language
[9091]   Houghton, S. M. (1960) : Borana grammar notes
[9102]   Houis, Maurice (1963) : Étude descriptive de la langue susu
[9105]   Houis, Maurice (1966) : Aperçu sur les structures grammaticales des langues négro-africaines
[9106]   Houis, Maurice (1967) : Les cátegories de noms dérivés dans un parler manding
[9107]   Houis, Maurice (1968) : Pour une typologie ds séquences de propositions
[9108]   Houis, Maurice (1970) : Phrases bambara: les types d’énoncés
[9109]   Houis, Maurice (1970) : Réflexion sur une double corrélation typologique
[9111]   Houis, Maurice (1971) : Les pronoms inclusifs
[9113]   Houis, Maurice (1972) : Présentation grammaticale élémentaire du bambara
[9118]   Houis, Maurice (1977) : Plan de description systématique des langues africaines
[9121]   Houis, Maurice (1981) : Le bambara
[9122]   Houis, Maurice (1981) : Les schèmes d’énoncés en bambara
[26755]   Houméga, Munseu Alida (2009) : Le verbe blossé: étude morphosyntaxique et sémantique
[26768]   Houméga, Munseu Alida (2014) : Prédication non verbale en dan de l'ouest
[9123]   Houngues, Désiré & John Priestley Hutchison (1999) : Tense-aspect and serialization in Mínà
[24584]   Houngues, Desire Mensanh Komi (1997) : Topics in the Syntax of Mina
[9124]   Hounkpatin, B. (1984/85) : Le verbal et le syntagme verbal du fon-gbe parlé à Massé
[22923]   Howard, Olive M. (1978) : The paragraph in Gagou (Gban) narrative
[9130]   Howeidy, A. (1953) : Concise Hausa grammar
[9131]   Howse, Millicent (1955) : Umbundu lessons 1
[22614]   Hsiao, Franny (2003) : Reduplication in Buli
[9148]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in KiRimi
[9149]   Hualde, José Ignacio (1989) : Double object constructions in Kinande and case theory
[23427]   Huang, Yan (2003) : Switch-reference in Amele and logophoric verbal suffix in Gokana: a generalized neo-Gricean pragmatic analysis
[9157]   Hubbertz, Andrew Paul (1991) : Subject clitics and subject extraction in Somali
[9163]   Hudson, Grover (1972) : Why Amharic is not a VSO language
[9172]   Hudson, Grover (1979) : The Ethiopian Semitic B-type
[9175]   Hudson, Grover (1984) : On non-transformational rule extension in Kanakuru
[9178]   Hudson, Grover (1991) : A and B-type verbs in Ethiopian and proto-Semitic
[9183]   Hudson, Grover (1997) : Amharic and Argobba
[9185]   Hudson, Grover (2003) : Ethio-Semitic negative nonpast
[24825]   Hudson, Grover (2005) : Highland East Cushitic languages
[24826]   Hudson, Grover (2007) : Highland East Cushitic morphology
[9161]   Hudson, Richard A. (1964) : A grammatical study of Beja
[9164]   Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : An ‘item-and-paradigm’ approach to Beja syntax and morphology
[9166]   Hudson, Richard A. (1973) : Complex symbols dominating branching structures in Beja
[9167]   Hudson, Richard A. (1974) : A structural sketch of Beja
[9171]   Hudson, Richard A. (1977) : Rendille syntax
[26311]   Hudu, Fusheini (2013) : Dagbani tongue-root harmony: triggers, targets and blockers
[9197]   Hugot, P. (1953) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9198]   Hugot, P. (1957) : Cours élémentaire de hausa
[9200]   Hulley, D. M. (1923) : Vocabulary and grammar for use in Turkana, Karamoja and Tapossa
[9201]   Hullquist, C. G. (1988) : Simply Chichewa: a simple yet comprehensive approach to learning and mastering the Chichewa language
[9204]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Nkole, non-publié
[9205]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (19--) : Esquisse du parler des Booli, non-publié
[9219]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1938) : Praktische grammatica van het lonkundo (lomongo)
[9220]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Spraakleer van het Lonkundo
[9221]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1939) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 1
[9224]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1940) : Schets van het lontomba ; deel 2
[9234]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1941) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deel 1
[9236]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1942) : Over het dialekt der Boyela ; deele 2-3
[9240]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1945) : Etsifyelaka III
[9243]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946) : Connectieve bijzinnen in het lomongo
[9245]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1946/49) : Quelques notes supplémentaires concernant la langue lonkundo
[9248]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1949) : La négation dans les langues congolais
[9250]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1950) : La négation dans les langues congolaises
[9270]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur le parler doko
[9271]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1961) : Sur quelques langues bantoues du Congo
[9273]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1962) : Les idéophones du lomongo
[9274]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1965) : Grammaire du lomongo, II: la morphologie
[9275]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1966) : Grammaire du lomongo, III: la syntaxe
[9276]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Notes sur la dérivation en mongo
[9277]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1970) : Esquisse du parler des Nkengo
[9281]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1977) : Esquisse du parler des Lwankamba
[9284]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1978) : Notes sur la langue des Bafotó
[9285]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Esquisse du parler des Yenge
[9286]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Tables des matières de la syntaxe du lomongo
[9287]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1980) : Un cas de postposition chez les mongo
[9289]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Esquisse de la langue des Eleku
[9290]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1982) : Petite monographie des Bondombe
[9292]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : La langue des Mpama
[9293]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Emoma-Mpongo et Nkole
[9294]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1984) : Esquisse du parler des Losikongo
[9301]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1988) : Supplément à la grammaire lomongo
[9306]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1990) : Le dialecte des Elembe
[9307]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Le dialecte des Ngelewa
[9308]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1991) : Règle et exception en lomongo
[9314]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 1: le dialecte des Losakani
[9315]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 2: un dialecte des Yongo
[9316]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 3: dialecte des Mpenge
[9317]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 4: esquisse du parler des Bosaka-Nkóle
[9318]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 5: le dialecte des Monye á Yafé
[9319]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 6: les dialectes des Ngome a Múna
[9320]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 7: les dialectes des Ntomb’a Nkó’e
[9321]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 8: le dialecte des Bosanga
[9322]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 9: le dialecte des Bamata
[9323]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 10: le dialecte des Mángilongó
[9324]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 11: le parler des Iyembe de la Lokolo
[9325]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Douze dialectes mongo, 12: sur le parler des Bolóngó
[9327]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 1: les préfixes nominaux li- et bi- dans les dialectes móngo
[9328]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 2: le groupe présentatif en lomóngo
[9329]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 3: connectif et possessif dans les dialectes móngo
[9330]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf (1993) : Quatre études comparatives, 4: les interrogatifs dans les dialectes móngo
[9304]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf & Mpongo Ilonga (1989) : Les verbes en lokonda
[9228]   Hulstaert, [Révérend] [Père] Gustaaf , Egide de Boeck & [Père] Basile Octave Tanghe (1940) : Tegenwoordige tijd in de congoleesche talen
[9336]   Hume, D. T. (1922) : Lwena grammar for beginners
[9418]   Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1985) : Die serielle Verbkonstruktion im Ewe: eine Bestandsaufname und Beschreibung des Veränderungstendenzen funktional-spezialisierter Serialisierungen
[9419]   Hünnemeyer, Friederike (1990) : Beyond serial verbs, or: on the expression of causal meanings in Ewe
[22998]   Hunt, Geoffrey R. (1978) : Paragraphing, identification, and discourse types in Hanga
[23497]   Hunter, Linda & Matthew Joko Sengova (1979) : Spoken Mende: conversations and paradigms
[9340]   Hunter, W. F. (1959) : A manual of Congo Swahili grammar
[9343]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1920-1974) : Correspondence, seminar papers and reports
[9345]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1927) : Grammar and vocabulary of Orusyan of north-east Uganda
[9352]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1931/58) : Manual of Nandi language
[9355]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1951) : Language of the Barabaig
[9356]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1954) : Outline of Nandi grammar with short vocabulary (English-Nandi)
[9359]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1959) : Elementary lessons in Dho-Luo (Acholi)
[9362]   Huntingford, George Wynn Brereton (1965) : The Orusyan language of Uganda
[9367]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1920) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9369]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1931) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9371]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1948) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9372]   Hurel, [Révérend] [Père] Eugène (1951) : Grammaire kinyarwanda
[9378]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1992) : A two-level computer formalism for the analysis of Bantu morphology
[9380]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Kamusi ya Kiswahili Sanifu in test: a computer system for analyzing dictionaries and for retrieving lexical data
[9381]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1994) : Quantitative analysis of Swahili noun classes
[9385]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1995) : Affirmative and negative tense/aspect marking in Swahili
[9386]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1996) : Disambiguation of morphological analysis in Bantu languages
[9387]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1997) : A language sensitive approach to information management and retrieval: the case of Swahili
[9388]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : SALAMA: Swahili language manager
[9389]   Hurskainen, Arvi (1999) : Suahilin peruskurssi
[9390]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Noun classification in African languages
[9391]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2000) : Swahilin peruskurssi
[23708]   Hurskainen, Arvi (2006) : Constraint grammar in unconventional use: handling complex Swahili idioms and proverbs
[9396]   Hutchinson, Larry G. (1969) : Pronouns and agreement in Temne
[9398]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1971) : Coreferent pronominalization in Dire Songhay
[9399]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1975) : Syntactic similarities across language families: a case from Hausa and Kanuri
[9400]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1976) : Aspects of Kanuri syntax
[9401]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1980) : The Kanuri associative postposition: a case for subordination
[9402]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The Kanuri language: a reference grammar
[9403]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : Kanuri word formation and the structure of the lexicon
[9404]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1981) : The role of definitization in relative clause forming strategies
[9406]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Kanuri verbal nouns and the lexicon revisited
[9407]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1985) : Wh-movement and relativization in two creole languages: Cape Verdean (CV) and Haitian (H)
[9409]   Hutchison, John Priestley (1995) : Bivalent verb projections in Bamanankan
[9410]   Hutchison, John Priestley (2000) : Predicate focusing constructions in African and diaspora languages
[9412]   Huttar, George L. (1981) : Some Kwa-like features of Djuka syntax
[9421]   Hvitfeldt, Robert Denier (1982) : The major syntactic structures of Xhosa: a partial transformational grammar
[26029]   Hyman, Larry M. (2012) : Post-Verbal subject in the Nzadi relative clause
[26851]   Hyman, Larry M. (2013) : Issues in the Phonology-Morphology Interface in African Languages
[26863]   Hyman, Larry M. , Peter Jenks & Emmanuel-Moselly Makasso (2013) : Adjectives as Nominal Heads in Basaá
[9431]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1971) : Consecutivization in Fezfez
[9439]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1975) : On the change from SOV to SVO: evidence from Niger-Congo
[9445]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1977) : Syntax of body parts
[9448]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1979) : Tonology of the Babanki noun
[9451]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Reflections on the nasal classes in Bantu
[9452]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Relative time reference in the Bamileke tense system
[9453]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Babanki and the Ring group
[9454]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Noni (Misaje group)
[9456]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1980) : Esquisse des classes nominales en tuki
[9457]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1981) : Noni grammatical structure, with special reference to verb morphology
[9472]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1985) : Dependency relations in syntax: the mysterious case of the empty determiner in Aghem
[9490]   Hyman, Larry Michael (1993) : Conceptual issues in the comparative study of the Bantu verb stem
[9514]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Basaa (A43)
[9517]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : Suffix ordering in Bantu: a morphocentric approach
[23252]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2005) : Initial vowel and prefix tone in Kom: related to the Bantu augment?
[24101]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2003) : How to become a ‘Kwaʼ verb
[24671]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2008) : Directional asymmetries in the morphology and phonology of words, with special reference to Bantu
[24734]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2007) : Niger-Congo Verb Extensions: Overview and Discussion
[25163]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Focus marking in Aghem: Syntax or semantics?
[25463]   Hyman, Larry Michael (2010) : Pronoun Systems in Grassfields Bantu
[9446]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1979) : Aghem grammatical structure, with special reference to noun classes, tense-aspect and focus marking
[9450]   Hyman, Larry Michael (Ed) (1980) : Noun classes in the Grassfield Bantu borderland
[9508]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Al[fred] D. Mtenje (1999) : Prosodic morpholog and tone: the case of Chichewa
[9463]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Alessandro Duranti (1982) : On the object relation in Bantu
[9461]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Bernard Comrie (1981) : Coreference and logophoricity in Gokana
[9427]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Daniel J. Magaji (1970) : Essentials of Gwari grammar
[9482]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1990/91) : The augment as an inflectional category in Luganda grammar
[9492]   Hyman, Larry Michael & Francis X. Katamba (1993) : The augment in Luganda: syntax or pragmatics?
[9469]   Hyman, Larry Michael & John Robert Watters (1984) : Auxiliary focus
[9455]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Alessandro Duranti & Malilo Morolong (1980) : Toward a typology of direct object in Bantu
[9428]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Danny Keith Alford & Elizabeth Akpati (1970) : Inalienable possession in Igbo
[9429]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Erhard Friedrich Karl Voeltz & G. Tchokokam (1970) : Noun class levelling in Bamileke
[9443]   Hyman, Larry Michael , Leon Carl Jacobson & Russell Galen Schuh (Ed) (1976) : Papers in African linguistics in honour of William E. Welmers
[26558]   Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2013) : Relative clauses in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[26649]   Ibrahim, Ali & Angelika Jakobi (2015) : Attributive Modifiers in Taglennaa (Kordofan Nubian)
[8061]   Ibriszimow, Dymitr & Guillaume Segerer (Ed) (2004) : Systèmes de marques personnelles en Afrique
[9533]   Iddo Aberra (2001) : The structure of simple declarative sentences
[9538]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Aperçu sur la morphosyntaxe de la langue isangu (bantou, B42)
[9542]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Bantu verbal extensions: a historical perspective
[9543]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Voice through verbal extensions in the Isangu system
[9544]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Le systeme des extensions verbales en kinyarwanda
[22809]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2005) : What Bantu child speech data tells us about the controversial semantics of Bantu noun class systems
[22811]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1998) : Développement de la morphologie verbale chez l’enfant: le cas extensions verbales en isangu
[22814]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (1999) : Topicalisation et perspective du patient chez l’enfant Musangu
[22815]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2000) : Classes nominales et catégories ontologiques: l’acquisition du système isangu par les enfants
[22817]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2001) : Emphase et thématisation en isangu
[24108]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck (2003) : Evolution du système des classes nominales isangu (B42): Une lecture synchronique et diachronique des genres 5/2 et 9/10
[9541]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck & Gabriel Mba (Ed) (2003) : Studies on voice through verbal extensions in nine Bantu languages spoken in Cameroon, Gabon, DRC and Rwanda
[9540]   Idiata [Mayombo], Daniel Franck , Myles Francis Leitch , Pierre Ondo-Mébiame & Jean-Paul Rekanga (2000) : Les classes nominales et leur semantisme dans les langues bantu du nord-ouest
[22608]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : The exceptional morphology of Tura numerals and restrictors: endoclitics, infixes and pseudowords
[23257]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2003) : Verb structure in the Tura language (West Africa): the element |-laá|
[24216]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2000) : Le sémantisme des marqueurs aspecto-temporels du bambara: une tentative d'analyse
[24312]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2004) : Les participes adverbiaux de position en toura et la lexicalisation
[24313]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2005) : La détermination des limites de mots: l'exemple de l'orthographe toura
[25192]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2009) : A Bantu path towards lack of differentiation between 'who?' and 'what?'
[26227]   Idiatov, Dmitry (2012) : Clause‑final negative markers in southeastern Bamana dialects: a contact‑induced evolution
[9549]   Idris Nikodimos (1987) : The Kunama and their language
[9550]   Idris Nikodimos (1999) : Sentence structure of Kunama
[9552]   Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2000) : Verbes supports et supports à lien en arabe marocain
[9553]   Idrissi, Abdeljalil el (2001) : Nominalisation et verbes de sentiment en arabe marocain
[9551]   Idrissi, Ali (2000) : On Berber plurals
[9555]   Ifwanga, wa Pindi (1979) : Grammaire et textes pour l’apprentissage du kikongo véhiculaire
[24478]   Igue, Akanni Mamoud , Toussaint Yauvi Tchitchi , S. J. Dindi & M. Djobosso (1993) : Dictionnaire monolingue baatɔnum suivi dʼun précis grammatical
[9565]   Igwe, G. Egemba (1974) : The role of affixation in the grammar of Igbo
[9562]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1964) : Short Igbo grammar
[9563]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 1: Igbo language study
[9564]   Igwe, G. Egemba & Margret Mackeson Green (1967) : Igbo language course, 2: Igbo dialogues and stories
[26126]   Ihemere, Kelechukwu Uchechukwu (2006) : A Basic Description and Analytic Treatment of Noun Clauses in Nigerian Pidgin
[9569]   Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1985) : On the syntax of the Igbo ‘dependent’ pronoun
[9570]   Ihìónú, Peter Uzodinma (1992) : Verb compounding in Igbo: an overview
[9571]   Ikamba, Monse (1987) : Éléments de grammaire sakata
[9577]   Ikomé, (1988) : La négation en langue sengele, variété de mbelo
[9580]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1994) : Numeral classifiers in Kana
[9582]   Ikoro, Suanu M. (1996) : The Kana language
[26569]   Ille, Enrico (2013) : Some linguistic expressions related to agricultural annual cycles in the Nuba Mountains (Miri, Krongo, Moro, Tira, Abol)
[9587]   Ilonga, Bosenge (1991) : La finale de l’infinitif en kesengele
[9590]   Imberg, Gösta (1973) : Till frågan om swahilispråkets arabiska element [On the issue of Arabic elements in the Swahili language]
[9592]   Impubi, Mukwa Mfum (1994) : Le syntagme nominal en yans B85b: parler de Mikingi Kiakia: collectivité de Nkara/Niadi
[23949]   Imrie, M. E. (1957) : The Basaa language: some helps and suggestions
[23776]   Indakwa, John & Daudi Ballali (1996) : Beginner’s Swahili
[23592]   Indakwa, John & others (1966) : Swahili: an active introduction
[9598]   Inglefield, P. L. , K. Ben-Hamza & T. Abida (1970) : Tunisian Arabic basic course
[9599]   Ingonga, Lilian Indira (1991) : A comparative study of Ekegusii, Lulogooli, and Lwitakko: the phonological, lexical and morphosyntactic structures
[9600]   Ingouacka, G.-C. & Eugène-Marie Shimamungu (1994) : Représentation du temps en bantu: système comparé du lingala et du kinyarwanda
[9603]   Inkelas, Sharon (1988) : Prosodic constraints on syntax: Hausa ‘fa’
[23573]   Inkelas, Sharon (1992) : The place of level-ordering in morphology
[9605]   Innes, Gordon (1960) : An outline of the Grebo verbal system
[9606]   Innes, Gordon (1962) : A Mende grammar
[9607]   Innes, Gordon (1962) : Morphological units in Grebo
[9608]   Innes, Gordon (1963) : The structure of sentences in Mende
[9609]   Innes, Gordon (1964) : An outline grammar of Loko, with texts
[9612]   Innes, Gordon (1966) : An introduction to Grebo
[9613]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : A practical introduction to Mende
[9614]   Innes, Gordon (1967) : Genitival phrases in Mande languages
[9618]   Innes, Gordon (1981) : Le grebo
[9629]   Irumu, Agozia Kario (1986) : Description du logoti, langue soudanaise, centrale (Zaïre): phonologie, esquisse grammaticale et lexique logoti-français
[9633]   Irvine, Judith T. (1978) : Wolof noun classification: the social setting of divergent change
[23698]   Irvine, Judith T. (1975) : Wolof speech styles and social status
[9639]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1972) : Cushitic (Somalia & Ethiopia)
[9641]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1975) : African
[9642]   Ishigaki, Yukio (1978) : Ethiopic (Ethiopia)
[26149]   Isingoma, Bebwa (2012) : Triadic Constructions in Rutooro
[9646]   Ismaaʻiil Galaal, Muuse Haaji (1956) : Hikmad Soomaali
[26561]   Ismail, Khaleel (2013) : The noun in Tabag (Kordofan Nubian)
[24942]   Ismail, Muhammed Abbaker (2007) : Noun Classes in Daju Lagawa and the Role of Stress
[9651]   Israelit-Groll, Sarah (1970) : The negative verbal system of Late Egyptian
[9652]   Issae, W. A. (1975?) : Tenses in Gweno
[26294]   Issah, Samuel Alhassan (2013) : The function of the post verbal la in Dagbani
[9655]   Isukul, Caroline (1995) : Nominal prefixes in Koló-Ogbia
[25438]   Isukul, Caroline (1986) : On the Morpheme -m- in Ọ́gbị́ạ́
[9658]   Ittameier, E. (1922/23) : Abriss einer Lautlehre und Grammatik des Kinilamba
[9660]   Ittmann, Johannes (1935/36) : Kenyan, die Sprache der Nyang
[9661]   Ittmann, Johannes (1939) : Grammatik des Duala (Kamerun)
[9663]   Ittmann, Johannes (1959/60) : Skizze der Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg
[22601]   Ittmann, Johannes (1978) : Grammaire de duala
[9665]   Iwaara, (1991) : The tense system of Lokaa
[22774]   Iwara, Alexander U. (1982) : Phonology and grammar of Lokaa: a preliminary study
[9671]   Iweh, O. (1983) : La phonologie et le système nominal de l’urhobo
[9677]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Aspect, tense and time shifts in Tikar
[9678]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1980) : Tikar word order and partial agreement strategies
[9680]   Jackson, Ellen Marie (1987) : Direct and indirect speech in Tikar
[9679]   Jackson, Michel Tah Tung (1986) : Kiswahili [o]-form clitics: a government-binding analysis
[9675]   Jackson, S. K. (1967) : Shona lessons
[25164]   Jacob, Peggy (2010) : On the obligatoriness of focus marking: Evidence from Tar Barma
[26624]   Jacobs, Bart (2015) : Serial Verb Constructions in Papiamentu: Historical, Synchronic and Comparative Observations
[9691]   Jacobs, Gillian (1970) : Bimoba syntax: a syntagmatic approach
[23016]   Jacobs, Gillian (1966) : The structure of the verbal clause in Bimoba
[9687]   Jacobs, John (1964) : Morfologie van het Tetetela (Kasayi, Kongo)
[9692]   Jacobs, John (2000) : Classes nominales et radicaux verbaux en lombole (Katako-Kombe)
[9693]   Jacobs, John & Barthélémy Omeonga (2001) : Classes nominales et radicauxc verbaux en isiamba (Tulungu, Kindu)
[9700]   Jacottet, Edouard (1926) : Grammar e nyenyane ea sesotho e etselitsoeng likolo tsa lesotho
[9702]   Jacottet, Edouard (1927) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9703]   Jacottet, Edouard (1928) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9704]   Jacottet, Edouard (1936) : Practical method to learn Sesuto with exercises and a short vocabulary
[9701]   Jacottet, Edouard & Z. D. Mangoaela (1927) : A grammar of the Sesuto language
[9716]   Jacquot, André (1967) : La classification nominale comme système de dérivation en laadi (Congo)
[9717]   Jacquot, André (1967) : Forme du pronom objet de 2éme personne du singulier en ‘Kikongo’
[9724]   Jacquot, André (1976) : Étude de phonologie et de morphologie myene
[9726]   Jacquot, André (1981) : Études beembe (Congo): études linguistique; devinettes et proverbes
[9728]   Jacquot, André (1982) : Étude descriptive de la langue laadi
[9729]   Jacquot, André (1983) : Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupes B.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo)
[9730]   Jacquot, André (1985) : Études linguistiques laadi (République Populaire du Congo)
[26635]   Jaeger, Marcus (2014) : Coordination with goon and Bisyndetic =goon in Dongolawi and Kenzi Proverbs
[9735]   Jager, C. F. de (1936) : Handleiding by die studie van Sesoeto op ons skole
[25740]   Jaggar, Philip J. (2010) : Relational DA as a preposition, coordinator, and subordinator in Hausa: Polysemy or homophony?
[9737]   Jaggar, Philip John (1976) : Thematic emphasis in Hausa
[9738]   Jaggar, Philip John (1977) : The nature and function of auxiliary verbs in Hausa
[9739]   Jaggar, Philip John (1978) : ‘And what about...?’ - topicalisation in Hausa
[9740]   Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Some unusual lexical passives in Hausa
[9741]   Jaggar, Philip John (1981) : Varieties of passive in Hausa
[9742]   Jaggar, Philip John (1982) : Monoverbal imperative formation in Hausa: a striking case of analogical realignment
[9743]   Jaggar, Philip John (1985) : Factors governing the morphological coding of referents in Hausa narrative discourse
[9745]   Jaggar, Philip John (1988) : Affected subject verbs in Hausa
[9747]   Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : An advanced Hausa reader, with grammatical notes and exercises
[9748]   Jaggar, Philip John (1992) : R. C. Abraham’s early insights into Hausa pre-datival verb forms
[9751]   Jaggar, Philip John (1998) : Restrictive vs nonrestrictive clauses in Hausa: where morphosyntax and semantics meet
[9752]   Jaggar, Philip John (2001) : Hausa
[22673]   Jaggar, Philip John (1983) : Some dimensions of topic-NP continuity in Hausa narrative
[24332]   Jaggar, Philip John (2006) : More on in situ wh- and Focus Constructions in Hausa
[25177]   Jaggar, Philip John (2009) : Quantification and polarity: Negative Adverbial Intensifiers (‘never ever’, ‘not at all’, etc.) in Hausa
[9746]   Jaggar, Philip John (Ed) (1992) : Papers in honour of R. C. Abraham (1890-1963)
[9750]   Jaggar, Philip John & Muhammad M. Munkaila (1995) : Evidence against the proposal that the Hausa pre-datival final -r verb = the “Grade 5” final -r/-s verb (and an alternative analysis)
[9754]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed (1969) : Swahili: structures, drills and readings
[9755]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1969) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9756]   Jahadhmy, Ali Ahamed & Bob Huitfeldt (1970) : Swahili made easy: a grammatical text and basic vocabulary in usage
[9758]   Jake, Janice L. (1980) : Object verb agreement in Tigre
[9760]   Jakobi, Angelika (1990) : A Fur grammar: phonology, morphophonology, and morphology
[24813]   Jakobi, Angelika (2007) : Semantics and syntax of motion verbs in Beria (Saharan)
[25651]   Jakobi, Angelika (2011) : Split-S in Beria
[26653]   Jakobi, Angelika & Ahmed Hamdan (2015) : Number Marking on Karko Nouns
[26643]   Jakobi, Angelika & El-Shafie El-Guzuuli (2015) : Relative Clauses in Andaandi (Nile Nubian)
[8050]   Jakobi, Angelika , Joachim Crass & Bakhit Seby Abdoulaye (2004) : Grammaire du beria (langue saharienne), avec un glossaire français-beria
[9766]   Jalla, Adolphe (1937) : Elementary grammar of the Lozi language, with graduated exercises
[9768]   Jama, Z. (1995) : The study of transitivity in Xhosa
[9788]   Janson, Tore & Joseph Tsonope (1991) : Birth of a national language: the history of Setswana
[9801]   Janssens, G. (1972) : Contribution to the verbal system in Old Egyptian: a new approach
[9802]   Janssens, G. (1975) : The Semitic verbal tense system
[9810]   Jantunen, Tuulikki (1960) : Kwangalikielen opas [Guide to the Kwangali language]
[9811]   Jaouen, René (1990) : Exposé sommaire sur les verbes monoradicaux en giziga-sud
[9814]   Jaques, Alexandre (1941) : Shangana-Tsonga ideophones and their tones
[9816]   Jarosseau, Andre (1922) : Notions grammaticales sur la langue galla (ou oromo)
[9818]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1981) : The development of the Kanuri aspect system within western Saharan
[23069]   Jarrett, Kevin A. (1980) : Tense/aspect/mood in Kanuri verb forms
[9821]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1981) : Some considerations in establishing the basic word order in Podoko
[9822]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1983) : Podoko verbal directionals
[9823]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1984) : Suffixes verbaux en podoko: abstraction et réalisation
[9824]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1986) : Nominal and verbal pluralisation in Podoko
[9826]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1989) : Esquisse grammaticale du podoko
[22897]   Jarvis, Elizabeth (1991) : Tense and aspect in Podoko narrative discourse
[9827]   Jaschke, Richard (1955) : English-Arabic conversational dictionary, with grammar, phrases and Arabic-English vocabulary, and a supplement of new words and new phrases
[9828]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative-locative clause or adverbial of place in Xhosa
[9829]   Jeanjaquet, J. M. (1945) : The relative clause in Xhosa
[9830]   Jeater, Diana (1995) : In the beginning was whose word?
[9832]   Jebbour, Abdelkrim (1996) : Morphologie et constraintes prosodiques en berbère (Tachelhit de Tiznit): analyse linguistique et traitement automatique
[9850]   Jefferies, Ann A. (2000) : This is this, and here are some examples: verbalisers and extensions in Shona
[9838]   Jeffreys, Merwyn David Waldegrave (1935) : Old Calabar and notes on the Ibibio language (Calabar)
[9853]   Jelinek, Mary Eloise (1981) : On defining categories: aux and predicate in colloquial Egyptian Arabic
[9856]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1977) : Studies in Kalabari syntax
[9857]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1980) : A linguistic guide to spoken Kalabari
[9858]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9859]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1983) : Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative
[9861]   Jenewari, Charles E. W. (1989) : Ijoid
[26541]   Jenks, Peter (2013) : Noun phrases in Moro
[9873]   Jensen, Adolf (1969) : Relativsätze de Gallasprache
[9871]   Jensen, Emil (1940-1943) : Osikuanjama
[9872]   Jensen, Emil (1942) : Otjiherero
[9869]   Jensen, Hans (1922/23) : Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Syntax des Suaheli
[9870]   Jensen, Hans (1927) : Negationspartikeln im Suaheli und in einigen anderen Bantusprachen
[9875]   Jernstedt, P. (1925) : Zum Gebrauch des koptischen Qualitativs
[9876]   Jernstedt, P. (1927) : Das koptische Präsens und die Anknüpfungsarten des näheren Objekts
[26835]   Jerro, Kyle (2015) : Revisiting Object Symmetry in Bantu
[9893]   Jespersen, [Jens] Otto [Harry] (1922) : Bantu concord
[9898]   Jibril, Munzali (1991) : The sociolinguistics of prepositional usage in Nigerian English
[26669]   Jockers, Heinz (1991) : Studien zur Sprache der Tiv in Nigeria
[9908]   Johnson, Frederick (1922) : Notes on Kimakonde
[9909]   Johnson, Frederick (1925) : Notes on Kiniramba
[9917]   Johnson, Gabriel Kwawovi (1965) : Morphologie des nominaux dans la langue gê ou gêgbe (minapopo) du bas Togo
[9932]   Johnson, Janet H. (1978) : Remarks on Egyptian verbal sentences
[9926]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1976) : Toward a definition of the ideophone in Bantu
[9929]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic analysis of Kikuyu tense and aspect
[9931]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1977) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9935]   Johnson, Marion Rose (1980) : A semantic description of temporal reference in the Kikuyu verb
[9919]   Johnson, Mary Jeanette (1966) : Syntactic structures of Tamazight
[9957]   Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson (1997) : Identifying, descriptive and associative copulatives in Xhosa: structure and function
[9978]   Jones, Beatrice (1971) : In favor of a higher cause
[9963]   Jones, Daniel (1929) : The tones of Sechuana nouns
[9979]   Jones, E. Q. (1976) : A phonological and noun class analysis of Agoi
[9976]   Jones, Eldred D. (1968) : Some tense, mode and aspects markers in Krio
[22679]   Jong, Nicky de (2001) : The ideophone in Didinga
[9991]   Jonsson, Erland (1949) : Kinyang’wezi grammatik
[9993]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1956) : A phonological and grammatical study of literary Xhosa
[9995]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1953) : Some features on the phonetic and grammatical structure of Baca
[9996]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (195-) : Xhosa course: a first year Xhosa course
[9997]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1966) : A practical course in Xhosa
[9999]   Jordan, Archibald Campbell (1967) : The adjective in the Nguni languages of southern Africa with special reference to Xhosa
[22999]   Jordan, Dean L. (1978) : Nafaara tense-aspect in the folk tale
[10001]   Joswig, Andreas (1995) : Die semantischen Funktionen des direkten Objekts im Swahili
[10002]   Joswig, Andreas (1996) : Die grammatischen Rollen des Objekts im Swahili
[10009]   Jouannet, Francis (1981) : Les marques prosodiques de l’accompli et de l’inaccompli dans une langue saharienne: problèmes d’accentuation et de morphologie
[10018]   Jouannet, Francis (1989) : La verbe rwandais: les formes affirmatives dans des phrases non dépendantes
[10011]   Jouannet, Francis (Ed) (1983) : Le kinyarwanda (langue bantu du Rwanda): études linguistiques
[26318]   Jouitteau, Mélanie (2012) : Verb doubling in Breton and Gungbe: Obligatory exponence at the sentence level
[10023]   Jourdan, J. (1956) : Cours pratique d’arabe dialectal: grammaire et vocabulaire; exercices, versions, thèmes
[10024]   Jourdan, J. (1956) : Corrige des exercises, versions, thèmes
[23289]   Jourdan, J. (1929) : Cours pratique et complet d’arabe vulgare: grammaire et vocabulaire (dialecte tunisien)
[10021]   Jourdan, P. (1935) : Notes grammaticales et vocabulaire de la daza
[10028]   Juilland, Alphonse (Ed) (1977) : Linguistic studies offered to Joseph H. Greenberg on the occasion of his 60th birthday
[10032]   Junaidu, Ismail (1987) : Topicalization in Hausa
[10033]   Junaidu, Ismail (1990) : The relationship between topicalisation and left-dislocation in Hausa
[10036]   Junge, Friedrich (1978) : Syntaxe der mittelägyptischen Literatursprache: Grundlagen einer Strukturtheorie
[10037]   Junge, Friedrich (1989) : “Emphasis” and sentential meaning in Middle Egyptian
[24781]   Jungrai